Changeset 40777
- Timestamp:
- 08/19/17 18:16:52 (7 years ago)
- Location:
- wiki/pages
- Files:
-
- 189 edited
Legend:
- Unmodified
- Added
- Removed
-
wiki/pages/en/External-Software-TiView
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''9.2 TiView''' [=#point9.2] ([wiki:English-Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 TiView is a Windows 32bit application, that will run on a Windows 32/64bit system.[[br]] 6 The Tool uses the HTTP-RAW-Api of TitanNit.[[br]] 7 [[br]] 8 ''Highlights of TiView'' 9 10 - *Output of the TV-Screen on your PC 11 - *Watch recordings on your PC 12 - *PiP function for 2 simultaneous TV-Stream or recording viewing on your PC 13 - *Proxy function for external access from a remote TiView and streaming a recoded stream 14 - Management of timers for recordings 15 - Infobar with progress bar for the actual program 16 - Picon-view in the Infobar(Enabled by adding the picons into the folder /picons in TiView) 17 - Channel EPG 18 - Multi EPG 19 - Grafical Multi EPG 20 - EPG Search 21 - Overview of recordings 22 - Manage profiles should one have more than one Receiver 23 - Signal-Monitor 24 - Send Messages to your Receiver 25 - OSD-Screenshot 26 '''*For Playback on your PC you need a compatable media player the 32bit version 2.x of VLC Player .'''[[br]] 27 (Alternativly you can copy libvlc.dll, libvlccore.dll and the Plugins folder from VLC into the TiView folder) -
wiki/pages/en/File-Browser
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.2.5 File Browser''' [=#point3.2.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/file_manager.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 >Here you can browse files from any source available from your decoder (local or network) 10 > you may do such things as copy delete and move. 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Format-Hdd
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.5 Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 system (Back)]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Format-Hdd.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can format your harddisk select an item and follow the onscreen prompts. 9 Note that you must enable ([wiki:Adjust#point3.6.7 Expertmode]) to show all available format options in this display. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 14 15 16 [[BR]] -
wiki/pages/en/Free-Space
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.2 Free Space''' [=#point3.7.8.2] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Free-Space.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can view the free space of all the file systems acessable from the decoder. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Functions
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 3 ---- 4 '''2 Interface Elements''' [=#point2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 5 ---- 6 [[br]] 7 This section will show the functions and controls of the various elements in the gui within TitanNit and discriptions to the various 8 items and their functions aswell as helpfull information and tricks to get the most possible experience with your Receiver. 9 10 Note: pictures in this area only apply to the default skin used in Titan. 11 If you do not see a specific menu item on the display please select the default skin from the menu as follows all the functions displayed below are implemented in all skins but some elements may be omitted from the display in some skins: 12 13 Press the __"Menu"__ button and select __"Settings"__ scroll down to __"Skin"__ and select the __"Default"__ Skin from the menu. 14 The decoder will then reboot with the new selected __Default__ skin. 15 16 ---- 17 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto" 18 {{{#!table style="border: none" 19 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 20 {{{#!div style="float: left" 21 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Infobar.png,align=left,link=[#point2.1])]] 22 }}} 23 '''[#point2.1 infobar]'''[[br]] 24 {{{#!div style="float: left 25 Default display when pressing the __Info__ button while watching TV. 26 }}} 27 }}} 28 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 29 {{{#!div style="float: left" 30 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/playback_infobar.png,align=left,link=[wiki:History#point2.2 TitanNit Info])]] 31 }}} 32 '''[#point2.2 Playback infobar]'''[[br]] 33 {{{#!div style="float: left 34 Default display when pressing the __Info__ button while watching A recording or Media using the default player. 35 }}} 36 }}} 37 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 38 {{{#!div style="float: left" 39 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/AudioTracks_infobar.png,align=left,link=[#point2.3])]] 40 }}} 41 '''[#point2.3 Audiotracks infobar]'''[[br]] 42 {{{#!div style="float: left 43 Default display when pressing the __Audio__ button while watching TV, A recording or Media using the default player. 44 }}} 45 }}} 46 |---- 47 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 48 {{{#!div style="float: left" 49 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Channel History.png,align=left,link=[#point2.4])]] 50 }}} 51 '''[#point2.4 Channel History]'''[[br]] 52 {{{#!div style="float: left 53 Default display when pressing the __Recall__ button while watching A recording or Media using the default player. 54 }}} 55 }}} 56 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 57 {{{#!div style="float: left" 58 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Sleep_Timer.png,align=left,link=[#point2.5])]] 59 }}} 60 '''[#point2.5 Sleep Timer]'''[[br]] 61 {{{#!div style="float: left 62 Default display when pressing the __Sleep_ button while the decoder is in operation. 63 }}} 64 }}} 65 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 66 {{{#!div style="float: left" 67 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Subtitle.png,align=left,link=[#point2.6])]] 68 }}} 69 '''[#point2.6 Subtitle]'''[[br]] 70 {{{#!div style="float: left 71 Default display when pressing the __Subtitle__ button while watching TV, A recording or Media using the default player. 72 }}} 73 }}} 74 |---- 75 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 76 {{{#!div style="float: left" 77 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/EPG.png,align=left,link=[#point2.7])]] 78 }}} 79 '''[#point2.7 EPG]'''[[br]] 80 {{{#!div style="float: left 81 Default display when pressing the __EPG__ button while watching TV. 82 }}} 83 }}} 84 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 85 {{{#!div style="float: left" 86 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/program_info.png,align=left,link=[#point2.8])]] 87 }}} 88 '''[#point2.8 Program Info]'''[[br]] 89 {{{#!div style="float: left 90 Default display when pressing the __Info__ button while viewing the EPG. 91 }}} 92 }}} 93 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 94 {{{#!div style="float: left" 95 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/player.png,align=left,link=[#point2.9])]] 96 }}} 97 '''[#point2.9 Player]'''[[br]] 98 {{{#!div style="float: left 99 Default display when pressing the __Play_ button. 100 }}} 101 }}} 102 |---- 103 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 104 {{{#!div style="float: left" 105 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/favourite.png,align=left,link=[#point2.10])]] 106 }}} 107 '''[#point2.10 Favourite]'''[[br]] 108 {{{#!div style="float: left 109 Default display when pressing the __FAV__ button. 110 }}} 111 }}} 112 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 113 {{{#!div style="float: left" 114 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/record.png,align=left,link=[#point2.11])]] 115 }}} 116 '''[#point2.11 Record]'''[[br]] 117 {{{#!div style="float: left 118 Default display when pressing the __REC__ button while watching TV. 119 }}} 120 }}} 121 122 123 }}} 124 }}} 125 ---- 126 [[BR]] 127 128 129 130 131 132 '''Infobar''' [=#point2.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 133 134 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Info-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 135 This overlay display shows when you press the __"INFO"__ button when viewing a tv channel. [[br]] 136 It shows actual and next program information 137 138 [[br]] 139 '''Playback Infobar''' [=#point2.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 140 141 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Playback-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 142 This overlay shows when you press the __"INFO"__ button when playing back a program or time shift is in operation. [[br]] 143 It shows a list of the available buttons to use when in playbac/timeshift to do various things. 144 145 [[br]] 146 '''Audio Track''' [=#point2.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 147 148 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Audio-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 149 This overlay shows when you press the __"AUDIO""__ button when viewing a tv channel. [[br]] 150 It allows you to adjust the audio track on the current stream if an alternative audio source exists. 151 152 [[br]] 153 '''History''' [=#point2.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 154 155 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/History-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 156 This overlay shows when you press the __"RECALL"__ button when viewing a tv channel. [[br]] 157 It allows you to recall the past viewed channels for fast zapping between them. 158 159 [[br]] 160 '''Sleep Timer''' [=#point2.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 161 162 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Sleep-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 163 This overlay shows when you press the __"SLEEP"__ button. [[br]] 164 It allows you to set the shutdown timer to automatically shutdown the receiver. 165 166 [[br]] 167 '''Subtitle''' [=#point2.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 168 169 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Subtitle-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 170 This overlay shows when you press the __"SUBTITLE"__ button. [[br]] 171 It allows you to select/enable a subtitle during playback. 172 173 [[br]] 174 '''EPG''' [=#point2.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 175 176 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/EPG-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 177 This overlay shows when you press the __"EPG"__ button. [[br]] 178 It shows a list of the program information from here you can setup a timer or search the EPG. 179 180 [[br]] 181 '''Program Info''' [=#point2.8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 182 183 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Program-Info-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 184 This Overlay shows when you press the __"INFO"__ button when in the EPG display. [[br]] 185 This shows the current selected program information. 186 187 [[br]] 188 '''Player''' [=#point2.9] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 189 190 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Internal-Player-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 191 This overlay shows when you press the __"PLAY"__ button. [[br]] 192 It allows you to select a movie or recording to play it also has a basic file manager. 193 194 [[br]] 195 '''Favourite''' [=#point2.10] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 196 197 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Favourite-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 198 This overlay shows when you press the __"FAV"__ button. [[br]] 199 It allows you to brouse through your favourits lists. 200 201 [[br]] 202 '''Record''' [=#point2.11] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 203 204 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Record-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 205 This overlay shows when you press the __"RECORD"__ button. [[br]] 206 It allows you to set the record function on the current tv channel. 207 208 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Git-Changelog
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.7 GIT Changelog''' [=#point3.7.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Git_Changelog.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 > here you can git information. 10 11 [[br]] 12 -
wiki/pages/en/Graphic-EPG
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.1.3 Graphic EPG''' [=#point3.1.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Graphical_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 Graphic EPG is a multi channel graphical EPG. 10 11 12 [[br]] 13 14 '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions" 15 16 The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Single EPG menu. 17 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 18 19 ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.|| 20 ||'''0 key (EPG Search):''' ||This will search the EPG for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.|| 21 ||'''FAV Button: (Favourite)''' ||This will bring up Favourite Boquet menu to select the EPG you would like to display.|| 22 ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will bring up the selected program's EPG info string.|| 23 24 25 26 For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([WikiStart#point103.10.6 Records]) for more info. 27 For information on setting proforming an EPG search using the 0 Key see ([WikiStart#point103.10.5 EPG Search]) for more info. -
wiki/pages/en/HTTP-Settings
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.4.6 HTTP Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5.1 network (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/HTTP-Settings.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can setup your HTTP interface. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 ||'''Start HTTPD:''' ||Start the webserver.|| 13 ||'''User:''' ||Sets the zoom level of the EPG to show more or less of a time span of the shown programs.|| 14 ||'''Password:''' ||Set to yes to use picons or the alternative Picon sets in the infobar and EPG stored in /var/media/autofs/sda1/swapextensions/usr/local/share/titan/picons/ directory.|| 15 ||'''HTTPD Port:''' ||Should the EPG be deleted before a the timed scan.|| 16 ||'''IP for Stream:''' ||Behavior after the EPG scan is completed EPG scan: Nothing (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By).|| 17 ||'''Stream Port:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway EPG stream during EPG scan.|| 18 ||'''Start RGUID:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during EPG scan.|| 19 ||'''RGUID Port''' ||Scan for an OpenTV EPG stream during EPG scan.|| 20 21 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 22 23 [[br]] 24 ---- 25 26 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 27 28 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 29 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 30 31 ||'''Text Button: (Keyboard)''' ||This will bring up the onscreen keyboard to edit the currently selected test string.|| 32 33 -
wiki/pages/en/Hard-Disk
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.5 Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/system-Hard_Disk.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 Here you can configure your harddisk.[[BR]] 10 please select a menu item for more information. 11 [[br]] 12 13 * ([wiki:Format-Hdd#point3.5.5.1 Format HDD]) 14 * ([wiki:Filesystem-Check#point3.5.5.2 Filesystem Check]) 15 * ([wiki:Configure#point3.5.5.3 Configure]) 16 * ([wiki:Time-to-sleep#point3.5.5.4 Time to sleep]) 17 18 [[BR]] -
wiki/pages/en/History
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''1 TitanNit Info Contents ''' [=#point1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 [[br]] 6 This section conatins information on TitanNit and frequently asked questions about it. 7 Please choose an item below to find more information. 8 9 You may select a skip to a specific setup topic or scroll down to read the complete guide. 10 11 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto" 12 {{{#!table style="border: none" 13 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 14 {{{#!div style="float: left" 15 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/About.png,align=left,link=[#point1.1])]] 16 }}} 17 '''([#point1.1 About])'''[[br]] 18 {{{#!div style="float: left 19 click here to find info about TitanNit 20 }}} 21 }}} 22 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 23 {{{#!div style="float: left" 24 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/History.png,align=left,link=[#point1.2])]] 25 }}} 26 '''([#point1.2 History])'''[[br]] 27 {{{#!div style="float: left 28 click here to find info on the beginnings of TitanNit 29 }}} 30 }}} 31 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 32 {{{#!div style="float: left" 33 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/Features.png,align=left,link=[#point1.3])]] 34 }}} 35 '''([#point1.3 Features])'''[[br]] 36 {{{#!div style="float: left 37 click here to find info on the various features of TitanNit 38 }}} 39 }}} 40 }}} 41 }}} 42 43 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto" 44 {{{#!table style="border: none" 45 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 46 {{{#!div style="float: left" 47 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/Frequnetly_Asked_Questions.png,align=left,link=[#point1.4])]] 48 }}} 49 '''([#point1.4 Frequently Asked Questions])'''[[br]] 50 {{{#!div style="float: left 51 Apendixcies/ references [[br]]to other setup related topics. 52 }}} 53 }}} 54 }}} 55 }}} 56 [[br]] 57 [[br]] 58 59 ---- 60 '''1 About''' [=#point1.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 61 ---- 62 [[br]] 63 TitanNit is a semi closed source replacement operating system for kathrein and Atemio/Atevio digital set top receivers. 64 It has come about as the users/devs wanted something better than was currently available. 65 TitanNit is spawned from other projects and is developed by users come devs so it is easy of use but yet still remains powerfull and configurable and feature packed.[[br]] 66 [[br]] 67 [[br]] 68 69 ---- 70 '''1 History''' [=#point1.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 71 ---- 72 [[br]] 73 * Everything started in April 2011. For almost three weeks our Developer Nit secretly worked on the foundation of Titan. After the presentation by Nit Obi and the rest of the team came on board. Everybody was surprised by the rapid development of the Titan Project. 74 * From the beginning the development and source of Titan was nonpublic, as it was not to be foreseen in which direction the development would go. 75 * After a development period of 6 months our hardware manufacturer Atemio declared interest in the project. Looking back at Years of support through Atemio with the Enigma2 Software, Atemio was given main priority for Titan project. 76 * A six-months agreement with Atemio was signed in December 2011. 77 * Due to the good cooperation the agreement was extended and is still in force. 78 * The basic idea for this project originated for various reasons: 79 * due to the missing Python Chip and low CPU speed the sh4 receivers have always had problems with Enigma2. 80 * the constant improvement and expansion of Enigma2 and the TDT Git was comprehensive and time-consuming. 81 * the alternative Neutrino GIT at that time was not layed out to support twin tuner Receivers. 82 * Nit then decided to combine both, the Enigma2 and the Neutrino, to a new Gui which implemented all advantages of both systems. 83 * Neutrinos main advantage has always been its speed 84 * Enigma2s advantage was the ease of integration and expansion with skins and extensions 85 * These two systems combined into one new system was the basic idea of Titan. 86 [[br]] 87 [[br]] 88 89 ---- 90 '''2 Features''' [=#point1.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 91 ---- 92 [[br]] 93 '' Highlights of TitanNit '' 94 95 - Powerful Linux operating system 96 - Fast boot 97 - About 1 second from standby mode 98 - About 25 seconds from the deep standby mode 99 - Fast channel switching times (less than 1 second) 100 - Different menu interfaces (skins) including customization options 101 - Many options to customize the system to your needs 102 - Backup / Restore function 103 - Organized Favourites and Channel listings and the direct list of following Programs. 104 - Multi-Tuner 105 - Plug-in management 106 - Supports many media formats 107 - Wide range of plugins 108 - PC programs to personalize and convert the channel list 109 - Screen saver in radio mode 110 - Remote control buttons freely assignable 111 - Online update of the firmware with the ability to retain settings 112 - Low memory consumption 113 - 24 hour Forum Support 114 - Growing Community 115 - Web Interface 116 - Android app "timote" 117 - Windows App "tiView" 118 - Bouquets Editor "SatchannelListEditor" 119 [[br]] 120 121 122 ---- 123 '''Frequently Asked Questions''' [=#point1.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 124 ---- 125 [[br]] 126 127 '''What is Titan?'''[[br]]TitanNit is a semi closed source replacement operating system for kathrein and Atemio/Atevio digital set top receivers designed to completly replace the factory software. 128 [[br]] 129 130 '''What can Titan do?'''[[br]]Titan was primarally designed to play/view and record live tv services from tresterial, cable and satellite, it can also be used to play/view the most popular video, audio, and picture formats, and many more lesser-known formats, including: 131 Video - DVD-Video, VCD/SVCD, MPEG-1/2/4, DivX, XviD, Matroska 132 Audio - MP3, AAC. 133 Picture - JPG, GIF, PNG. 134 135 136 These can all be played directly from the hard-drive or from a computer over a local network (LAN) internet IPTV services and media streams hosted by the [[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.11 TiThek]] plugin. 137 138 TitanNit can play DVD-Video movies (with and without menus) from ISO/IMG images and even ZIP/RAR-archives with the use of the [[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.11 dvd-player plugin]]. 139 TitanNit has a simple user interface that's pleasant and easy to use. 140 141 All these features enable your device to function as a full multimedia entertainment system for your tv for the whole family to enjoy. 142 [[br]] 143 [[br]] 144 145 '''What features does TitanNit have?'''[[br]]See the complete list of supported features in the [[wiki:Versions#point6 software versions changelog]] for information of the offically supported features. 146 [[br]] 147 [[br]] 148 149 '''Where can I suggest/request a new feature or function to be implemented into TitanNit?'''[[br]]You can log a NEW feature/function request in our tracker. Just make sure that you first remember to search for existing "Feature Requests" before logging a new request/ticket! (see [wiki:Troubleshooting#point12.1 12.1 Bug Reporting] for information on submitting a ticket). 150 151 You may also post a copy of your suggestion in the feature-suggestion section of our [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum] if you want it open for discussion, 152 Please respect that your request only counts as a suggestion, there' s no guarantee that it will implemented soon or ever. 153 154 Almost all users think their own ideas is the most important, and a very common comment is: "if you only add these features then TitanNit will be perfect for me". 155 156 You could try bribing the devs with elaborate gifts :-) flattery will get you every where and agorant requests will most likely get your posts deleted or get you banned from the forum please follow the rules of the forum [http://www.aaf-digital.info/ here]. 157 [[br]] 158 [[br]] 159 160 '''When will this and that feature or function be supported by TitanNit?'''[[br]]TitanNit development is driven by the tasks that are important to the individual developers and to the hardware sponsors Atemio, if you have a funky idea or feature you wish implemented submit a request ticket (see [wiki:Troubleshooting#point12.1 12.1 Bug Reporting], but make an extensive search of the forum and tickets before requesting it as it has probally been sugested before. 161 [[br]] 162 [[br]] 163 164 '''Is TitanNit, or the AAFTeam affiliated with Fortis, katherin or ..... or the hardware manufacturer of my Reciever?'''[[br]]No, TitanNit and its members are not in any way affiliated with the manufactures in any way. TitanNit is a third party operating system designed to replace the manufactures original operating system. 165 [[br]] 166 [[br]] 167 168 '''Will the instalation of Titan Void my Warranty?'''[[br]]Yes probally but this software is tested to ensure it won't dammage your reciever and can be reverted at any time to a factory condition. please see [wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers] for a list of suspected supported receivers, If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated and verified. 169 170 If the factory software was so feature packed and bugless there would be no need for software like TitanNit but sadly this is a world where software is driven by sales and purchases by the big players who request features, but TitanNit is a little different it was started just because the users/ devs wanted something better than what was handed to them by the manufacturer. 171 [[br]] 172 [[br]] 173 174 '''Why is TitanNit Not available for my receiver model XXX?'''[[br]]TitanNit is funded by Atemio who supplys hardware to the devs in return for developing software for use on these devices. 175 In future TitanNit may be available for your receiver as support in increaced, at this time Titan in in development for the Broadcom Mips Archeture for the upcomming release of the Atemio 5200 which will be the first non SH4 based reciever supported by TitanNit. 176 [[br]] 177 [[br]] 178 179 '''How do I ...'''[[br]] I don't know I suggest you read the [wiki:Quick-Start-Guide#point0 Quick Start Guide], manual, check the rest of the wiki or proform a [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/search.php?search_type=1 search] on the forum, as it has most likely been asked before and you will find the answer, as a last resort post a question on the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum]. 180 [[br]] 181 [[br]] 182 183 '''Where should I put videos/music and pictures so that Titan can read it?''' [[br]]Anywhere you like. TitanNit can read off the local harddisk,usb sticks, or from network sources. Simply press "Add a Source" using the network Browser and browse away. 184 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Network-Browser.jpg, 25%)]][[br]] 185 [[br]] 186 [[br]] 187 188 '''What is the default username and password to the built-in FTP server and telnet server?'''Both the default password and the user name is “root” (in lower case) as with many linux instalations. 189 [[br]] 190 [[br]] 191 192 '''Can I watch recordings from my decoder when on holiday?'''[[br]]yes you can you will need to set up either a static ip on your home network or set up a dynadns server, from there you can log onto the web interface and use video lan to watch tv or your recordings. 193 [[br]] 194 [[br]] 195 196 '''Can I thank and or Chat the TitanNit team?''[[br]]Yes sure you can jump on the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/ AAFforum]] and leave a post and or stop by [wiki:Contact#point15 Skype] and request a invite the majority of us speak german, some of us speak english also. 197 198 '''Do you accept donations?'''[[br]] the team is currently fully funded and no donations are nesessary but if you have some device that may be of use with titan feel free to contact us. 199 200 '''How come the Wiki does not show how to operate feature or function.....?'''[[br]]Titan Is in development and is updated almost daily some features plugins or informations have yet to be merged in, this forum is open to editing by the community feel free to log in and add said feature's informatation to the wiki. 201 [[br]] 202 [[br]] 203 204 ([#point1 Top of Page]) 205 206 207 208 -
wiki/pages/en/Installation-Recovery
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8 Installation and Recovery Contents''' [=#point8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 This section contains information on installation and removal of TitanNit from your receiver 6 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto" 7 {{{#!table style="border: none" 8 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 9 {{{#!div style="float: left" 10 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Atemio.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage)]] 11 }}} 12 '''SH4 Atemio'''[[br]] 13 {{{#!div style="float: left 14 [http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage] 15 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.000 Contents] 16 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.001 Atemio510] 17 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.002 Atemio520] 18 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.003 Atemio530] 19 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.004 Atemio7600] 20 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.005 Atemio700] 21 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.006 Atemio7000] 22 }}} 23 }}} 24 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 25 {{{#!div style="float: left" 26 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Fortis.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage)]] 27 }}} 28 '''SH4 Fortis'''[[br]] 29 {{{#!div style="float: left 30 [http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage] 31 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.010 Contents] 32 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.011 Fortis Clone] 33 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.012 Bootloader Installation] 34 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.013 Fortis FS-9000] 35 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.014 Fortis FS-9200] 36 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.015 Fortis HS-9510] 37 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.016 Fortis HX-8200] 38 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.017 Fortis HS-7810] 39 }}} 40 }}} 41 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 42 {{{#!div style="float: left" 43 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/homecast.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.myhomecast.nl Homecast homepage)]] 44 }}} 45 '''SH4 Homecast'''[[br]] 46 {{{#!div style="float: left 47 [http://www.myhomecast.nl Homecast homepage] 48 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Homecast#point8.020 Contents] 49 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Homecast#point8.021 Homecast Pro] 50 }}} 51 }}} 52 |---- 53 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 54 {{{#!div style="float: left" 55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/IPBox.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage)]] 56 }}} 57 '''SH4 IPBox'''[[br]] 58 {{{#!div style="float: left 59 [http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage] 60 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.030 Contents] 61 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.031 Ipbox91] 62 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.032 Ipbox900] 63 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.033 Ipbox910] 64 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.034 Ipbox9000] 65 }}} 66 }}} 67 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 68 {{{#!div style="float: left" 69 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/kathrein.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage)]] 70 }}} 71 '''SH4 Katherin'''[[br]] 72 {{{#!div style="float: left 73 [http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage] 74 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.040 Contents] 75 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.041 Ufs910] 76 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.042 Ufs912] 77 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.043 Ufs913] 78 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.044 Ufs922] 79 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.045 Ufc960] 80 }}} 81 }}} 82 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 83 {{{#!div style="float: left" 84 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Spark.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage)]] 85 }}} 86 '''SH4 Spark'''[[br]] 87 {{{#!div style="float: left 88 [http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage] 89 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark#point8.050 Contents] 90 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark#point8.051 Spark7111] 91 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark#point8.052 Spark7162] 92 }}} 93 }}} 94 |---- 95 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 96 {{{#!div style="float: left" 97 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Atemio.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage)]] 98 }}} 99 '''Mips Atemio'''[[br]] 100 {{{#!div style="float: left 101 [http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage] 102 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.060 Contents] 103 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.061 Atemio5000 AKA Nemesis] 104 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.062 Atemio5200] 105 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.063 Atemio6000] 106 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.064 Atemio6100] 107 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.065 Atemio6200] 108 }}} 109 }}} 110 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 111 {{{#!div style="float: left" 112 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/beyonwiz.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.beyonwiz.com.au Beyonwiz homepage)]] 113 }}} 114 '''Mips Beyonwiz'''[[br]] 115 {{{#!div style="float: left 116 [http://www.beyonwiz.com.au Beyonwiz homepage] 117 118 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Beyonwiz#point8.070 Contents] 119 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Beyonwiz#point8.071 BeyonwizT4] 120 }}} 121 }}} 122 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 123 {{{#!div style="float: left" 124 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Goldern_Interstar.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage)]] 125 }}} 126 '''Mips Golden Interstar'''[[br]] 127 {{{#!div style="float: left 128 [http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage] 129 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar#point8.080 Contents] 130 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar#point8.081 Xpeedlx1/2] 131 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar#point8.082 Xpeedlx3] 132 }}} 133 }}} 134 |---- 135 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 136 {{{#!div style="float: left" 137 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Miraclebox.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.miraclebox.se miraclebox homepage)]] 138 }}} 139 '''Mips Miraclebox[[br]] 140 {{{#!div style="float: left 141 [http://www.miraclebox.se Miraclebox homepage] 142 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox#point8.090 Contents] 143 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox#point8.091 MBUltra] 144 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox#point8.092 MBMini] 145 }}} 146 }}} 147 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 148 {{{#!div style="float: left" 149 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Sezam.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.sezam-club.ru/ homepage)]] 150 }}} 151 '''Mips Sezam'''[[br]] 152 {{{#!div style="float: left 153 [http://www.sezam-club.ru/ Mips Sezam homepage] 154 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam#point8.100 Contents] 155 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam#point8.101 Sezam-Marvel] 156 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam#point8.102 Sezam-1000HD] 157 }}} 158 }}} 159 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 160 {{{#!div style="float: left" 161 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Dreambox.png, 60px,align=left,link=https://dream-multimedia-tv.de/ Dreambox homepage)]] 162 }}} 163 '''Mips Dreambox'''[[br]] 164 {{{#!div style="float: left 165 [https://dream-multimedia-tv.de/ Dreambox homepage] 166 167 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Dreambox#point8.110 Contents] 168 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-dreambox#point8.111 Dreambox 7020 v2 HD] 169 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-dreambox#point8.112 Dreambox 7020 HD] 170 }}} 171 }}} 172 173 174 ---- 175 '''8.113 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.113] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 176 ---- 177 * [wiki:Manufactures#point13 13 Manufactures] - [http://atemio.de/index.php/software-updates Stable Images][[br]] 178 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 179 180 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]] 181 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 182 183 [[br]] 184 [#point8 Top of Page] 185 [[br]] 186 187 188 189 190 -
wiki/pages/en/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.061 Mips Atemio''' [=#point8.061] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 manufacturer blurb..... 7 8 9 10 11 12 ---- 13 '''8.061 Atemio-Nemesis''' [=#point8.061] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 14 ---- 15 '' How do I install an Atemio 5000 Update UBI image? '' 16 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 17 * Extract the zip file 18 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 19 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 20 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 21 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 22 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 23 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 24 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 25 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 26 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 27 [[br]] 28 [#point8 Top of Page] 29 [[br]] 30 ---- 31 '''8.062 Atemio5200''' [=#point8.062] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 32 ---- 33 '' How do I install an Atemio 5200 Update UBI image? '' 34 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 35 * Extract the zip file 36 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 37 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 38 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 39 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 40 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 41 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 42 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 43 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 44 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 45 [[br]] 46 [#point8 Top of Page] 47 [[br]] 48 ---- 49 '''8.063 Atemio6000''' [=#point8.063] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 50 ---- 51 '' How do I install an Atemio 6000 Update UBI image? '' 52 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 53 * Extract the zip file 54 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 55 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 56 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 57 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 58 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 59 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 60 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 61 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 62 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 63 [[br]] 64 [#point8 Top of Page] 65 [[br]] 66 ---- 67 '''8.064 Atemio6100''' [=#point8.064] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 68 ---- 69 '' How do I install an Atemio 6100 Update UBI image? '' 70 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 71 * Extract the zip file 72 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 73 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 74 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 75 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 76 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 77 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 78 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 79 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 80 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 81 [[br]] 82 [#point8 Top of Page] 83 [[br]] 84 ---- 85 '''8.065 Atemio6200''' [=#point8.065] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 86 ---- 87 '' How do I install an Atemio 6200 Update UBI image? '' 88 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 89 * Extract the zip file 90 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 91 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 92 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 93 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 94 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 95 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 96 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 97 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 98 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 99 [[br]] 100 [#point8 Top of Page] 101 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Beyonwiz
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.071 Beyonwiz''' [=#point8.070] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 7 manufacturer blurb..... 8 9 10 ---- 11 '''8.071 Beyonwiz T4''' [=#point8.071] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 12 ---- 13 '' How do I install an Beyonwiz T4 Update UBI image? '' 14 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 15 * Extract the zip file 16 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 17 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 18 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 19 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 20 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 21 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 22 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 23 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 24 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 25 [[br]] 26 [#point8 Top of Page] 27 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.080 Goldern interstar Xpeedlx1/2''' [=#point8.080] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl]) 4 ---- 5 6 manufacturer blurb 7 8 9 10 ---- 11 '''8.081 Goldern interstar Xpeedlx1/2''' [=#point8.081] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl]) 12 ---- 13 ''How do I install a Xpeedlx1/2 update image? '' 14 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations]) 15 * Extract the zip file 16 * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "xpeedlx3" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 17 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 18 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 19 * Connect the USB stick with the update image file 20 * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button. 21 22 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 23 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 24 [[br]] 25 [#point8 Top of Page] 26 [[br]] 27 ---- 28 '''8.082 goldern interstar Xpeedlx3''' [=#point8.082] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl]) 29 ---- 30 ''How do I install a Xpeedlx3 update image? '' 31 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations]) 32 * Extract the zip file 33 * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "xpeedlx3" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 34 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 35 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 36 * Connect the USB stick with the update image file 37 * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button. 38 39 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 40 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 41 [[br]] 42 [#point8 Top of Page] 43 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.090 Miraclebox''' [=#point8.090] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 manufacturer blurb...... 7 8 9 10 11 12 ---- 13 '''8.091 Miraclebox Ultra''' [=#point8.091] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 14 ---- 15 '' How do I install an Miraclebox Ultra Update UBI image? '' 16 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 17 * Extract the zip file 18 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 19 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 20 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 21 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 22 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 23 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 24 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 25 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 26 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 27 [[br]] 28 [#point8 Top of Page] 29 [[br]] 30 ---- 31 '''8.092 Miraclebox Mini''' [=#point8.092] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 32 ---- 33 '' How do I install an Miraclebox Mini Update UBI image? '' 34 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 35 * Extract the zip file 36 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 37 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 38 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 39 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 40 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 41 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 42 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 43 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 44 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 45 [[br]] 46 [#point8 Top of Page] 47 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.100 Sezam-Marvel''' [=#point8.100] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl]) 4 ---- 5 6 manufacturer blurb.... 7 8 9 10 11 12 ---- 13 '''8.101 Sezam-Marvel''' [=#point8.101] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl]) 14 ---- 15 ''How do I install a Sezam-Marvel update image? '' 16 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations]) 17 * Extract the zip file 18 * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "enigma2" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 19 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 20 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 21 * Connect the USB stick with the update image file 22 * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button. 23 24 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 25 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 26 [[br]] 27 [#point8 Top of Page] 28 [[br]] 29 ---- 30 '''8.102 Sezam-1000HD''' [=#point8.102] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl]) 31 ---- 32 ''How do I install a Sezam-1000HD update image? '' 33 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations]) 34 * Extract the zip file 35 * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "enigma2" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 36 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 37 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 38 * Connect the USB stick with the update image file 39 * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button. 40 41 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 42 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 43 [[br]] 44 [#point8 Top of Page] 45 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''SH4 Atemio (Atevio)'''[=#point8.00] 4 ---- 5 6 The SH4 Atemio recievers are manufactured by Fortis who are a Korean manufacturer of satellite receivers all atemio (atevio) models are compatible with TitanNit. 7 as TitanNit was developed for these recievers no bootloader software ID changes are required to install TitanNit, some of these models cam factory supplied with TitanNit such as the atemio 530. 8 9 '''SH4 Atemio Contents''' 10 11 * [#point8.001 8.001 Atemio510] 12 * [#point8.002 8.002 Atemio520] 13 * [#point8.003 8.003 Atemio530] 14 * [#point8.004 8.004 Atemio7600] 15 * [#point8.005 8.005 Atevio700] 16 * [#point8.006 8.006 Atevio7000] 17 18 '''Additional Info''' 19 20 * [#point8.007 8.007 Uninstallation] 21 * [#point8.008 8.008 Update TitanNit] 22 * [#point8.009 8.009 IRD Download Location] 23 24 25 26 ---- 27 '''8.1 Atemio510 and Fortis HS-7810''' [=#point8.001] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 28 ---- 29 '' How do I install an Atemio 510 IRD image? '' 30 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 31 * Extract the zip file 32 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 33 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 34 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 35 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 36 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 37 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 38 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 39 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 40 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 41 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 42 [[br]] 43 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]] 44 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 45 [#point8 Top of Page] 46 [[br]] 47 ---- 48 '''8.2 Atemio520''' [=#point8.002] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 49 ---- 50 '' How do I install an Atemio 520 IRD image? '' 51 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 52 * Extract the zip file 53 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 54 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 55 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 56 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 57 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 58 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 59 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 60 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 61 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 62 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 63 [[br]] 64 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]] 65 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 66 [#point8 Top of Page] 67 [[br]] 68 ---- 69 '''8.3 Atemio530''' [=#point8.003] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 70 ---- 71 '' How do I install an Atemio 530 IRD image? '' 72 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 73 * Extract the zip file 74 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 75 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 76 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 77 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 78 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 79 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 80 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 81 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 82 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 83 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 84 [[br]] 85 [#point8 Top of Page] 86 [[br]] 87 ---- 88 '''8.4 Atemio7600 and Fortis HX-8200''' [=#point8.004] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 89 ---- 90 '' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? '' 91 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 92 * Extract the zip file 93 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 94 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 95 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 96 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 97 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 98 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 99 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 100 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 101 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 102 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 103 [[br]] 104 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]] 105 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 106 [#point8 Top of Page] 107 [[br]] 108 ---- 109 '''8.5 Atevio700''' [=#point8.005] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 110 ---- 111 '' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? '' 112 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 113 * Extract the zip file 114 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 115 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 116 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 117 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 118 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 119 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 120 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 121 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 122 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 123 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 124 [[br]] 125 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]] 126 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 127 [#point8 Top of Page] 128 [[br]] 129 ---- 130 '''8.6 Atevio7000 and Fortis FS-9000/9200''' [=#point8.006] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 131 ---- 132 '' How do I install an Atemio 7000 IRD image? '' 133 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 134 * Extract the zip file 135 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 136 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 137 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 138 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 139 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 140 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 141 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 142 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 143 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 144 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 145 [[br]] 146 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]] 147 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 148 [#point8 Top of Page] 149 [[br]] 150 151 ---- 152 '''8.007 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.007] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 153 ---- 154 If you have an Atemio (Atevio) receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary. 155 156 157 [[br]] 158 [#point8 Top of Page] 159 [[br]] 160 161 ---- 162 '''8.008 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.008] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 163 ---- 164 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods : 165 166 IRD offline method see above [#point8.00 SH4 Atemio contents] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image. 167 [[br]] 168 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed. 169 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .'' 170 171 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update. 172 [[br]] 173 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.'' 174 [[br]] 175 [#point8 Top of Page] 176 [[br]] 177 178 ---- 179 '''8.009 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.009] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 180 ---- 181 * [wiki:Manufactures#point13 13 Manufactures] - [http://atemio.de/index.php/software-updates Stable Images][[br]] 182 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 183 184 [[br]] 185 [#point8 Top of Page] 186 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''SH4 Fortis (hardware profile)'''[=#point8.010] 4 ---- 5 6 Fortis is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region, TitanNit installation is possible after the installation of a Atevio compatible bootloader. 7 8 '''SH4 Fortis Contents''' 9 10 * [#point8.011 8.011 SH4 Fortis based clone receiver detection based on hardware profile] 11 * [#point8.012 8.012 Fortis HS-7810 (Atemio510)] 12 * [#point8.013 8.013 Fortis HX-8200 (Atemio7600)] 13 * [#point8.014 8.014 Fortis HS-9510 (Atevio700)] 14 * [#point8.015 8.015 Fortis FS-9000/9200 (Atevio7000)] 15 16 '''Additional Info''' 17 18 * [#point8.012 8.016 Bootloader Installation] (required for a fortis/clone reciever to accept atemio software) 19 * [#point8.111 8.017 Uninstallation On other Fortis Receivers] 20 * [#point8.112 8.018 Update TitanNit] 21 * [#point8.113 8.019 IRD Download Location] 22 23 24 25 ---- 26 '''SH4 Fortis based clone receiver detection based on hardware profile''' [=#point8.011] 27 ---- 28 29 As it is virtually impossible to list every fortis clone box on this wiki and data would be repeated over and over again it is broken up into harware revisions to compair that to the atevio model of that box. 30 This list will help you select the correct image and bootloader for your clone reciever below is a specifications list check the back of your manual included with your receiver and look at the table below to select the correct hardware model. 31 See here for a full list of known Fortis ([wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers]) 32 33 {{{#!div style="width: 1000px; margin: auto" 34 ||'''Model System'''||'''Tuner'''||'''CPU'''||'''RAM'''||'''ROM (Flash)'''||'''USB'''||'''PVR Funktion'''||'''CardReader'''||'''Common interface'''||'''Display'''||'''Width'''||'''features'''|| 35 ||[#point8.015 Fortis FS-9000 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||Internal 2.5 or 3.5 SATA, external via USB||1 (*2)||2||12-digit 5x7matrix||43 cm|| || 36 ||[#point8.015 Fortis FS-9200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||eSATA & USB||1 (*2)||2||12-digit 5x7matrix||34 cm|| || 37 ||[#point8.014 Fortis HS-9510]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||1||USB||1 (*2)||2||8-digit 14segment||34 cm|| || 38 ||[#point8.013 Fortis HX-8200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2, DVB-T2, DVB-C 1/2||STI_7105 450 Mhz||256MB||64MB||3||Internal 2,5´´SATA-HDD external via eSATA + USB||2||2||12-digit 5x7matrix||34 cm||Plug&Play Tuner, Youtube, Browser, FreeTV+|| 39 ||[#point8.012 Fortis HS-7810 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7110 450 Mhz||256MB||32MB||2||USB||1||2||4-digit 7segment||26 cm||YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+|| 40 }}} 41 '''NOTE:'''[[BR]] 42 * The Fortis HS-7810 is a clone of the Atemio510/520 Models[[BR]] 43 * The Fortis HX-8200 is a clone of the Atemio7600 Model[[BR]] 44 * The Fortis HS-9510 is a clone of the Atemio700 clone Model[[BR]] 45 * The Fortis FS-9000/Fortis FS-9200 is a clone of the Atemio7000 Models 46 47 [[br]] 48 [#point8 Top of Page] 49 [[br]] 50 51 ---- 52 '''8.1 Fortis HS-7810 (Atemio510)''' [=#point8.012] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 53 ---- 54 '' How do I install an Atemio 510 IRD image? '' 55 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 56 * Extract the zip file 57 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 58 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 59 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 60 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 61 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 62 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 63 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 64 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 65 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 66 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 67 [[br]] 68 [#point8 Top of Page] 69 [[br]] 70 ---- 71 '''8.4 Fortis HX-8200 (Atemio7600)''' [=#point8.013] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 72 ---- 73 '' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? '' 74 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 75 * Extract the zip file 76 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 77 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 78 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 79 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 80 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 81 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 82 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 83 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 84 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 85 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 86 [[br]] 87 [#point8 Top of Page] 88 [[br]] 89 ---- 90 '''8.5 Fortis HS-9510 (Atevio700)''' [=#point8.014] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 91 ---- 92 '' How do I install an Fortis HS-9510 IRD image? '' 93 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 94 * Extract the zip file 95 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 96 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 97 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 98 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 99 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 100 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 101 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 102 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 103 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 104 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 105 [[br]] 106 [#point8 Top of Page] 107 [[br]] 108 ---- 109 '''8.6 Fortis FS-9000/9200 (Atevio7000)''' [=#point8.015] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 110 ---- 111 '' How do I install an Fortis FS-9000/9200 IRD image? '' 112 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 113 * Extract the zip file 114 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 115 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 116 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 117 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 118 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 119 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 120 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 121 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 122 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 123 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 124 [[br]] 125 [#point8 Top of Page] 126 [[br]] 127 128 '''Aditional Info''' 129 ---- 130 '''8.012 installation on other Fortis Receivers''' [=#point8.016] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 131 ---- 132 '''Installation Notes:''' 133 134 ''If you wish to try or install titan you need to install an Atemio/Atevio factory loader. The original Atemio Bootloader has a security code within so an installation of Titan is not possible with any other fortis loader'' 135 136 ''If you wish to install Titan the loader version must be 1.54 or above. Titan versions above 1.32 require the new Iboot loader which needs to be installed first if not present.'' 137 138 ''There are various ways that are explained below:'' 139 140 [[br]] 141 142 '''AAF Recovery Tool (ART) method''' 143 144 * Install the AAF Recovery Tool (ART) and set up a connection to your receiver 145 * Set the IP address and subnet mask of your uboot environment. 146 * Reboot the receiver and reconnect to change the settings. 147 * Install the factory loader and reboot. 148 * The factory loader you installed is version 1.21 that you have to update to 1.54 to be compatible with Titan 149 * Visit the [http:((www-atemio.de Atemio] homepage or the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF digital forum] and download the latest Atevio/Atemio loaader (1.54). 150 * Extract the zip file 151 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 152 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 153 "HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 154 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 155 * Turn off the receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 156 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your receiver 157 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 158 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 159 Note: Should the installation not start, try a different USB stick. 160 * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up. 161 162 ''You may now install Titan'' 163 [[br]] 164 [#point8 Top of Page] 165 [[br]] 166 167 '''Cross Flash Method''' 168 169 ''This method explains how to install the HDF bootloader flash plugin to your fortis receiver and flash an Atemio/Atevio compatible bootloader from the plugin menu.'' 170 171 * Download the HDF Bootloader flash plugin from the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF Digital forum]. 172 * Extract the zip file 173 * Now copy the unzipped Plugin folder to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 174 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 175 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 176 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 177 * go to the plugins section in your receiver and install the plugin and then start it. 178 * type in the password contained in the zip file and follow the onscreen prompts. 179 * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up. 180 181 ''You may now install TitanNit'' 182 [[br]] 183 [#point8 Top of Page] 184 [[br]] 185 186 '''Reseller Changer Tool Method''' 187 188 ''This method explains how to change the Reseler ID of an Atemio/Atevio compatible bootloader and flash it to any compatible Fortis receiver from the plugin menu.'' 189 190 191 * Visit the [http://www.atemio.de Atemio] homepage or the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF digital forum] and download the latest Atevio/Atemio loader. 192 * Extract the zip file 193 * use the reseller ID changer tool and change the IRD to that of your reseller ID. 194 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 195 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 196 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 197 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 198 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 199 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver. 200 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 201 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 202 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 203 * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up. 204 205 206 This method requires you to also change the reseller ID to be able to install TitanNit. 207 208 209 '''Be aware should it the installation fail or a loss of Power occur during the flashing process you could brick your receiver as there is no recovery method. Compatibility with other receivers is not guaranteed but you may find a list of compatible receivers in the [wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers] section.''' 210 [[br]] 211 [#point8 Top of Page] 212 [[br]] 213 ---- 214 '''8.111 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.017] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 215 ---- 216 If you have an Atemio/Atevio or UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary. 217 218 Uninstalling titan and switching back to the original reseller loader can't be done (easily) for other fortis receivers but there is one simple alternative method outlined below. 219 220 221 '''Uninstalling Titan on non Atemio/Atevio receiver and restore Reseller ID with Maxi-uboot''' 222 223 If you have iboot installed then you must install a version of TitanNit older than 1.32 before using this method. 224 225 This will install the factory Atemio loader that is compatible with the AAF Recovery Tool (ART) to be able to install the Maxiuboot Loader. 226 227 In order for this method to work make sure the setting Allow __"Iboot Update"__ is enabled in [wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 Iboot]. 228 229 When successfully achieved you may start up ART from your PC and install Maxiuboot. 230 231 [[br]] 232 233 Once installed you may set up your bootargs and change your Reseller ID back to its factory settings. For flashin original Firmware or other Software please refere to your receivers' manual or instructions. 234 [[br]] 235 [#point8 Top of Page] 236 [[br]] 237 238 ---- 239 '''8.112 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.018] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 240 ---- 241 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods : 242 243 IRD offline method see [#point8 Installation / Recovery] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image. 244 [[br]] 245 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed. 246 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .'' 247 248 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update. 249 [[br]] 250 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.'' 251 [[br]] 252 [#point8 Top of Page] 253 [[br]] 254 255 ---- 256 '''8.113 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.019] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 257 ---- 258 * [wiki:Manufactures#point13 13 Manufactures] - [http://atemio.de/index.php/software-updates Stable Images][[br]] 259 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 260 261 [[br]] 262 [#point8 Top of Page] 263 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Homecast
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.020 Homecast''' [=#point8.020] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 Fortis is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region, TitanNit installation is possible after the installation of a Atevio compatible bootloader. 7 8 '''SH4 Homecast Contents''' 9 10 * [#point8.021 8.021 Homecast pro] 11 12 13 '''Additional Info''' 14 15 * [#point8.022 8.022 Uninstallation] 16 * [#point8.023 8.025 Update TitanNit] 17 * [#point8.024 8.024 IRD Download Location] 18 19 ---- 20 '''8.021 Homecast Pro''' [=#point8.021] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 21 ---- 22 '' How do I install an Homecast UPDATEUSB Image? '' 23 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.2 IRD Download Locations]) 24 * Extract the zip file 25 * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 26 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 27 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 28 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 29 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 30 * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver 31 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears, 32 then the installation starts. Only then release the button 33 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 34 * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver. 35 * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to . 36 [[br]] 37 [#point8 Top of Page] 38 [[br]] 39 40 ---- 41 '''8.022 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.022] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 42 ---- 43 If you have an Homecast receiver all you have to do is install your original IMG file as explained above and no bootloader changes are necessary. 44 45 [[br]] 46 [#point8 Top of Page] 47 [[br]] 48 49 ---- 50 '''8.023 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.023] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 51 ---- 52 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods : 53 54 IRD offline method see [#point8.020 Homecast Contents] and select your Receiver model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD TitanNit image. 55 [[br]] 56 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is preformed. 57 Plugins and files installed to MNT or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .'' 58 59 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update. 60 [[br]] 61 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.'' 62 [[br]] 63 [#point8 Top of Page] 64 [[br]] 65 66 ---- 67 '''8.024 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.024] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 68 ---- 69 70 * [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 71 72 [[br]] 73 [#point8 Top of Page] 74 [[br]] 75 -
wiki/pages/en/Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.031 Ipbox''' [=#point8.030] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 Ipbox is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region. 7 8 '''SH4 Ipbox Contents''' 9 10 * [#point8.031 8.031 Ipbox91] 11 * [#point8.032 8.032 Ipbox900] 12 * [#point8.033 8.033 Ipbox910] 13 * [#point8.034 8.034 Ipbox9000] 14 15 '''Additional Info''' 16 17 * [#point8.035 8.035 Uninstallation] 18 * [#point8.036 8.036 Update TitanNit] 19 * [#point8.037 8.037 IRD Download Location] 20 21 ---- 22 '''8.031 Ipbox91''' [=#point8.031] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 23 ---- 24 '' How do I install an Ipbox 91 UPDATEUSB Image? '' 25 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 26 * Extract the zip file 27 * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 28 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 29 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 30 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 31 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 32 * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver 33 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears, 34 then the installation starts. Only then release the button 35 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 36 * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver. 37 * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to . 38 [[br]] 39 [#point8 Top of Page] 40 [[br]] 41 ---- 42 '''8.032 Ipbox900''' [=#point8.032] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 43 ---- 44 '' How do I install an Ipbox 900 UPDATEUSB Image? '' 45 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 46 * Extract the zip file 47 * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 48 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 49 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 50 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 51 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 52 * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver 53 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears, 54 then the installation starts. Only then release the button 55 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 56 * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver. 57 * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to . 58 [[br]] 59 [#point8 Top of Page] 60 [[br]] 61 ---- 62 '''8.033 Ipbox910''' [=#point8.033] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 63 ---- 64 '' How do I install an Ipbox 910 UPDATEUSB Image? '' 65 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 66 * Extract the zip file 67 * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 68 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 69 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 70 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 71 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 72 * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver 73 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears, 74 then the installation starts. Only then release the button 75 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 76 * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver. 77 * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to . 78 [[br]] 79 [#point8 Top of Page] 80 [[br]] 81 ---- 82 '''8.034 Ipbox9000''' [=#point8.034] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 83 ---- 84 '' How do I install an Ipbox 9000 UPDATEUSB Image? '' 85 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 86 * Extract the zip file 87 * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 88 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 89 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 90 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 91 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 92 * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver 93 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears, 94 then the installation starts. Only then release the button 95 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 96 * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver. 97 * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to . 98 [[br]] 99 [#point8 Top of Page] 100 [[br]] 101 102 ---- 103 '''8.035 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.035] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 104 ---- 105 If you have an Ipbox receiver all you have to do is install your original IMG file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary. 106 107 [[br]] 108 [#point8 Top of Page] 109 [[br]] 110 111 ---- 112 '''8.036 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.036] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 113 ---- 114 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods : 115 116 IRD offline method see [#point8 Installation / Recovery] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image. 117 [[br]] 118 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed. 119 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .'' 120 121 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update. 122 [[br]] 123 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.'' 124 [[br]] 125 [#point8 Top of Page] 126 [[br]] 127 128 ---- 129 '''8.037 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.037] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 130 ---- 131 132 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 133 134 [[br]] 135 [#point8 Top of Page] 136 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.040 Kathrein''' [=#point8.040] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 Fortis is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region, TitanNit installation is possible after the installation of a Atevio compatible bootloader. 7 8 '''SH4 Fortis Contents''' 9 10 * [#point8.041 8.041 Kathrein Ufs910] 11 * [#point8.042 8.042 Kathrein Ufs912] 12 * [#point8.043 8.043 Kathrein Ufs913] 13 * [#point8.044 8.044 Kathrein Ufs922] 14 * [#point8.045 8.045 Kathrein Ufs960] 15 16 '''Additional Info''' 17 18 * [#point8.046 8.06 Uninstallation] 19 * [#point8.047 8.07 Update TitanNit] 20 * [#point8.048 8.08 IRD Download Location] 21 22 ---- 23 '''8.041 Kathrein Ufs910''' [=#point8.041] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 24 ---- 25 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS910 update image? '' 26 * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched. 27 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 28 * Extract the zip file 29 * Now copy the unzipped img firmware file - must be renamed to miniFLASH.img - to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 30 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 31 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 32 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 33 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 34 * Connect the USB stick with the img file to the front USB Port 35 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the -Record button- on the Remote Control pressed (about 5 seconds) 36 until "miniFLASH search..." appears, then the installation begins. Only then release the -Record button- 37 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 38 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 39 [[br]] 40 [#point8 Top of Page] 41 [[br]] 42 ---- 43 '''8.042 Kathrein UFS912''' [=#point8.042] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 44 ---- 45 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS912 update image? '' 46 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 47 * Extract the zip file 48 * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs912/ . 49 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 50 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 51 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 52 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 53 * Connect the USB stick with the img file 54 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears, 55 then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button- 56 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 57 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 58 [[br]] 59 [#point8.1 Top of Page] 60 [[br]] 61 ---- 62 '''8.043 Kathrein UFS913''' [=#point8.043] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 63 ---- 64 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS913 update image? '' 65 * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched. 66 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 67 * Extract the zip file 68 * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs922/ . 69 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 70 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 71 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 72 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 73 * Connect the USB stick with the img file 74 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears, 75 then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button- 76 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 77 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 78 [[br]] 79 [#point8.1 Top of Page] 80 [[br]] 81 ---- 82 '''8.044 Kathrein UFS922''' [=#point8.044] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 83 ---- 84 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS922 update image? '' 85 * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched. 86 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 87 * Extract the zip file 88 * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs922/ . 89 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 90 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 91 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 92 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 93 * Connect the USB stick with the img file 94 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears, 95 then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button- 96 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 97 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 98 [[br]] 99 [#point8 Top of Page] 100 [[br]] 101 ---- 102 '''8.045 Kathrein UFC960''' [=#point8.045] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 103 ---- 104 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS960 update image? '' 105 * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched. 106 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 107 * Extract the zip file 108 * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs960/ . 109 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 110 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 111 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 112 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 113 * Connect the USB stick with the img file 114 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears, 115 then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button- 116 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 117 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 118 [[br]] 119 [#point8 Top of Page] 120 [[br]] 121 122 ---- 123 '''8.046 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.046] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 124 ---- 125 If you have an Katherin UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original IMG file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary. 126 127 [[br]] 128 [#point8 Top of Page] 129 [[br]] 130 131 ---- 132 '''8.047 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.047] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 133 ---- 134 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods : 135 136 IRD offline method see [#point8 Ipbox contents] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image. 137 [[br]] 138 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed. 139 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .'' 140 141 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update. 142 [[br]] 143 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.'' 144 [[br]] 145 [#point8 Top of Page] 146 [[br]] 147 148 ---- 149 '''8.048 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.048] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 150 ---- 151 [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 152 153 [[br]] 154 [#point8 Top of Page] 155 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.051 SPARK''' [=#point8.050] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 Spark is a reseller of the Fulan Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized hardware. 7 8 '''SH4 Spark Contents''' 9 10 * [#point8.051 8.051 SPARK (7111)] 11 * [#point8.052 8.052 SPARK (7162)] 12 13 '''Additional Info''' 14 15 16 * [#point8.053 8.053 Uninstallation] 17 * [#point8.054 8.054 Update TitanNit] 18 * [#point8.055 8.055 IRD Download Location] 19 20 21 22 ---- 23 '''8.051 SPARK (7111)''' [=#point8.051] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 24 ---- 25 '' How do I install a Spark (7111) Update Image? '' 26 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 27 * Extract the zip file 28 * Copy the unzipped firmware update file to a formatted to FAT32 USB stick and copy the file e2jffs2.img and uImage into a folder called "enigma2" 29 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 30 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 31 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 32 * Turn off the device. 33 * Connect the USB stick with the update file 34 * hold the "OK" button and switch on the(mains plug) and hold it down (about 5 seconds) until "Forc" appears, 35 then the installation will begin, when you see "U LD" in the display release the "OK" button. 36 Note: If the installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 37 * After installation "SUCC" appears in the display boot the receiver and the new image should appear. 38 [[br]] 39 [#point8.050 Top of Page] 40 [[br]] 41 ---- 42 '''8.052 SPARK7162''' [=#point8.052] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 43 ---- 44 '' How do I install a Spark (7162) Update Image? '' 45 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 46 * Extract the zip file 47 * Copy the unzipped firmware update file to a formatted to FAT32 USB stick and copy the file e2jffs2.img and uImage into a folder called "enigma2" 48 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 49 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 50 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 51 * Turn off the device. 52 * Connect the USB stick with the update file 53 * hold the "OK" button and switch on the(mains plug) and hold it down (about 5 seconds) until "Forc" appears, 54 then the installation will begin, when you see "U LD" in the display release the "OK" button. 55 Note: If the installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 56 * After installation "SUCC" appears in the display boot the receiver and the new image should appear. 57 [[br]] 58 [#point8.050 Top of Page] 59 [[br]] 60 61 ---- 62 '''8.053 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.053] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 63 ---- 64 If you have an Atemio/Atevio or UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary. 65 66 [[br]] 67 [#point8.050 Top of Page] 68 [[br]] 69 70 ---- 71 '''8.054 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.054] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 72 ---- 73 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods : 74 75 IRD offline method see [#point8 Installation / Recovery] and select your Receiver model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD TitanNit image. 76 [[br]] 77 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is preformed. 78 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .'' 79 80 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update. 81 [[br]] 82 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.'' 83 [[br]] 84 [#point8.050 Top of Page] 85 [[br]] 86 87 ---- 88 '''8.055 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.055] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 89 ---- 90 [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 91 92 [[br]] 93 [#point8.050 Top of Page] 94 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Interface-Operation
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''3 Interface and Operation Contents''' [=#point3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 New Gui section work in progress expect dead links or missing data. 5 ---- 6 == Interface and Operation == 7 8 This section contains information about the on screen menus within TitanNit and discriptions to the various 9 items and their functions aswell as helpfull information and tricks to get the most possible experience with your Receiver. 10 11 Note: pictures in this area only apply to the default skin used in Titan. 12 If you do not see a specific menu item on the display please select the default skin from the menu as follows: 13 14 Press the __"Menu"__ button and select __"Settings"__ scroll down to __"Skin"__ and select the __"Default"__ Skin from the menu. 15 The decoder will then reboot with the new selected __Default__ skin. 16 17 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Mainmenu.jpg)]][[br]] 18 19 TitanNit is an easy to use GUI for Linux receivers. Using the default skin (Factory setting) all options, settings and help texts are displayed, so you have an overview of all functions and possible settings for customization. 20 21 The newer Receiver types like Atemio520 have a help button on the remote where detailed help can be displayed on screen. Thus you do not need to refer to the manual for help. This help display will be optimized / enhanced in the future. 22 23 Interface and operation contents 24 please select a menu item from the GUI for more information 25 26 * ([#point3.1 Records and epg]) 27 * ([#point3.2 Media center]) 28 * ([#point3.3 Media player]) 29 * ([#point3.4 Extentions]) 30 * ([#point3.5 System]) 31 * ([#point3.6 Settings]) 32 * ([#point3.7 Information]) 33 * ([#point3.8 Standby-Power Off]) 34 35 [[br]] 36 [[br]] 37 ---- 38 '''Records and EPG''' [=#point3.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 39 ---- 40 41 42 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Recordsand_EPG.jpg)]][[br]] 43 44 Records and Epg menu contains all the different views and search settings for the epg, 45 it also allows setup and personalization of timer recordings 46 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item. 47 * ([wiki:EPG-Short-View#point3.1.1 EPG Short View]) 48 * ([wiki:Single-EPG#point3.1.2 Single EPG]) 49 * ([wiki:Multi-EPG#point3.1.3 Multi EPG]) 50 * ([wiki:Graphic-EPG#point3.1.4 Graphic EPG]) 51 * ([wiki:EPG-Search#point3.1.5 EPG Search]) 52 * ([wiki:Records#point3.1.6 Records]) 53 54 [[br]] 55 56 ---- 57 '''3.2 Media Center''' [=#point3.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 58 ---- 59 [[br]] 60 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Media_Center.jpg)]][[br]] 61 62 Media center contains all the different media players to play streams from local and online sources, 63 it also contains a file browser and internet browser for setting up pay streams and login details for online media. 64 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item. 65 66 * ([wiki:Audio-Player#point3.2.1 Audio Player]) 67 * ([wiki:Video-Player#point3.2.2 Video Player]) 68 * ([wiki:Picture-Player#point3.2.3 Picture Player]) 69 * ([wiki:Mediathek#point3.2.4 Mediathek (Online library)]) 70 * ([wiki:File-Browser#point3.2.5 File Browser]) 71 * ([wiki:Internet-Browser#point3.2.6 Internet Browser]) 72 * ([wiki:Weather#point3.2.7 Weather]) 73 74 75 [[br]] 76 77 ''' information''' 78 79 80 Media Center It is a collection of media players intergrated in one place (able to stream local or the Internet based streams) 81 82 ''' Audio player ''' 83 * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover, full cover) 84 * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists) 85 * Automatic integration of MediaDB with covers and ID3 tag info extracted from the mp3 file 86 * Random mode (random) 87 * Repeat mode (repeat) 88 * Screen Saver (title text, scrolling images, jumping pictures, wallpapers) 89 * Radio mode (m3u files can be played back over the Internet in all popular protocols rtmp, rtmpe, rts, rtp, mms, http) 90 * All key formats supported via the installation of additional codec packs. 91 * Auto play the next file 92 * seek function (seek 1-3 10s 30s from 0.4 to 6 0.7 to 9 60s) 93 * skip << >> 94 * Mount image mode (iso, img, rar) 95 * Various settings in the Settings Screen 96 * Various sort options 97 98 ''' Video Player ''' 99 * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover, full cover) 100 * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists) 101 * Automatic Intergration of MediaDB with cover, the background images and IMDB info downloaded from the Internet 102 * Random mode (random) 103 * Repeat mode (repeat) 104 * Streaming mode (m3u files can be played back over the Internet in all popular protocols rtmp, rtmpe, rts, rtp, mms, http) 105 * All key formats supported via the installation of additional codec packs. 106 * Automatic Resume from the last position, or playback from the beginning. 107 * Auto play the next file 108 * Mount image mode (iso, img, rar) 109 * DVD material (VIDEO_TS, usb, dvd drive ) but only if the corresponding Plugin is installed (DVDPlayer) 110 * Various settings in the Settings Screen 111 * Various sort options 112 * seek function (seek 1-3 ,4-6 ,7-9 with the values from the titan settings) 113 *(seek on -pad up / down 10min left / right 1min) 114 * In the file list (delete file additional menu, Imdb, ...) mode info button 115 * In play mode - Red button - (additional menu Imdb, ...) 116 * In Play Mode - Green button - (image ratio adjustable) 117 * In Play Mode - Yellow button - (audio track selection) 118 * In Play Mode - Blue button - (Screensaver adjustable) 119 * In play mode - button text - (subtitles adjustable) 120 * External Subtitle support (srt / sub files must have the same name as the video file) 121 * Internal Subtitle Support (dvd / mkv files with integrated subtitles) 122 * Manual IMDB lookup for [http://www.imdb.com/ Imdb / Cover] 123 * Wallpapers adjustable (only in Full Cover interval / number) 124 125 ''' PicturePlayer ''' 126 * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover) (cover in that case means preview) 127 * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists pls) 128 * Complete slide show with no waiting periods except the first file 129 * Random mode (random) 130 * Repeat mode (repeat) 131 * Supported formats png / jpg 132 * Mount image mode (iso, img, rar) 133 * Various settings in the Settings Screen 134 * Various sort options 135 * Background radio selection 136 137 ''' MediaThek /online library ''' 138 * View images in groups of 2/6/12/24/30 139 * [http://www.youtube.com/ Youtube] / [http://www.myvideo.de/ Myvideo] / [http://www.zdf.de/ZDFmediathek Zdf] / [http://www.ardmediathek.de/ Ard] 140 * [http://rtl-now.rtl.de/ Rtl] / [http://www.rtl2.de/video/ Rtl2Now] / [http://www.superrtlnow.de/ SuperRtl] / [http://www.voxnow.de/ VoxNow] (with Pay-streams are hidden by default this can also be made visible) 141 * [http://www.netzkino.de Netzkino] / [http://www.tectime.tv/ DrDish] / [http://www.giga.de Giga] 142 * [http://www.beeg.com Beeg] / [http://www.xvideos.com Xvideos] (xxx ) (blocked by child protection pin) 143 * [https://gitorious.org/neutrino-mp/max10s-neutrino-mp/raw/e4fefb51121d7886b81227eb1215da049e1a729a:data/webtv/webtv.xml InternetTv] (Live Streams) 144 * [http://dir.xiph.org/yp.xml InternetRadio] (Live Streams) 145 * Support favourites 146 * More providers are supported with the extension codec pack 147 * Some Sites allow lokal strorage of their online streams 148 * Memory Buffer adjustable for smooth, streaming 149 150 '''File Browser ''' 151 * Copy data 152 * Move data 153 * Delete data 154 * Rename data 155 * Create folders 156 157 ''' Internet browser ''' (if installed) 158 * From remote control unit 159 * Support favourites 160 161 '''Weather plugin ''' 162 * Select location 163 164 ---- 165 '''3.3 Media player''' [=#point3.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 166 167 ---- 168 169 170 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Media_player.jpg)]][[br]] 171 172 Media player is a short file system browser for viewing local media files, 173 174 175 '''Coloured Button's Functions''' 176 177 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 178 Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 179 180 ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 181 ||'''Green Button: (Select)''' ||Play the selected media file.|| 182 ||'''Yellow Button: (EPG)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)|| 183 ||'''Blue Button: (Sort)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 184 ||'''Info Button: (info)''' ||This will allow you to view online IMDB/TMDB information on the current selected media file.|| 185 186 [[br]] 187 188 ---- 189 '''3.4 Extentions''' [=#point3.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 190 ---- 191 192 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Extentions.jpg)]][[br]] 193 194 Extentions menu section contains all the available tools to personalize plugins 195 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item. 196 197 * ([wiki:Plugins#point3.4.1 Plugins]) 198 * ([wiki:Change-Feed#point3.4.2 Change Feed]) 199 * ([wiki:TPK-Upgrade#point3.4.3 TPK Upgrade]) 200 * ([wiki:TPK-Install#point3.4.4 TPK Install (Online)]) 201 * ([wiki:TPK-Tmp#point3.4.5 TPK Tmp (TMP)]) 202 * ([wiki:TPK-Media#point3.4.6 TPK Media (Media)]) 203 * ([wiki:TPK-Remove#point3.4.7 TPK Remove]) 204 205 [[br]] 206 207 ---- 208 '''3.5 System''' [=#point3.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 209 210 ---- 211 212 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/System.jpg)]][[br]] 213 214 The System menu section contains all the important settings to set up the Receiver Hardware and Software 215 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item. 216 217 * ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel Service]) 218 * ([wiki:Common-Interface#point3.5.2 Common Interface]) 219 * ([wiki:Smart-Card-Reader#point3.5.3 Smart Card Reader]) 220 * ([wiki:Network#point3.5.4 Network]) 221 * ([wiki:Hard-Disk#point3.5.5 Hard Disk]) 222 * ([wiki:VFDisplay#point3.5.6 VFDisplay]) 223 * ([wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System Update]) 224 * ([wiki:Backup#point3.5.8 Backup]) 225 * ([wiki:Settings-Backup-Restore#point3.5.9 Settings Backup Restore]) 226 * ([wiki:Receiver-Unlock#point3.5.10 Receiver Unlock]) 227 228 [[br]] 229 ---- 230 '''3.6 Settings''' [=#point3.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 231 232 ---- 233 234 235 236 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Settings.jpg)]][[br]] 237 238 The Settings menu section contains all the Software settings of the Receiver, 239 within the menu you can personalize the appearance and various settings of the Interface 240 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item. 241 242 * ([wiki:AV-Settings#point3.6.1 AV Settings]) 243 * ([wiki:Language#point3.6.2 Language]) 244 * ([wiki:Timezone#point3.6.3 Timezone]) 245 * ([wiki:Red-Button#point3.6.4 Red Button]) 246 * ([wiki:Blue-Button#point3.6.5 Blue Button]) 247 * ([wiki:Media-Button#point3.6.6 Media Button]) 248 * ([wiki:Adjust#point3.6.7 System Settings]) 249 * ([wiki:Skin#point3.6.8 Skin]) 250 * ([wiki:Skin-Adjust#point3.6.9 Skin Settings]) 251 * ([wiki:Screensaver-Adjust#point3.6.10 Screensaver]) 252 * ([wiki:Timeshift-Settings#point3.6.11 Timeshift]) 253 * ([wiki:Record-Path#point3.6.12 Path for Recordings]) 254 * ([wiki:EPG-Settings#point3.6.13 EPG]) 255 * ([wiki:Child-Protection#point3.6.14 Parental Control]) 256 * ([wiki:Restore-Default-Settings#point3.6.15 Restore Factory Settings]) 257 * ([wiki:Video-Settings#point3.6.16 Video Settings]) 258 * ([wiki:Channel-Edit#point3.6.17 Channel Edit]) 259 * ([wiki:MediaDB-Settings#point3.6.18 MediaDB Settings]) 260 * ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.6.19 Auto Start]) 261 262 [[br]] 263 264 ---- 265 '''3.7 Information''' [=#point3.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 266 267 ---- 268 269 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Information.jpg)]][[br]] 270 271 The Information menu section can list all the information of the Hardware, Software and stream info, 272 it also contains help and contact information. 273 Within the menu you can personalize the appearance and various settings of the Interface 274 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item. 275 276 * ([wiki:Service#point3.7.1 Service]) 277 * ([wiki:News-letter#point3.7.2 News letter]) 278 * ([wiki:About#point3.7.3 About]) 279 * ([wiki:Streaming#point3.7.4 Streaming]) 280 * ([wiki:Atemio-Hotline#point3.7.5 Atemio (Hotline)]) 281 * ([wiki:Titan-Changelog#point3.7.6 Titan Changelog]) 282 * ([wiki:Git-Changelog#point3.7.7 Git Changelog]) 283 * ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info]) 284 * ([wiki:Log#point3.7.9 Log]) 285 286 [[br]] 287 288 ---- 289 '''3.8 Standby-Power Off''' [=#point3.8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 290 291 ---- 292 293 294 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Standby_Poweroff.jpg)]][[br]] 295 296 The Standby/ Power Off contains settings related to power settings, 297 within the menu you can decide how and when the Receiver shuts down 298 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item. 299 300 ||'''Power-Off:''' ||The receiver shuts down completely (Deep Standby).|| 301 ||'''Standby:''' ||The receiver only shuts down the picture and volume. (Higher energy consumtion than in Deep Standby there for much faster booting time ~1Sek.). All functions of the WEB IF stay active.|| 302 ||'''Reboot:''' ||The receiver shuts down completely and reboots. (important for saving changes to the settings)|| 303 ||'''GUI-Restart:''' ||Only a reboot of the Titan software (faster) (changes to settings since last reboot/Power-Off are lost!).|| 304 ||'''([wiki:Power-Off-Timer Power Off Timer])''' ||Opens the Power Off timer menu to automatically switch the receiver to Power-Off or Standby at a specific time.|| 305 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Internet-Browser
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.2.6 Internet Browser''' [=#point3.2.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Media_Center-internet_browser.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >internet browser is a netsurf based plugin to surf the net. 10 11 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Kernel
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.3 Kernel''' [=#point3.7.8.3] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Kernel.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can view the kernel build info. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Language
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.2 Language''' [=#point3.6.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Language.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 here you can change your language.below is a current list of available languages. 10 if you change the language the decoder will automatically restart to apply the selected language settings. 11 12 * German 13 * English 14 * French 15 * Greek 16 * Italian 17 * Polish 18 * Russian 19 * Dutch 20 * Vietnamese 21 22 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Log
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''Log''' [=#point3.7.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Information-log.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 > here you can view your error log. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 14 To Exit from Menu press the __"Exit"__ button. 15 16 [[br]] 17 ---- 18 19 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 20 21 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 22 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 23 24 ||'''Red Button: (Send)''' ||This will send the error log file to the titan development team.|| 25 ||'''Green Button: (DEL)''' ||this will delete the error log file.|| -
wiki/pages/en/MTD
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.6.3 MTD''' [=#point3.7.8.6.3] ([WikiStart#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back)]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/MTD.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can view the detailed info on the raw flash partitions (MTD). 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Manual-Search
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.1.3 Manual Search''' [=#point3.5.1.3] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Manual-Search.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can proform a manual channel scan. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 ||'''Type of Scan''' ||The type of scan to proform.|| 13 ||'''Tuner''' ||Select the tunsr to scan with.|| 14 ||'''Satellite''' ||Select the satellite to scan.|| 15 ||'''ID''' ||??? .|| 16 ||'''System''' ||scan for hd or sd streams.|| 17 ||'''Frequency:''' ||select the frequency to scan.|| 18 ||'''Inversion:''' ||??? .|| 19 ||'''Symbolrate:''' ||select the signal rat to scan.|| 20 ||'''Polirisation''' ||scan for horozontal or vertical transponders.. || 21 ||'''FEC''' ||sel ect the forward error correction.|| 22 ||'''Scan:''' ||???.|| 23 ||'''Clear Before Scan:''' ||Select to clear channel data before scan.|| 24 ||'''Only Free to Air Services:''' ||During scan ignore pay tv services.|| 25 ||'''Blindscan:''' ||Scan for unknown satellite transponders.|| 26 ||'''Update channel Name''' ||???.|| 27 ||'''Entrys in Favourites''' ||if scaned channels are found in current favourites list what should be done.|| 28 ||'''Remove Empty Favourites''' ||Remove favourites list if they have no channels in them.|| 29 ||'''Remove Unused Channels From Favourites''' ||Remove channels from favourites that have ceased transmission.|| 30 31 ''Note some of the above settings only show and are relavant in a specific __"Type of Scan"__'' 32 33 34 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 35 36 '''Coloured Button's Functions''' 37 38 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 39 Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 40 41 ||'''Red Button: (Start scan)''' ||Start channel Scan with the selected settings.|| 42 ---- 43 '''After Scan Menu''' 44 ---- 45 [[br]] 46 47 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options after the scan hac sompleted menu. 48 Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 49 50 ||'''Red Button: (Save)''' ||Select a channel you wish to save and select the green button to save it in to the channel listing.|| 51 ||'''Green Button: (Save All)''' ||Store all channels in the channel listing.|| 52 53 54 -
wiki/pages/en/Manufactures
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''13 Manufactures''' [=#point13] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 ||= '''[http://www.atemio.de Atemio]''' =|| 6 ||= [[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg,400,link=http://www.atemio.de)]] =|| 7 8 New Zealand reseller for fortis clone ultraplus decoders [http://www.ultrapower.co.nz Ultrapower] 9 10 '''SH4 Katherin''' ([http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage]) 11 12 '''SH4 Spark''' ([http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage)] 13 14 '''SH4 AB IPBox''' ([http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage]) 15 16 '''Mips Golden Interstar''' ([http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage]) 17 18 '''SH4 Fortis''' ([http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage]) 19 * New Zealand reseller for fortis clone ultraplus decoders [http://www.ultrapower.co.nz Ultrapower] 20 21 [[br]] 22 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Media-Button
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.6 Media Button''' [=#point3.6.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Media_Button.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >here you can configure what happens with the press of the Media button 10 11 12 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/MediaDB-Settings
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.17 MediaDB Settings''' [=#point3.6.17] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/MediaDB_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >Here you can change your media db settings. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 ||'''MediaDB Path''' ||Here you can edit the path where the MediaDB is stored.|| 14 ||'''Delete MediaDB Before Scan:''' ||here you can to select to clear the MediaDB before a scan.|| 15 ||'''Delete Unused Entrys Before Scan:''' ||Here you can delete MediaDB entries For items not used.|| 16 ||'''Update Entrys On Scan:''' ||Update entries in the MediaDB with updated information if present.|| 17 ||'''Backdrop Download Count:''' ||Select the amount of backdrops to download per Entry in the MediaDB.|| 18 ||'''Debug Modus:''' ||Select Debug mode to out put Media DB results logfile.|| 19 ||'''Create Thumb Picture:''' ||automatically Create Thumbnails for items in the MediaDB.|| 20 ||'''Create Record Picture:''' ||Automatically Creat Thumbnails for recordings.|| 21 22 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 23 24 -
wiki/pages/en/Mediathek
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.2.4 Mediathek (Online library)''' [=#point3.2.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Tithek_main.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 >Mediathek is the titan online media center to view various feeds from the internet 10 >such as utube etc... 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Memory
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.3 Memory''' [=#point3.7.8.6.2] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back)]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Memory.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can view the detailed Memory info. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Module
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.6 Module''' [=#point3.7.8.6.4] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back)]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Module.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 Here you can view the detailed loaded Module info. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 14 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Mounts
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.4 Mounts''' [=#point3.7.8.4] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/System-Info-Mounts.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can view all mounted devices on the receiver. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Multi-EPG
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.1.1 Multi EPG''' [=#point3.1.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Multi_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 Multi EPG is a small easy to read horozontal Multi Channel EPG. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions" 14 15 The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Single EPG menu. 16 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 17 18 ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.|| 19 ||'''0 key (EPG Search):''' ||This will search the EPG for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.|| 20 ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will bring up the selected program's EPG info string.|| 21 22 23 For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([wiki:Records Records]) for more info. 24 25 For information on setting proforming an EPG search using the 0 Key see ([wiki:EPG-Search#point3.1.5 EPG Search]) for more info. 26 -
wiki/pages/en/Network
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.4 Network''' [=#point3.5.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/system-Network.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 > 10 here you can set up your network interface and mounts. 11 please select a menu item for more information 12 [[br]] 13 14 * ([wiki:Adaptor-Settings#point3.5.4.1 Adaptor Settings]) 15 * ([wiki:WLAN-Settings#point3.5.4.2 WLAN Settings]) 16 * ([wiki:Network-Test#point3.5.4.3 Network Test]) 17 * ([wiki:Network-Restart#point3.5.4.4 Network Restart]) 18 * ([wiki:Network-Browser#point3.5.4.5 Network Browser]) 19 * ([wiki:HTTP-Settings#point3.5.4.6 HTTP Settings]) 20 * ([wiki:DYNDNS-Settings#point3.5.4.7 DYNDNS Settings]) 21 22 [[br]] 23 -
wiki/pages/en/Network-Browser
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.4.5 Network Browser''' [=#point3.5.4.5] ([WikiStart#point3.5.1 network (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Network-Browser.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can setup network shares. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 13 14 [[br]] 15 ---- 16 17 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 18 19 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 20 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 21 22 ||'''Red Button: (Add)''' ||This will bring up the add network share.|| 23 ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||this will edit the currently selected network mount.|| 24 ||'''Yellow Button: (DEL)''' ||The will Delete the currently selected network share.|| 25 ||'''Blue Button: (Search)''' ||This will search the surrent subnet mask for available network shares.|| 26 ||'''Menu Button: (Auth Settings)''' ||this will allow you to edit the current password and user name.|| 27 -
wiki/pages/en/Network-Restart
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.4.4 Network Restart''' [=#point3.5.4.4] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.5.1 network (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Network-Restart.jpg)]] 7 > 8 Here you can Restart your network interface. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 press the __"Ok"__ button to restart the network interface, Press __"Exit"__ to Cancel. -
wiki/pages/en/Network-Test
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.4.3 Network Test''' [=#point3.5.4.3] ([wiki:Network#point3.5.1 network (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Network-Test.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can check your network interface. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 To Exit from the network test menu by pressing the __"Exit"__ button. 13 14 [[br]] 15 ---- 16 17 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 18 19 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 20 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 21 22 ||'''Red Button: (TEST)''' ||This will proform a network test.|| -
wiki/pages/en/News-letter
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.2 News letter''' [=#point3.7.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Newsletter.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 > here you can view news from the titan team. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 Select a newsitem with the D-pad and press __"ok"__ to view it. 14 15 To Exit from the Menu by pressing the __"Exit"__ button. 16 -
wiki/pages/en/Picture-Player
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.2.3 Picture Player''' [=#point3.2.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Media_center-Picture-Player.jpg)]][[BR]] 7 > 8 picture player is where you can view pictures and set up slideshows. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 ---- 13 '''Coloured Button's Functions''' 14 15 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 16 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 17 18 ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 19 ||'''Green Button: (Filelist-Mode)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.|| 20 ||'''Yellow Button: (Random)''' ||select random play mode.|| 21 ||'''Blue Button: (Repeat)''' ||Select Repeat play mode.|| 22 ||'''Menu Button: (Menu)''' ||This will show an advanced settings menu for the media player see below for more info on the functions contained with in this menu.|| 23 24 ---- 25 '''Advanced Media Player Menu''' 26 27 [[br]] 28 29 Picture: 30 ||'''Sort:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 31 ||'''View:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.|| 32 ||'''Sound:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 33 ||'''interval:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.|| 34 ||'''Show Pic Title:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.|| 35 ||'''Pic Denom Mode:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 36 ||'''Pic Quality:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.|| 37 ||'''Pic HW Decoder:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.|| 38 ||'''Default Directory:''' ||Set the default directory to display when the media player opens.|| 39 ||'''Use Last Directory:''' ||open the last used directory when the media player opens.|| 40 41 42 '''Coloured Button's Functions''' 43 44 45 ||'''Red Button: (Network)''' ||???|| 46 ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||???|| 47 48 ---- -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''Plugins''' [=#point3.4.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Plugins.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 10 11 In this menu you can run your plugins start and stop them. 12 13 to start a plugin select it with the D-pad and press __"ok"__ 14 15 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 16 17 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 18 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 19 20 '''Red Button''' This button unloads the currently selected plugin it can not be restarted until the box is rebooted. 21 22 '''Blue Button''' This button restarts the currently selected plugin if it is not loaded or running. 23 [[br]] 24 25 26 -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Bootlogos
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''10.2 Bootlogos''' [=#point10.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 Bootlogos are the default logo that shows during startup and the loading cycle of your Receiver. 7 You may select and install these from the online extentions. 8 9 ||= '''Bikergirl''' =||= '''Blueskulls''' =||= '''Cityflash''' =||= '''Enigmalinux''' =||= '''Fantasygirl2''' =||= '''Fantasygirl''' =|| 10 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_bikergirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_bikergirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_blueskull_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_blueskull_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_cityflash_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_cityflash_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_enigmalinux_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_enigmalinux_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl2_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl2_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] 11 =|| 12 [[br]] 13 ||= '''Firelady''' =||= '''Fireskull''' =||= '''Footballgirls''' =||= '''Ghostrider''' =||= '''Giantgirl''' =||= '''Iceage2scrapufs910''' =|| 14 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_firelady_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_firelady_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fireskull_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fireskull_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_footballgirls_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/beach)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_ghostrider_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_ghostrider_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_giantgirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_giantgirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_iceage2scrapufs910_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_iceage2scrapufs910_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] 15 =|| 16 [[br]] 17 ||= '''Linuxgirl''' =||= '''Planets''' =||= '''Thegrimreaper''' =||= '''Zombie''' =||= '''TitanNit 1''' =||= '''TitanNit 2''' =|| 18 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_linuxgirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_linuxgirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_planets_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_planets_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_thegrimreaper_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_thegrimreaper_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_zombie_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_zombie_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_2/_path_/etc/boot)]] 19 =|| 20 [[br]] 21 ||= '''TitanNit 3''' =||= '''TitanNit 4''' =|| 22 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_3/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_3/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_4/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_4/_path_/etc/boot)]] 23 =|| 24 [[br]] 25 ([#point10.2 Top of Page]) -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Browser
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''10.3 Browser''' [=#point10.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 TitanNit offers a plugin called '''Netsurf''' that allows you to browse the Internet from your receiver. Detailed information will follow. 7 8 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/browser_netsurf/preview/prev.png)]] -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Channel-Lists
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 '''10.6 Channel Lists''' [=#point10.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 3 4 Channel list's are provided by other users.[[br]] 5 They contain complete satellite listings aswell as sorted favourites to make it[[br]] 6 easier for you to use on your receiver. 7 [[br]] 8 A list of the current channel lists provided are: 9 10 Satellite: 11 * Hotbird 13.0 12 * Astra 19.2 13 * Astra 28.2 14 15 Cable: 16 * Cable germany 17 * Cable BW 18 * Cable Unitymedia 19 * Primacom Cable 20 21 If you wish to provide your own satellite configurations please post them in the [http://aaf-digital.info AAF forum]. 22 ---- 23 ||= '''Default Kabel''' =||= '''Default Sat''' =||= '''Matze70 Neues Design''' =||= '''Matze70 Sat''' =|| 24 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_cableD_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_default_sat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:ipk/source/settings_matze70neueDesign_sat19_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_matze70_sat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =|| 25 [[br]] 26 ||= '''Bulldog 3xsat''' =||= '''Sofa Kabel-BW''' =||= '''Uljanow Sat''' =||= '''Unitymedia Cable''' =|| 27 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_bulldog_3xSat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_sofa_cableBW_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_uljanow_1sat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_unitymedia_cable/preview/prev.png)]] =|| 28 [[br]] 29 ||= '''Primacom Kabel''' =||= '''Settings Eutelsat 36.0''' =||= '''Kabel Deutschland UH-Kreis''' =||= '''Sat Astra ORF''' =|| 30 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_primacom_cable_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_ser6_eutelsat36_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_paule_cable_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_orf_1xsat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =|| 31 [[br]] 32 ||= '''Kabelplus ORF''' =||= '''Astra 19.2 KabelD''' =||= '''Bulldog 2xsat''' =||= '''Bulldog 1xsat''' =|| 33 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_kabelplus_cable_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_default_all_2_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_bulldog_2xSat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_bulldog_1xsat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =|| 34 [[br]] 35 ||= '''SAT/Cable 19.2 13.0 KabelD''' =|| 36 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_andy_2xSat_KabelD_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =|| 37 [#point10.6 Top of Page] -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Contents
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''10.1 Plugins''' [=#point10] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 5 6 ---- 7 8 == Plugin contents == 9 10 This list contains a list of the current online plugins available in TitanNit, please see [wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 3.4 Extentions] for more information on how to install and manage these plugins. 11 12 please select an item below to view the available plugins in the selected area. 13 14 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto" 15 {{{#!table style="border: none" 16 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 17 {{{#!div style="float: left" 18 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Screensavers.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Screensavers#point10.1 10.1 Screensavers])]] 19 }}} 20 '''[wiki:Plugins-Screensavers#point10.1 10.1 Screensavers]'''[[br]] 21 {{{#!div style="float: left 22 This section contains information on the various screen savers available in TitanNit. 23 }}} 24 }}} 25 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 26 {{{#!div style="float: left" 27 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Bootlogos.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Bootlogos#point110.2 10.2 Bootlogos])]] 28 }}} 29 '''[wiki:Plugins-Bootlogos#point110.2 10.2 Bootlogos]'''[[br]] 30 {{{#!div style="float: left 31 This section contains information on the various Bootlogos available in TitanNit. 32 }}} 33 }}} 34 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 35 {{{#!div style="float: left" 36 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/browser.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Browser#point10.3 10.3 Browser])]] 37 }}} 38 '''[wiki:Plugins-Browser#point10.3 10.3 Browser]'''[[br]] 39 {{{#!div style="float: left 40 This section contains information on the various web browsers available in TitanNit. 41 }}} 42 }}} 43 |---- 44 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 45 {{{#!div style="float: left" 46 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Info_news.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Infos#point10.5 10.5 info-news])]] 47 }}} 48 '''[wiki:Plugins-Infos#point10.5 10.5 info-news]'''[[br]] 49 {{{#!div style="float: left 50 This section contains information on the info and news pluggins screen savers available in TitanNit. 51 }}} 52 }}} 53 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 54 {{{#!div style="float: left" 55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Channel_Lists.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Channel-Lists#point10.6 10.6 Channel Lists])]] 56 }}} 57 '''[wiki:Plugins-Channel-Lists#point10.6 10.6 Channel Lists]'''[[br]] 58 {{{#!div style="float: left 59 This section contains default channel list for different services available in TitanNit. 60 }}} 61 }}} 62 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 63 {{{#!div style="float: left" 64 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Keymaps.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Keymaps#point10.7 10.7 Keymaps])]] 65 }}} 66 '''[wiki:Plugins-Keymaps#point10.7 10.7 Keymaps]'''[[br]] 67 {{{#!div style="float: left 68 This section contains information on the various Keymaps available in TitanNit. 69 }}} 70 }}} 71 |---- 72 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 73 {{{#!div style="float: left" 74 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/LCD_Pearl_Skins.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-LcdPearlSkins#point10.8 10.8 LCD Pearl Skins])]] 75 }}} 76 '''[wiki:Plugins-LcdPearlSkins#point10.8 10.8 LCD Pearl Skins]'''[[br]] 77 {{{#!div style="float: left 78 This section contains information on the various lcd skins available in TitanNit with an addon pearl lcd module. 79 }}} 80 }}} 81 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 82 {{{#!div style="float: left" 83 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/LCD_Samsung_Skins.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins#point10.9 10.9 LCD Samsung Skins])]] 84 }}} 85 '''[wiki:Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins#point10.9 10.9 LCD Samsung Skins]'''[[br]] 86 {{{#!div style="float: left 87 This section contains information on the various skins available in TitanNit with a samsung display tablet extension device. 88 }}} 89 }}} 90 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 91 {{{#!div style="float: left" 92 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Network.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Network#point10.10 10.10 Network])]] 93 }}} 94 '''[wiki:Plugins-Network#point10.10 10.10 Network]'''[[br]] 95 {{{#!div style="float: left 96 This section contains information on the various network plugins and extensions available in TitanNit. 97 }}} 98 }}} 99 |---- 100 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 101 {{{#!div style="float: left" 102 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/player.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.10 10.10 Player])]] 103 }}} 104 '''[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.10 10.10 Player]'''[[br]] 105 {{{#!div style="float: left 106 This section contains information on the various media players and media renderers available in TitanNit. 107 }}} 108 }}} 109 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 110 {{{#!div style="float: left" 111 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/fonts.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Fonts#point10.11 10.11 Fonts])]] 112 }}} 113 '''[wiki:Plugins-Fonts#point10.11 10.11 Fonts]'''[[br]] 114 {{{#!div style="float: left 115 This section contains information on the various gui fonts available in TitanNit. 116 }}} 117 }}} 118 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 119 {{{#!div style="float: left" 120 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Station_Logos.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-station-logos#point10.12 10.12 station logos])]] 121 }}} 122 '''[wiki:Plugins-station-logos#point10.12 10.12 station logos]'''[[br]] 123 {{{#!div style="float: left 124 This section contains information on the various pre configures icon sets available in TitanNit for various TV services. 125 }}} 126 }}} 127 |---- 128 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 129 {{{#!div style="float: left" 130 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Skins.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Skins#point10.13 10.13 Skins])]] 131 }}} 132 '''[wiki:Plugins-Skins#point10.13 10.13 Skins]'''[[br]] 133 {{{#!div style="float: left 134 This section contains information on the various Gui Skins available in TitanNit. 135 }}} 136 }}} 137 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 138 {{{#!div style="float: left" 139 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Games.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Games#point10.14 10.14 Games])]] 140 }}} 141 '''[wiki:Plugins-Games#point10.14 10.14 Games]'''[[br]] 142 {{{#!div style="float: left 143 This section contains information on the various games available in TitanNit. 144 }}} 145 }}} 146 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 147 {{{#!div style="float: left" 148 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Tools.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Tools#point10.15 10.15 Tools])]] 149 }}} 150 '''[wiki:Plugins-Tools#point10.15 10.15 Tools]'''[[br]] 151 {{{#!div style="float: left 152 This section contains information on the various system pluggins and tools available in TitanNit. 153 }}} 154 }}} 155 |---- 156 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 157 {{{#!div style="float: left" 158 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/WLan.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Wlan#point10.16 10.16 Wlan])]] 159 }}} 160 '''[wiki:Plugins-Wlan#point10.16 10.16 Wlan]'''[[br]] 161 {{{#!div style="float: left 162 This section contains information on the various wereless lan drivers available in TitanNit. 163 }}} 164 }}} 165 |---- 166 }}} 167 }}} -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Emus
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''10.4 Emus''' [=#point10.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 contents]) ([Wikistart#point0 Main Page]) 4 ---- 5 6 Emulators are plugins that enable the use and connection to online pay tv services and providers to enable pay TV Reception. 7 8 Ther are many emulators available from to support the connection to different pay TV services. 9 10 Please note that in some countrys and providers this form of on line subscription is illegal please contact your pay TV provider or local authority for more information in this area, please see our [wiki:Disclaimer#point17 disclaimer] on services. 11 12 This section is provided for for use only with providers who allow such use with their pay tv service. 13 14 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_camd3_3_902/preview/prev.png)]] 15 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_gbox_800/preview/prev.png)]] 16 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_gbox_806/preview/prev.png)]] 17 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_incubus_1_22/preview/prev.png)]] 18 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_mbox0.6_0010/preview/prev.png)]] 19 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_mgcamd_1_35/preview/prev.png)]] 20 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_mgcamd_1_38a/preview/prev.png)]] 21 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_newcs/preview/prev.png)]] 22 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_4736v13/preview/prev.png)]] 23 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_7209/preview/prev.png)]] 24 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_8755/preview/prev.png)]] 25 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_8755small/preview/prev.png)]] 26 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_8933/preview/prev.png)]] 27 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_nightly/preview/prev.png)]] 28 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_spezial/preview/prev.png)]] -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Fonts
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''10.12 Fonts''' [=#point10.12] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 Should you not like the graphical presentation of titan or its looks[[br]] 7 you may change it by installing the fonts (numbered left to right):[[br]] 8 [[br]] 9 '''1. actionmanitalic'''[[br]] 10 '''2. alpharomanieg'''[[BR]] 11 '''3. croissant'''[[BR]] 12 '''4. default'''[[BR]] 13 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_actionmanitalic_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] 14 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_alpharomanieg_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] 15 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_croissant_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] 16 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_default_1_0/preview/prev.png)]][[br]][[br]] 17 [[br]] 18 '''5. digifaceregular'''[[BR]] 19 '''6. goodtime'''[[BR]] 20 '''7. ihatecomicsans'''[[BR]] 21 '''8. lydianbolditalicbt'''[[BR]] 22 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_digifaceregular_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] 23 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_goodtime_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] 24 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_ihatecomicsans_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] 25 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_lydianbolditalicbt_1_0/preview/prev.png)]][[br]] 26 [[br]] 27 '''9. mightyzeocaps'''[[BR]] 28 '''10. monoglyceridedemibold'''[[BR]] 29 '''11. newgothicbt'''[[BR]] 30 '''12. paddingtonbold'''[[br]] 31 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_mightyzeocaps_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] 32 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_monoglyceridedemibold_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] 33 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_newgothicbt_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] 34 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_paddingtonbold_1_0/preview/prev.png)]][[br]][[br]] 35 [[br]] 36 '''13. ploverbold'''[[br]] 37 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_ploverbold_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] 38 -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Games
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''10.15 Games''' [=#point10.15] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 This section contains Games that can be installed from the Online Extensions.[[br]] 7 [[br]] 8 ||= '''1. catcatch''' =||= '''2. Tic Tac Toe (wins3)''' 9 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/games_catcatch/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/games_wins3/preview/prev.png)]] =|| -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Infos
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 '''10.5 Infos''' [=#point10.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 3 4 Currently TitanNit offers multiple info plugins that allow the receiver to browse[[br]] 5 the net or local sources for information/news. Further information on these plugins will follow in near future. 6 7 '''IMDB''' enables detailed viewing of media info to selected media. 8 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_imdb/preview/prev.png)]] 9 10 11 '''IMDBAPI''' enables detailed viewing of media info to selected media. 12 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_imdbapi/preview/prev.png)]] 13 14 15 '''News''' enables online viewing of actual news and current events. 16 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_news/preview/prev.png)]] 17 18 19 '''Stock''' enables online viewing of stock reports. 20 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_stock/preview/prev.png)]] 21 22 23 '''Streaminfo''' shows details of the current running stream. 24 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_streaminfo/preview/prev.png)]] 25 26 27 '''TMDB''' enables detailed viewing of media info to selected media. 28 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_tmdb/preview/prev.png)]] 29 30 31 '''Weather''' allows you to view weather details for selecteted locations from online sources. 32 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_weather/preview/prev.png)]] -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Keymaps
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''10.7 Keymaps''' [=#point10.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 Using this plugin you can map your remote control commands to[[br]] 7 the known '''Neutrino''' keymap functionality.[[br]] 8 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/keymaps_neutrino/preview/prev.png)]] -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-LcdPearlSkins
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''10.8 LCD Pearl Skins''' ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 '''Pearl LCD''' is a project that allows a user to connect a Pearl USB LCD dotmatric display[[br]] 7 to a compatible receiver. It allows displaying of channel logos, channel name, time and timebar[[br]] 8 (for remaining time of the running program). 9 10 The display is full skinable and you may personalize it for your own comfort. 11 12 Please see the '''open source project''' for more information. Detailed information will follow. 13 14 15 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_atemio_style/preview/prev.png)]] 16 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_blau_mit_picons/preview/prev.png)]] 17 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_mrp/preview/prev.png)]][[br]] 18 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_only_picon/preview/prev.png)]] 19 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_picon_gross_schwarz/preview/prev.png)]] 20 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_schwarz_ohne_picons/preview/prev.png)]] -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 '''10.9 LCD Samsung Skins''' [=#point10.9] ([wiki:English-Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 3 4 '''Samsung LCD''' is a project that allows a user to connect a[[br]] 5 Samsung USB LCD dotmatric display to a compatible receiver. It allows displaying of[[br]] 6 channel logos, channel name, time and timebar (for remaining time of the running program). 7 [[br]] 8 The display is full skinable and you may personalize it for your own comfort. 9 [[br]] 10 Please see the '''open source project''' for more information. Detailed information will follow. 11 [[br]] 12 13 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Analoguhr/preview/prev.png)]] 14 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Digitaluhr_gelb/preview/prev.png)]] 15 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Digitaluhr_Trikots/preview/prev.png)]][[br]] 16 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_Digitaluhr_blau/preview/prev.png)]] 17 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_Holzuhr_Standby/preview/prev.png)]] -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Network
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''10.10 Network''' [=#point10.10] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 5 The Plugins in this section allow you to extend the communication capabillty of your receiver. 6 These plugins can be downloaded from the online extensions browser. 7 8 9 10 '''DLNA''' is a server extension that allows you to stream video or audio files[[br]] 11 directly to other DLNA capable digital devices attached in your home network. 12 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_dlna/preview/prev.png)]] 13 14 '''Facebook''' allows you login and use Facebook from your receiver. 15 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_facebook/preview/prev.png)]] 16 17 '''e2webserv''' allows a connection from an E2 client to your TitanNit receiver and allows[[br]] 18 you to control your receiver, stream channels and recordings and allows managemant of[[br]] 19 timers (for recordings). Thanks to this plugin it is possible to connect from an iOS[[br]] 20 App, a PC or Raspberry Pi with the '''XBMC''' software (VU+).[[br]] 21 It is reported to run with dreaMote Lite, dreaMote, e2RemoteHD[[br]] 22 and Dreambox Live for iOS aswell as XBMC for Windows7 and Raspberry Pi. 23 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_e2webserv/preview/prev.png)]] 24 25 '''libpack''' is a compilation of drivers that extend the[[br]] 26 communication capability of your receiver. 27 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_libpack/preview/prev.png)]] 28 29 '''libsmbclient''' is a plugin for low Memory receivers. This[[br]] 30 plugin has to be installed to enable smbfs setup and usage. 31 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_libsmbclient_3_0_28b/preview/prev.png)]] 32 33 '''networkbrowser''' allows you to use your remote control to[[br]] 34 mount available NFS and CIFSsharepoints inside your local connected network. 35 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_networkbrowser/preview/prev.png)]] 36 37 '''OpenVPN''' allows a server client VPN connection. To use this plugin you have[[br]] 38 to edit the configuration files and should have sophisticated knowledge in netwrok setup. 39 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_openvpn/preview/prev.png)]] 40 41 '''Samba''' is needed to include your receiver as a Windows networkdrive.[[br]] 42 Using the plugin your receiver is a Samba server. 43 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_samba/preview/prev.png)]] 44 45 '''SmbClient (Win7)''' is a network browser extention for better compatibility with windows 7. 46 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_smbclient/preview/prev.png)]] 47 48 '''xupnpd - eXtensible UPnP agent''' is a server extension that allows you to stream video, audio files[[br]] 49 and live tv from a free tuner from your receiver directly to other DLNA capable digital[[br]] 50 devices attached in your home network. 51 52 What can the xupnpd DLNA server? [[BR]] 53 54 At every start of the current playlists bouquets and images are generated (takes a few seconds), then then starts xupnpd. 55 Is a tuner free, then to the desired channel is zapped. Single tuner boxes should be in standby. In principle, the same behavior as the stream via the web interface. 56 There is still the possibility to enable the option "Allow switching by Live Stream" in the web interface settings. Then xupnpd has priority. Note that switches to the station! 57 58 Operation: 59 Call the plugin in Extensions -> Additional Programs 60 Autostart yes / no or manual start or stop with green or red 61 62 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_xupnpd/preview/prev.png)]] 63 -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Player
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''10.11 Player''' [=#point10.11] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 '''Players''' are plugins to enable the playback of further file formats and sources.[[br]] 7 below is a list of available plugins:[[br]] 8 9 ---- 10 11 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 12 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_codecpack/preview/prev.png,nolink)]] 13 }}} 14 |---------------- 15 {{{#!td style="border: none" 16 '''CodecPack''' 17 18 will enable playback of more Online media file formats such as: (flac ogg mp3 avi dat divx flv mkv m4v mp4 mov mpg mpeg mts m2ts trp ts vdr vob wmv wma wav rm ra) 19 }}} 20 [[BR]] 21 22 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 23 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_dtsdownmix/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_dtsdownmix/_path_/bin)]] 24 }}} 25 |---------------- 26 {{{#!td style="border: none" 27 '''DtsDownMix''' 28 29 to recode DTS Digital Audio to Stereo output. 30 }}} 31 [[BR]] 32 33 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 34 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_dvdplayer/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/dvdplayer)]] 35 }}} 36 |---------------- 37 {{{#!td style="border: none" 38 '''DVD-Player''' 39 40 will enable playback VOB file format to play back ripped DVD content. 41 }}} 42 [[BR]] 43 44 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 45 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_gmediarender/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/gmediarender)]] 46 }}} 47 |---------------- 48 {{{#!td style="border: none" 49 '''GmediaRender''' 50 51 * GmediaRender is a __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance Digital Media Renderer]__ (DMR / DLNA-Renderer), which allows the __PC__ /__Mobile __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance Digital Media Controller] (DMC / DLNA-Control) to stream __Audio__ / __Video__ and __Picture__ files from a [http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance Digital Media Server] (DMS / DLNA-SERVER) to your reciever. 52 53 * __Windows__ 54 * In Windows Explorer context menu __Right-click__ on Files> Play To> __[http://gmrender.nongnu.org/ GmediaRender]__. 55 * Windows Media Player is a __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMS / DMP / DMS]__ and can control all __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMS]__ present in the network and the media offered to __[http://gmrender.nongnu.org/ GmediaRender]__ 56 57 * __mobile (Android)__ 58 * for __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Android_%28Betriebssystem%29 Android]__ mobile there is a few __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMC]__ __Apps__: __[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=tv.airwire AirWire]__ / __[http://m.downloadatoz.com/apps/com.skifta.android.app,68844/download.html Skifta]__, these __Apps__ can control data from__[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMS]__ and the __[http://gmrender.nongnu.org/ GmediaRender]__ to control your reciever to display media on tyour TV. 59 60 * A very nice feature the __[http://xupnpd.org/t/ Xupnp Server]__ is able to display your channel list and recordings by Playlist that you can then easily pass directly to the renderer or cell phone. 61 [[Image(source:/titan/skins/gmediarender/skin/background.jpg,link=http://static.androidnext.de/dlna-schema-450x500.png, 480px, align=right,link=http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php)]] 62 63 * some __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMS]__ can display and share __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DLNA]__ network such as: 64 * External media / Online Channels (__[https://www.youtube.com/ Youtube]__ / __[https://www.ted.com/ Ted]__ / __[http://www.vimeo.com/ Vimeo]__) 65 * Cloud Storage Hoster (__[https://www.google.com/drive/ Google Drive]__ / __[https://www.dropbox.com/ Dropbox]__ / __[https://onedrive.live.com/ OneDrive]__ / __[https://disk.yandex.com/ Yandex.Disk]__ / __[https://www.box.com/ Box]__) 66 * Webcam Dienste oder im Netzwerk befindliche Überwachungs Cams. 67 68 * Possibil playback from your __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMC]__ from (__[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=tv.airwire AirWire]__ / __[http://m.downloadatoz.com/apps/com.skifta.android.app,68844/download.html Skifta]__ / __[http://allconnectapp.com/ AllConnect]__ / __[http://bubblesoftapps.com/bubbleupnpserver/ BubbleDlna]__) 69 * (some __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMS]__ can control the media playback with such features as volume up/down/ Pause / Play / Stop / fast forward/ reverse) 70 71 * __preview__ 72 * __AirWire__ __[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=tv.airwire&hl=de about]__ / __[http://airwire.tv/en/site/users help]__ / __[http://airwire.tv/ Home]__ 73 * __BubbleDlna__ __[http://bubblesoftapps.com/bubbleupnpserver/#what_is_bubble_upnp_server About]__ / __[http://bubblesoftapps.com/bubbleupnpserver/#faq help]__ / __[http://bubblesoftapps.com/bubbleupnpserver/ Home]__ 74 * __Allconnect__ __[http://allconnectapp.com/presskit/ About]__ / __[http://allconnectapp.com/faq/ Help]__ / __[http://allconnectapp.com/faq/ Home]__ 75 76 In general __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DLNA]__ is a very complex network DLNA software with almost no restrictions in its operation. 77 78 79 80 }}} 81 [[BR]] 82 83 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 84 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_hbbtv/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/hbbtv)]] 85 }}} 86 |---------------- 87 {{{#!td style="border: none" 88 '''HbbTv''' 89 90 is a media client connect to HBB-TV Online media. 91 }}} 92 [[BR]] 93 94 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 95 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_mc/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/mc)]] 96 }}} 97 |---------------- 98 {{{#!td style="border: none" 99 '''MediaCenter''' 100 101 [wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media center] to playback picutres, audio and video files 102 }}} 103 [[BR]] 104 105 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 106 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_tithek/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/tithek)]] 107 }}} 108 |---------------- 109 {{{#!td style="border: none" 110 '''Tithek''' 111 112 Titannit online hoseted media (online library). 113 }}} 114 [[BR]] 115 116 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 117 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_tmc/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/tmc)]] 118 }}} 119 |---------------- 120 {{{#!td style="border: none" 121 '''Tmc''' 122 123 Tmc - to playback movies from a local connected Network device 124 }}} 125 [[BR]] 126 127 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 128 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/players_foldericons_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/players_foldericons_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/imdbfolder)]] 129 }}} 130 |---------------- 131 {{{#!td style="border: none" 132 '''FolderIcons''' 133 134 to add a graphical icon to your media folders. 135 }}} 136 [[BR]] -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Screensavers
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''10.1 Screensavers''' [=#point10.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 Screensavers show during the playback of music or when the reciever is not in use to protect the tv screen from dammage from long term static images. 7 You may select and install screensavers from the online extentions. 8 9 ||= '''Default''' =||= '''Animation Kidds''' =||= '''Beach''' =||= '''Bikes Motorcycles''' =||= '''Brands Logos''' =||= '''Cars''' =|| 10 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_default_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_default_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/default)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_animation.kidds_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_animation.kidds_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/animation.kidds)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/beach)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_bikes.motorcycles_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_bikes.motorcycles_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/bikes.motorcycles)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_brands.logos_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_brands.logos_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/brands.logos)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cars_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cars_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/cars)]] 11 =|| 12 [[br]] 13 ||= '''Celebrations''' =||= '''Celebrities''' =||= '''Christmas''' =||= '''Creative Graphics''' =||= '''Cute''' =||= '''Digital Universe''' =|| 14 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrations_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrations_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/celebrations)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrities_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrities_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/celebrities)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_christmas_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_christmas_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/christmas)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_creative.graphics_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_creative.graphics_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/creative.graphics)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cute_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cute_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/cute)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_digital.universe_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_digital.universe_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/digital.universe)]] 15 [[br]] 16 ||= '''Dreamy Fantasy''' =||= '''Eisriesenwelt''' =||= '''Fantasy Girls''' =||= '''Fc Bayern''' =||= '''Flowers''' =||= '''Games''' =|| 17 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_dreamy.fantasy_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_dreamy.fantasy_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/dreamy.fantasy)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_eisriesenwelt_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_eisriesenwelt_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/eisriesenwelt)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fantasy.girls_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fantasy.girls_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/fantasy.girls)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fcbayern_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fcbayern_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/fcbayern)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_flowers_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_flowers_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/flowers)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_games_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_games_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/games)]] 18 [[br]] 19 ||= '''HDR Pictures''' =||= '''Hotgirls 1''' =||= '''Hotgirls 2''' =||= '''Inspirational''' =||= '''Love''' =||= '''Movies''' =|| 20 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_HDR-Pictures_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_HDR-Pictures_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/HDR-Pictures)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/hotgirls)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_2.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_2.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/hotgirls_2)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_inspirational_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_inspirational_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/inspirational)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_love_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_love_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/love)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_movies_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_movies_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/movies)]] 21 [[br]] 22 ||= '''Nature Landscape''' =||= '''Others''' =||= '''Photography''' =||= '''Planes''' =||= '''Radio''' =||= '''Sports''' =|| 23 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_nature.landscape_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_nature.landscape_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/nature.landscape)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_others_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_others_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/others)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_photography_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_photography_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/photography)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_planes_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_planes_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/planes)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_radio_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_radio_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/radio)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_sports_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_sports_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/sports)]] 24 [[br]] 25 ||= '''Travel World''' =|| 26 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_travel.world_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_travel.world_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/travel.world)]] =|| 27 [[br]] 28 ([#point10.1 Top of Pge]) -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Skins
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''10.14 Skins''' [=#point10.14] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 Installing one of the follwing skins will change the look of the titan interface you may select and install skins from the online extentions.[[br]] 7 8 ||= '''0Acht5Zehn''' =||= '''0Acht5Zehnblack''' =||= '''0Acht5Zehnwhite''' =||= '''Cool''' =||= '''CoolMiniTV''' =||= '''Default''' =|| 9 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehn/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehn/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/0Acht5Zehn)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnblack/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnblack/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/0Acht5Zehn_black)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnwhite/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnwhite/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/0Acht5Zehn_white)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_cool/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_cool/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/cool)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_coolMiniTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_coolMiniTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/coolMiniTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skinsdefault_default/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skinsdefault_default/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/default)]] 10 =|| 11 [[br]] 12 ||= '''Default no MiniTV''' =||= '''Megastyle-Blue''' =||= '''Megastyle-Blue-MiniTV''' =||= '''MegaStyle-Grey''' =||= '''MegaStyle-Grey-MiniTV''' =||= '''MetrixHD''' =|| 13 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skinsdefault_defnominitv/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skinsdefault_defnominitv/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/defnominitv)]]||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Blue)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue_MiniTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue_MiniTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Blue-MiniTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Grey)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey_MiniTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey_MiniTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Grey-MiniTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MetrixHD/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MetrixHD/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MetrixHD)]] 14 =|| 15 [[br]] 16 ||= '''NoGfx''' =||= '''NoGfx Grey''' =||= '''SmartTV''' =||= '''tobayer01''' =||= '''ufs912''' =|| 17 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/nogfx)]]=||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx_grey/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx_grey/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/nogfx_grey)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_smartTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_smartTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/smartTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_tobayer01/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_tobayer01/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/tobayer01)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_ufs912/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_ufs912/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/ufs912)]] 18 =|| 19 20 ([#point10.14 Top of Page]) -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Tools
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''10.16 Tools''' [=#point10.16] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 7 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 8 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_autotimer/preview/prev.png)]] 9 }}} 10 |---------------- 11 {{{#!td style="border: none" 12 '''Auto timer''' 13 14 Set repeat timers for timer recordings to automatically record[[br]] 15 the same program in future (i.e. serials) or automatic channel switch 16 17 }}} 18 ([#point10.16 Top of Page]) 19 [[BR]] 20 21 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 22 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_callmonitor/preview/prev.png)]] 23 }}} 24 |---------------- 25 {{{#!td style="border: none" 26 '''Callmonitor''' 27 28 Incoming / outgoing phone calls are displayed on the screen. 29 30 }}} 31 ([#point10.16 Top of Page]) 32 [[BR]] 33 34 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 35 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_filemanager/preview/prev.png)]] 36 }}} 37 |---------------- 38 {{{#!td style="border: none" 39 '''Filemanager''' 40 41 Access your files on the receiver and external drives[[br]] 42 move/copy/delete them. 43 44 }}} 45 ([#point10.16 Top of Page]) 46 [[BR]] 47 48 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 49 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_IP-Kamera/preview/prev.png)]] 50 }}} 51 |---------------- 52 {{{#!td style="border: none" 53 '''IP Camera''' 54 55 An in-network IP camera can be displayed on the screen.[[br]] 56 Movement of the camera is possible if the camera supports it. 57 58 }}} 59 ([#point10.16 Top of Page]) 60 [[BR]] 61 62 {{{#!th style="border: none" rowspan=0 align=left 63 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_lcdpearl1/preview/prev.png)]] 64 }}} 65 |---------------- 66 {{{#!td style="border: none" 67 '''LCD-Pearl''' 68 69 Viewing EPG info, station logos, on the small external Pearl-USB picture frame.[[br]] 70 Additional Skin informationcan be found at ([wiki:Plugins-LcdPearlSkins#point110.8 10.8 LCD Pearl Skins]). 71 }}} 72 ([#point10.16 Top of Page]) 73 [[BR]] 74 75 76 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 77 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_lcdsamsung/preview/prev.png)]] 78 }}} 79 |---------------- 80 {{{#!td style="border: none" 81 '''LCD-Samsung''' 82 83 Viewing EPG info, station logos, on the small external Samsung-USB picture frame.[[br]] 84 Additional Skin informationcan be found at ([wiki:Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins#point110.9 10.9 LCD Samsung Skins]). 85 86 }}} 87 ([#point10.16 Top of Page]) 88 [[BR]] 89 90 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 91 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_optimize/preview/prev.png)]] 92 }}} 93 |---------------- 94 {{{#!td style="border: none" 95 '''Optimize'''[[BR]][[BR]] 96 A tool to optimize the channel lists in TitanNit. Redundant transmitters[[br]] 97 and transponders can be removed here.[[br]] 98 The speed when scrolling through the channel list increases. 99 100 }}} 101 ([#point10.16 Top of Page]) 102 [[BR]] 103 104 105 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 106 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_parted/preview/prev.png)]] 107 }}} 108 |---------------- 109 {{{#!td style="border: none" 110 '''Parted''' 111 112 Parted is neccessary to format a Harddisk with a capacity larger 2TB. After installing[[br]] 113 the plugin it is active so you can setup your Haiddisk straight away. 114 115 }}} 116 ([#point10.16 Top of Page]) 117 [[BR]] 118 119 120 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 121 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_PermanentTime/preview/prev.png)]] 122 }}} 123 |---------------- 124 {{{#!td style="border: none" 125 '''Permanent Time''' 126 127 Activate it and the time is shown permanently on your screen[[br]] 128 until you call up the function again to deactivate it. 129 130 }}} 131 ([#point10.16 Top of Page]) 132 [[BR]] 133 134 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 135 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_tsschnitt/preview/prev.png)]] 136 }}} 137 |---------------- 138 {{{#!td style="border: none" 139 '''Record cut''' 140 141 With 'Record cut' You can edit the recordings in titan by cutting the beginning and end.[[br]] 142 Start the desired movie with the internal player, at the desired start-point and End-point[[br]] 143 press the -0- Key on your Remote Control. To view the set markers press -5- on your Remote Control.[[br]] 144 'Record cut' is now started and by pressing the -Green- button select the movie and with the -Blue- button[[br]] 145 By pressing the -Yeelow- button the cutting process can be executed in the backbround.[[br]] 146 After the Process has finished an information is shown on the TV-screen.[[br]] 147 The Process can be watched or abborted by pressing the -Red- button. 148 149 }}} 150 ([#point10.16 Top of Page]) 151 [[BR]] 152 153 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 154 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_rgui/preview/prev.png)]] 155 }}} 156 |---------------- 157 {{{#!td style="border: none" 158 '''RGUI''' 159 160 With Rgui you can access a different Titan Receiver.[[br]] 161 You may also access the TV Program of the other receiver.[[br]] 162 Streaming between both receivers is also possible. 163 }}} 164 ([#point10.16 Top of Page]) 165 [[BR]] 166 167 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 168 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_scriptexec/preview/prev.png)]] 169 }}} 170 |---------------- 171 {{{#!td style="border: none" 172 '''Scriptexec''' 173 174 A small plugin to execute code on the receiver. 175 176 }}} 177 ([#point10.16 Top of Page]) 178 [[BR]] 179 180 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 181 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_stopifnotused/preview/prev.png)]] 182 }}} 183 |---------------- 184 {{{#!td style="border: none" 185 '''stop if not used''' 186 187 Your receiver is automatically turned off after a set time should no further Key be pressed.[[br]] 188 189 Autostart = yes / no - Time to Action (min) = 30/60/90/120/180/240 - Action = standby / off 190 191 }}} 192 ([#point10.16 Top of Page]) 193 [[BR]] 194 195 196 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 197 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_usbreset/preview/prev.png)]] 198 }}} 199 |---------------- 200 {{{#!td style="border: none" 201 '''USB Reset''' 202 203 Attached USB devices are re-read. 204 }}} 205 ([#point10.16 Top of Page]) 206 [[BR]] 207 208 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 209 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_zapback/preview/prev.png)]] 210 }}} 211 |---------------- 212 {{{#!td style="border: none" 213 '''Zapback''' 214 215 Zapback will after a given time automatically switch back to a pre-set channel . 216 217 }}} 218 ([#point10.16 Top of Page]) -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Wlan
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''10.17 WLAN Module''' [=#point10.17] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 TitanNit is compatable with several usb Wireless lan devices below is a list of compatable wireless modules chipset's: 7 8 * Realtek RTL8192SE (802.11N) 9 * Realtek RTL8712U (802.11N) 10 * Ralink RT2870STA (802.11N) 11 * Ralink RT3070STA (802.11N) 12 * Ralink RT5370STA (802.11N) 13 14 Drivers can be installed from any of the above devices from the online extentions ([wiki:TPK-Install#point3.4.4 TPK Install (Online)]) 15 16 ||= '''WLAN 8192 driver''' =||= '''WLAN Driver 8172u''' =||= '''WLAN Driver rt2870sta''' =||= '''WLAN Driver rt3070sta''' =||= '''WLAN Driver rt5370sta''' =|| 17 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_8192cu/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_8712u/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_rt2870sta/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_rt3070sta/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_rt5370sta/preview/prev.png)]] =|| -
wiki/pages/en/Plugins-station-logos
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''10.13 Channel logos (Picons)''' [=#point10.13] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 '''picons_transparent''' 6 7 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]] 8 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]] 9 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]] 10 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]] 11 [[BR]] 12 [[br]] 13 ([#point110.13 Top of Page]) 14 15 '''picons_black3d''' 16 17 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]] 18 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]] 19 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]] 20 [[BR]] 21 [[br]] 22 ([#point10.13 Top of Page]) 23 24 '''picons_gold''' 25 26 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]] 27 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]] 28 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]] 29 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]] 30 [[BR]] 31 [[br]] 32 ([#point10.13 Top of Page]) 33 34 '''picons_Kabel''' 35 36 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelBW/preview/prev.png)]] 37 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelDblack3d/preview/prev.png)]] 38 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelDtransparent/preview/prev.png)]] 39 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_spiegel_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]] 40 [[BR]] 41 [[br]] 42 ([#point10.13 Top of Page]) 43 44 '''picons_transparent_small_black''' 45 46 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_small_black_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]] 47 [[BR]] 48 [[br]] 49 ([#point10.13 Top of Page]) 50 51 '''picons_white3d''' 52 53 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]] 54 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]] 55 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]] 56 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]] 57 [[BR]] 58 [[br]] 59 ([#point110.13 Top of Page]) 60 61 '''picons_white70''' 62 63 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]] 64 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]] 65 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]] 66 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]] 67 [[BR]] 68 [[br]] 69 ([#point10.13 Top of Page]) 70 71 '''picons_X_LightTransparen''' 72 73 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]] 74 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]] 75 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]] 76 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]] 77 [[BR]] 78 [[br]] 79 ([#point110.13 Top of Page]) 80 81 '''picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2_small''' 82 83 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2_small/preview/prev.png)]] 84 [[BR]] 85 [[br]] 86 ([#point10.13 Top of Page]) 87 -
wiki/pages/en/Power-Off-Timer
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.8.4 Power Off Timer''' [=#point3.8.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.8 Standby-Poweroff (return)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Power-Off-Timer.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 > here you change your shutdown settings such as fixed shutdown timer. 10 11 [[br]] 12 -
wiki/pages/en/Quick-Start-Guide
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 3 ---- 4 '''Quick Start Guide''' [=#point0] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 5 New Gui section work in progress expect dead links or missing data. 6 ---- 7 8 TitanNit was designed to do two things really well. It can display live tv and it play your videos and recordings, the scope of this quick start guide will explain the setup and operation of those features in a short precise way. 9 This section was designed for those who do not care to ever read the manual and just want to jump in and get their hands dirty in all that is TitanNit. 10 11 Note: It is asumed the decoder has just been freshly removed from the packing or freshly had TitanNit installed and is booted with the default settings if you wish to install TitanNit please see the section [wiki:Installation-Recovery#point8 Installation and Recovery Contents] 12 be aware that as TitanNit has been developed for multiple hardware devices the precedures outlined below may not be the same as your reciever. 13 14 You may select a skip to a specific setup topic or scroll down to read the complete guide. 15 ---- 16 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto" 17 {{{#!table style="border: none" 18 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 19 {{{#!div style="float: left" 20 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Setting_Up_the_Language.png,align=left,link=[#point0.1])]] 21 }}} 22 '''([#point0.1 Setting Up the language])'''[[br]] 23 {{{#!div style="float: left 24 click here to find info on setting up the language 25 }}} 26 }}} 27 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 28 {{{#!div style="float: left" 29 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Setting_up_the_Network.png,align=left,link=[#point0.2])]] 30 }}} 31 '''([#point0.2 Setting Up the Network])'''[[br]] 32 {{{#!div style="float: left 33 click here to find info on setting up the Network 34 }}} 35 }}} 36 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 37 {{{#!div style="float: left" 38 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Setting_up_the_HDD.png,align=left,link=[#point0.3])]] 39 }}} 40 '''([#point0.3 Setting Up the Hdd])'''[[br]] 41 {{{#!div style="float: left 42 click here to find info on setting up the HDD 43 }}} 44 }}} 45 |--- 46 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 47 {{{#!div style="float: left" 48 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Setting_up-the_Tuner.png,align=left,link=[#point0.4])]] 49 }}} 50 '''([#point0.4 Setting Up the Tuner])'''[[br]] 51 {{{#!div style="float: left 52 click here to find info on Setting Up the Tuner 53 }}} 54 }}} 55 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 56 {{{#!div style="float: left" 57 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Preforming_a_Scan.png,align=left,link=[#point0.5])]] 58 }}} 59 '''([#point0.5 Proforming a Scan])'''[[br]] 60 {{{#!div style="float: left 61 click here to find info Proforming a Scan 62 }}} 63 }}} 64 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 65 {{{#!div style="float: left" 66 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Orginising_Your_Channels.png,align=left,link=[#point0.6])]] 67 }}} 68 '''([#point0.6 Orginising Your Channels])'''[[br]] 69 {{{#!div style="float: left 70 click here to find info on Orginising Your Channels 71 }}} 72 }}} 73 |--- 74 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 75 {{{#!div style="float: left" 76 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Setting_up_Media.png,align=left,link=[#point0.7])]] 77 }}} 78 '''([#point0.7 Setting Up a Media])'''[[br]] 79 {{{#!div style="float: left 80 click here to find info on Setting Up a Media 81 }}} 82 }}} 83 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 84 {{{#!div style="float: left" 85 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Playing_Back_Media.png,align=left,link=[#point0.8])]] 86 }}} 87 '''([#point0.8 Playing Back Media])'''[[br]] 88 {{{#!div style="float: left 89 click here to find info Playing Back Media 90 }}} 91 }}} 92 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 93 {{{#!div style="float: left" 94 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Conclusion.png,align=left,link=[#point0.9])]] 95 }}} 96 '''([#point0.9 Conclusion])'''[[br]] 97 {{{#!div style="float: left 98 Conclusion/ what to do next after stting up Titan 99 }}} 100 }}} 101 |---- 102 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 103 {{{#!div style="float: left" 104 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Apendixcies.png,align=left,link=[#point0.10])]] 105 }}} 106 '''([#point0.10 Apendixcies])'''[[br]] 107 {{{#!div style="float: left 108 Apendixcies/ references [[br]]to other setup related topics. 109 }}} 110 }}} 111 }}} 112 }}} 113 [[br]] 114 [[br]] 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 ---- 124 ''' Welcome to TitanNit! ''' 125 ---- 126 127 Congratulations new users to your choice in your new Atemio Receiver or on the instalation of TitanNit onto your exising receiver. The TitanNit interface is designed with the 'Home Theater' in mind. This means it is best viewed on a large-screen TV while you sit on your couch 10-feet away from the TV, If it helps, you can think of TitanNit as the ultimate media player/Set-top-box, rather than just another set top box operating system. 128 129 130 ---- 131 '''Setting Up the Language''' [=#point0.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 132 ---- 133 By default the language of the TitanNit interface is in German and must be switched on setup to your language. 134 To set up the language of the interface go to menu the __"Menu"__ and select > __"Einstellungen"__ > __"Sprache"__ then select the language desired then the reciever will then reboot and restart with the new language settings. 135 136 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Language.jpg, 50%)]][[BR]] 137 [[br]] 138 [[br]] 139 140 ---- 141 '''Setting Up the Network''' [=#point0.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 142 ---- 143 To Set Up the Network Interface of the receiver go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Network"__ 144 145 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/system-Network.jpg, 50%)]][[BR]] 146 147 If you wish to setup a wired network select __"LAN Interface Setup"__ and press the red button. 148 you will then be presented with a list of network settings, set up your reciever as required and press __"OK"__ and follow the on screen propmts. 149 150 If you wish to setup a wireless network select __"WLAN"__ 151 if your sever is sending out a ssid you may press the __"Red button"__ and preform a scan of available networks, select your network and press ok to save. 152 you will then need to set your security type and key using the remote and press the __"green button"__ to start the network connection. 153 [[br]] 154 [[br]] 155 156 ---- 157 '''Setting Up the Hdd''' [=#point0.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 158 ---- 159 If you have just purchased your receiver or converted from the manufactures included software the hdd will need formatting and setting up for use with TitanNit. 160 161 To format the Hdd of the receiver to be able to be used with TitanNit go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Storage Device"__ and select __"format Device"__ then select the hdd you wish to format. (Note: doing this will remove all content on the hdd if you have important data on there please back it up before preforming this step.) 162 163 you will then need to select the type of file system you wish to use on the hdd if you have no idea what to pick leave it as default, select an item and press the __"OK"__ button. 164 165 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Format-Hdd.jpg, 50%)]][[br]] 166 167 Now that the Hdd is formatted you may set it up, go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Storage Device"__ and select __"Configure device"__ 168 169 Select the Hdd you formatted before and and then you will be presented with a set of features to enable the hard disk to be used for. 170 I suggest you enable all options. 171 [[br]] 172 [[br]] 173 174 ---- 175 '''Setting up the Tuner''' [=#point0.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 176 ---- 177 178 Before you can watch TV you must set the tuner up in the Reciver as your system is physically connected to your Satellite cable or trestrial antenna. 179 180 As no two systems are the same we will show you how to set up a simple single universal lnb connected to your reciever with a list of satellites in your sky you wish to receive. 181 182 Before we can do this we need to program in a list of satellites and transponders as not all satellite lists are installed in the Reciever by default. 183 184 ''Setting up the default transponder/satellite lists'' 185 186 Programming in transponders can be quite daunting for new users so the devs have set up a simple way to program your transponders into yoru receiver, the [wiki:Create-Transponder-List#point3.5.1.7 Create Transponder List] function can download transponders for various services from the TitanNit online repo, this will save you from having to manually create these lists from your pc, receiver or from a satellite xml generator, this greatly simpifly channel and tuner setup. 187 (Note that these transponder lists may not allways be 100% correct as services may change) 188 189 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Create-Transponder-List.jpg, 50%)]][[br]] 190 191 Go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Channel setup"__ > __"Create Transponder List"__ and follow the onscreen propmts to download a current list of transponders from your selected tuner type. 192 193 194 Alternativly you can use the[wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 SatChannelListEditor] from your pc this is a little bit more flexible that you can just program in the satellites you wish to recieve as opposed to every satelite or transponder programmed into the repo, the hard core or pro users may prefer this option to customise their setup. 195 196 Proform these steps in this sequence to import a list of satellites on to your receiver: 197 198 * Download a satellite xml file for the satellites you wish to receive from an [[http://satellites-xml.eu/ | Online xml generator]] 199 * Download and install [wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 SatChannelListEditor] to your pc and set up a connection to your receiver. 200 * Import the xml file. 201 202 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/SCLE/Import-Satellite.png)]] 203 204 205 * Upload the satellite.xml file to your receiver 206 207 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/SCLE/6.png)]] 208 209 The reciever will then reboot if it does not then reboot manually to comit the changes. 210 211 ''Setting up the tuner'' 212 213 To Set up the Tuner of the receiver go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Channel setup"__ 214 215 * 1 Select tuner 0/0 and press the sideways key and select __"Tuner looped to 0/1"__ 216 * 2 Select tuner 0/1 and press the sideways key and select __"Tuner looped to 0/0"__ 217 * 3 Select tuner 0/0 and press the __"Red Button"__ to configuere the tuner 218 * 4 Select the satellite type press sideways and select __"Single Lnb"__. 219 * 5 Scroll down and select __"SAT 1"__ press the sideways key and select the satellite you wish to receive. 220 * 6 Scroll down to Lnb/Unicable and press the __"Red Button"__ to configure the lnb type. 221 * 7 scroll down to LOF/Unicable press the sideways key and select universal. 222 * 8 Press ok button twice to store the lnb type and tuner configuration. 223 * Repeat steps 4-8 on tuner 0/1 224 225 your lnb is now set up and if all was done correctly you should now be able to scan for stations on the selected satellite. 226 [[br]] 227 [[br]] 228 229 ---- 230 '''Proforming a Scan''' [=#point0.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 231 ---- 232 233 Before you can watch TV you must preform a scan of the transponders for available channels 234 235 To Proforming a Scan of the receiver go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Channel Service"__ >__"Automatic Search"__ and press the __"Red Button"__ as you have already setup your satellites and transponders the default settings will be ok. 236 237 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Automatic-Search.jpg, 50%)]] 238 239 Once the scan has finished you may press the __"Green"__ button to store all the channel data or alternativly you may select the individual channels and press the __"Red"__ button. 240 241 [[br]] 242 [[br]] 243 244 ---- 245 '''Orginising Your Scanned Channels''' [=#point0.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 246 ---- 247 Now you have your receiver setup you can start to watch tv if you exit from the menu after proforming the scan you should be presented with a high definition display of your local tv stations. 248 but as you may notice they are un orginised and it may be hard finding the tv stations you wish to watch for this you can orginise them in to your own persionalised favourite menu's. 249 The easyest way to do this is with the [wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 SatChannelListEditor]. 250 251 * Download and install [wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 SatChannelListEditor] to your pc and set up a connection to your receiver. 252 * Read in the channel data as follows : 253 254 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/SCLE/6.png)]] 255 256 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/SCLE/7.png)]] 257 258 259 '' Favourites setup '' 260 261 All TV and Radio channels are displayed in the tab "TV" and "Radio" in the main window[[br]] 262 of SCLE. Normally there are several hundreds or thousands of channels in this list. 263 [[BR]] To simplify navigation on your Receiver you may add the channels to more than one Favourites list.[[br]] 264 The Favourites also determine the channel number for easier and direct access with your remote control. 265 [[BR]] Create new favourites by clicking the right mouse button within the tree of favourites: 266 267 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/SCLE/8.png)]] 268 269 After creating the new Favourites entry assign the desired Name: 270 271 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/SCLE/9.png)]] 272 273 You may now add channels to your favourites by drag & drop of the channels[[br]] 274 onto the Favourites entry or by clicking the right mouse button on the desired channel[[br]] 275 and selecting Add to Favourites and selecting the Favourites Entry from the drop-down-menu: 276 277 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/SCLE/10.png)]] 278 279 Once a channel has been added to the favourites, a channel number is assigned.[[br]] 280 The first channel in the first favourites is channel number 1: 281 282 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/SCLE/11.png)]] 283 284 When a channel is assigned to more than one favourites list, it additionally[[br]] 285 obtains further channel numbers: 286 287 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/SCLE/12.png)]] 288 [[br]] 289 [[br]] 290 291 ---- 292 '''Setting Up a Media Source''' [=#point0.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 293 ---- 294 To Set up a media source to be acessable from the reciever of the receiver go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Network"__> __"Network Browser"__ 295 296 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Network-Browser.jpg, 50%)]][[br]] 297 298 now press the __"Red"__ button to add a source and you will be presented with a list of share options. 299 set up your share type adress and details for your media server and press __OK"__ to store it in. 300 301 your share will now be mounted and it will now show up in the media/net/ directory 302 303 [[br]] 304 [[br]] 305 306 ---- 307 '''Playing Back Media''' [=#point0.8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 308 ---- 309 To Play back a media file or recording it is very simple, to open the default media player press the __"PLAY"__ button and you will be presented with the player file select display, Navigate the file list and select the file you wish to play. 310 You may play media from your network share by browsing to the media/net if you wish. 311 312 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Internal-Player-OSD.jpg, 50%)]][[br]] 313 [[br]] 314 [[br]] 315 316 ---- 317 '''Conclusion''' [=#point0.9] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 318 ---- 319 Conclusion 320 321 Thanks for reading this Quick Start Guide. Below in the "Apendixces" section you will find additional suggested reading that may be useful for getting started with the advanced features of TitanNit. 322 323 [[br]] 324 [[br]] 325 326 ---- 327 '''Apendixcies''' [=#point0.10] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 328 ---- 329 Please see below for more advanced topics and information 330 331 * [wiki:Interface-Operation#point3 Interface and Operation] 332 * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point3.9 Remote/ Device Control] 333 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery#point8 Installation / Recovery] 334 * [wiki:External-Software#point9 External Software] 335 * [wiki:Plugins-Contents#point10 Plugins] 336 * [wiki:Troubleshooting#point12 Troubleshooting] 337 338 We have tried our best to make this quick start manual as complete and precice as we can if you have any issuies with this manual, wish for something to be added, thank or abuse us please see [wiki:Community#point14 Community] for information on how to contact us. 339 340 Oh and by the way as a final remark thanks for choosing TitanNit!. 341 [[br]] 342 [[br]] 343 -
wiki/pages/en/Ram
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.6 Ram''' [=#point3.7.8.6] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/System-Info-Ram.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can view the memory information. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Receiver-Unlock
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.10 Receiver Unlock''' [=#point3.5.10] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/system_receiver_unlock.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 >Here you can unlock the special features of the decoder after purchase. 10 11 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Record-Path
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.8 Record Path''' [=#point3.6.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Record_Path.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 > here you can recording directorys. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 ||'''Movie Path''' ||This is the path to the Movie Directory.|| 14 ||'''Timer Record Path:''' ||This is the path to the directory where the timer recordings are stored.|| 15 ||'''Record Patht''' ||This is the path to the directory where the manual recordings are stored.|| 16 ||'''Timeshift Path:''' ||This is the path to the directory where the Timeshift files are stored.|| 17 ||'''Stream Path''' ||This is the path to the directory where temporary Streams are stored.|| 18 19 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 20 21 [[br]] 22 ---- 23 24 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 25 26 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 27 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 28 29 ||'''Red Button: (Edit)''' ||This button allows editing of the above paths it will bring up an onscreen keyboard to edit the string selected.|| 30 -
wiki/pages/en/Records
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.1.5 Records''' [=#point3.1.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Records.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >Recordings is where you can set up and edit timer set recordings. 10 11 12 [[br]] 13 14 ---- 15 16 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 17 18 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 19 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 20 21 ||'''Red Button: (Del)''' ||This will delete the currently selected timer or recording.|| 22 ||'''Green Button: (Add)''' ||this will add a new timer recording.|| 23 ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop/ Start)''' ||this will stop or start the currently selected timer recording.|| 24 ||'''Blue Button: (log)''' ||This will show you the past log file for the past timer recordings.|| 25 -
wiki/pages/en/Red-Button
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.4 Red Button''' [=#point3.6.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 5 > 6 >Menu Picture place holder: 7 > 8 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Red_Button.jpg)]][[BR]] 9 > 10 >here you can configure what happens with the press of the red button 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Remote-Device-Control
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''4 Remote/ Device control''' [=#point4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 New Gui section work in progress expect dead links or missing data. 5 ---- 6 == Remote/ Device control == 7 8 This section contains information about how to control your decoder and how it can be controlled from local and remote sources and helpfull information and tricks to get the most possible experience with your Receiver. 9 10 11 ''Please select a menu item from the GUI for more information'' 12 13 ---- 14 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto" 15 {{{#!table style="border: none" 16 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 17 {{{#!div style="float: left" 18 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Remote_Control.png,align=left,link=[#point4.1])]] 19 }}} 20 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.1 4.1 RC Remote control]'''[[br]] 21 {{{#!div style="float: left 22 click here to find info on setting up the language 23 }}} 24 }}} 25 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 26 {{{#!div style="float: left" 27 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/On_Device_control.png,align=left,link=[#point4.2])]] 28 }}} 29 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.2 4.2 On Device Control]'''[[br]] 30 {{{#!div style="float: left 31 click here to find info on setting up the Network 32 }}} 33 }}} 34 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 35 {{{#!div style="float: left" 36 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Web_Interface.png,align=left,link=[#point4.3])]] 37 }}} 38 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.3 4.3 Web Interface]'''[[br]] 39 {{{#!div style="float: left 40 click here to find info on setting up the HDD 41 }}} 42 }}} 43 |--- 44 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 45 {{{#!div style="float: left" 46 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Telnet_Control.png,align=left,link=[#point4.4])]] 47 }}} 48 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.4 4.4 Telnet Control]'''[[br]] 49 {{{#!div style="float: left 50 click here to find info on Setting Up the Tuner 51 }}} 52 }}} 53 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 54 {{{#!div style="float: left" 55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Rgui.png,align=left,link=[#point4.5])]] 56 }}} 57 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.5 4.5 Rgui]'''[[br]] 58 {{{#!div style="float: left 59 click here to find info Proforming a Scan 60 }}} 61 }}} 62 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 63 {{{#!div style="float: left" 64 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Bootloader.png,align=left,link=[#point4.6])]] 65 }}} 66 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader]'''[[br]] 67 {{{#!div style="float: left 68 click here to find info on Orginising Your Channels 69 }}} 70 }}} 71 |--- 72 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 73 {{{#!div style="float: left" 74 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/TitanNit_WebIF.png,align=left,link=[#point4.7])]] 75 }}} 76 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.7 4.7 TitanNit WebIF]'''[[br]] 77 {{{#!div style="float: left 78 click here to find info on Setting Up a Media 79 }}} 80 }}} 81 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 82 {{{#!div style="float: left" 83 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/FTP.png,align=left,link=[#point4.8])]] 84 }}} 85 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.8 4.8 FTP (File Transfer Protocol)]'''[[br]] 86 {{{#!div style="float: left 87 click here to find info Playing Back Media 88 }}} 89 }}} 90 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 91 {{{#!div style="float: left" 92 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Autostart_Scripting.png,align=left,link=[#point4.9])]] 93 }}} 94 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.9 4.9 Autostart Scripting (usercmd.sh)]'''[[br]] 95 {{{#!div style="float: left 96 Conclusion/ what to do next after stting up Titan 97 }}} 98 }}} 99 100 }}} 101 }}} 102 [[br]] 103 [[br]] 104 105 106 107 ---- 108 '''4.1 RC Remote Control''' [=#point4.1] ([#point4 top of the page]) 109 110 ---- 111 * ([#point4.1.1 RC Atevio700]) 112 * ([#point4.1.2 RC Atevio7000, Atevio7500, Atemio7600]) 113 * ([#point4.1.3 RC Atemio500, Atemio510]) 114 * ([#point4.1.4 RC Atemio520]) 115 * ([#point4.1.5 RC Atemio520-V2]) 116 * ([#point4.1.6 RC Atemio530]) 117 118 * ([#point4.1.7 RC UFS910]) 119 * ([#point4.1.8 RC UFS912]) 120 * ([#point4.1.9 RC UFS922]) 121 122 [[BR]] 123 [[BR]] 124 [[BR]] 125 126 127 128 129 '''4.1.1 RC Remote Control Atevio700''' [=#point4.1.1] ([#point4.1 back]) 130 [[BR]] 131 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 132 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atevio700.png)]][[br]] 133 }}} 134 |---------------- 135 {{{#!td style="border: none" 136 137 '''TEXT RC Atevio 700''' 138 139 }}} 140 141 [[br]] 142 [[br]] 143 [[br]] 144 145 146 147 '''4.1.2 RC Remote Control Atevio7000, Atevio7500, Atemio7600''' [=#point4.1.2] ([#point4.1 back]) 148 [[BR]] 149 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 150 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atevio7000.png)]][[br]] 151 }}} 152 |---------------- 153 {{{#!td style="border: none" 154 The section contains information on the functions and operation of your remote control unit. 155 156 '''Special Function Buttons operation during channel streaming''' 157 158 159 ||'''Resolution:''' ||This Key Switches the videomode.|| 160 ||'''V.Format:''' ||This Key Switches the Video format.|| 161 ||'''Recall:''' ||This key can bring up the recent channel history so you can jump easily between programs.|| 162 ||'''Info:''' ||This Button displays the infobar.|| 163 ||'''fav:''' ||This button brings up the favourite and Bouquet lists to easily select programs.|| 164 ||'''Menu:''' ||This key opens the menu.|| 165 ||'''Sleep:''' ||This Key can setup the sleep timer.|| 166 ||'''Help:''' ||This key can display detailed information and help text's.|| 167 ||'''Exit:''' ||This key exits menus and popups .|| 168 ||'''text:''' ||This key shows the teletext display.|| 169 ||'''Ok:''' ||This button confirms menu items and popups.|| 170 171 [[br]] 172 173 '''Programming the universal remote to operate a supported TV''' 174 175 This section explains how to automatically search and program your universal remote control to operate your tv 176 177 NOTE: If there are no inputs for 10 seconds during setting the TV RC code the setting mode is terminated. 178 179 '''Automatic code search ''' 180 181 * Press the TV / Atevio button on the remote (for at least 3 seconds) until the LED flashes twice. 182 183 Enter the code 001. The LED flashes twice to confirm the entry. 184 185 * Press and hold the "ON / OFF" button until the TV turns off. 186 187 Note: The LED flashes every 1.5 seconds and sends a new TV power rc code. 188 189 * Release the button immediately then press the "OK" button to store the TV code. 190 191 (This can take up to 15 minutes to cycle all the tv's pre programmed in to the remote from the factory) 192 193 If you dont let go of the power key in time it will step to the next RC Power button code if this happens use the D-Pad down to rewind 5 codes to attempt to store the code again. 194 195 * To interrupt the search mode, press the Exit button for 2 seconds and return to normal operation or wait for 10 seconds with no key presses. 196 197 * The remote control blinks 5 times at the end of the list if the tv has not turned off by the time your tv is not a supported model. 198 199 '''Reset remote to factory programming''' 200 201 This will reset the remote back to a factory non programmed state, this is necessary if the remote needs to be reprogrammed to operate a new TV and was previously programmed. 202 203 * Press the TV / Atevio button on the remote (for at least 3 seconds) until the LED flashes twice. 204 205 * Enter the code 000. 206 207 * The LED flashes twice to confirm the entry. The remote control will now be reset (no code programmed) 208 209 210 }}} 211 212 [[br]] 213 [[br]] 214 [[br]] 215 216 '''4.1.3 RC Remote Control Atemio 500 / Atemio 510''' [=#point4.1.3] ([#point4.1 back]) 217 [[BR]] 218 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 219 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio510.png)]][[br]] 220 }}} 221 |---------------- 222 {{{#!td style="border: none" 223 224 '''TEXT RC Atemio 500/510''' 225 226 }}} 227 228 [[br]] 229 [[br]] 230 [[br]] 231 232 '''4.1.4 RC Remote Control Atemio 520''' [=#point4.1.4] ([#point4.1 back]) 233 [[BR]] 234 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 235 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio520.png)]][[br]] 236 }}} 237 |---------------- 238 {{{#!td style="border: none" 239 240 '''TEXT RC Atemio 520''' 241 242 }}} 243 244 [[br]] 245 [[br]] 246 [[br]] 247 248 '''4.1.5 RC Remote Control Atemio 520 V2''' [=#point4.1.5] ([#point4.1 back]) 249 [[BR]] 250 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 251 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio520-V2.png)]][[br]] 252 }}} 253 |---------------- 254 {{{#!td style="border: none" 255 256 '''TEXT RC Atemio 520-V2''' 257 258 }}} 259 260 [[br]] 261 [[br]] 262 [[br]] 263 264 '''4.1.6 RC Remote Control Atemio 530''' [=#point4.1.6] ([#point4.1 back]) 265 [[BR]] 266 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 267 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio530.png)]][[br]] 268 }}} 269 |---------------- 270 {{{#!td style="border: none" 271 272 '''TEXT RC Atemio 530''' 273 274 }}} 275 276 [[br]] 277 [[br]] 278 [[br]] 279 280 281 '''4.1.7 RC Remote Control Kathrein UFS910''' [=#point4.1.7] ([#point4.1 back]) 282 [[BR]] 283 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 284 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.ufs910.png)]][[br]] 285 }}} 286 |---------------- 287 {{{#!td style="border: none" 288 289 '''TEXT RC UFS 910''' 290 291 }}} 292 293 [[br]] 294 [[br]] 295 [[br]] 296 297 298 299 300 '''4.1.8 RC Remote Control Kathrein UFS912''' [=#point4.1.8] ([#point4.1 back]) 301 [[BR]] 302 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 303 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.ufs912.png)]][[br]] 304 }}} 305 |---------------- 306 {{{#!td style="border: none" 307 308 '''TEXT RC UFS912''' 309 310 }}} 311 312 [[br]] 313 [[br]] 314 [[br]] 315 316 317 318 '''4.1.9 RC Remote Control Kathrein UFS922''' [=#point4.1.9] ([#point4.1 back]) 319 [[BR]] 320 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none" 321 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.ufs922.png)]][[br]] 322 }}} 323 |---------------- 324 {{{#!td style="border: none" 325 326 '''TEXT RC UFS922''' 327 328 }}} 329 330 [[br]] 331 [[br]] 332 [[br]] 333 334 335 336 [[br]] 337 ---- 338 '''4.2 On Device Control''' [=#point4.2] ([#point4 top of the page]) 339 340 ---- 341 342 343 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/On_Device_Control.jpg)]][[br]] 344 345 The section contains information on the functions and operation of your Receiver from the onboard buttons. 346 Please note: the control is very limited from the on device controls but simple menu and tv control's can be made: 347 348 '''Device Controll keys''' 349 350 351 ||'''Power''' ||This Key Switches to the power menu or shuts down depending on the "power action" see ([#point3.6.6 Adjust]) for more info. || 352 ||'''Menu:''' ||This Key brongs up the on screen display/ menu. || 353 ||'''Ok:''' ||This key accept on screen prompts. || 354 ||'''D-pad:''' ||These buttons can control the volume and TV channel when on the TV display it can also be used to navigate the menu and on screen prompts. || 355 356 ---- 357 '''4.3 Web Interface''' [=#point4.3] ([#point4 top of the page]) 358 ---- 359 360 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Control.jpg)]][[br]] 361 362 The section contains information on the functions and operation of your Receiver from the web interface over LWAN, LAN or wifi. 363 364 [[br]] 365 366 ---- 367 '''4.3.1 Channel list''' [=#point4.3.1] ([#point4 top of the page]) 368 ---- 369 370 [[br]] 371 372 ||'''All''' ||Show All Channels from all Bouquets .|| 373 ||'''Sat''' ||Sort channels By Satellite.|| 374 ||'''provider:''' ||Sort channels By provider.|| 375 ||'''A-Z:''' ||Sort channels Alphabetically.|| 376 ||'''Bouquets:''' ||Sort channels By Boquet.|| 377 378 379 [[br]] 380 ---- 381 '''4.3.2 Box Control''' [=#point4.3.2] ([#point4 top of the page]) 382 ---- 383 384 [[br]] 385 386 ||'''Power Control:''' ||This brings up the links to control the power settings (shutdown, restart, etc....)|| 387 ||'''Message:''' ||Send a message to the display of the tv.|| 388 ||'''Remote:''' ||Bring up the remote on the web page for control of the decoder.|| 389 ||'''Screenshot OSD:''' ||Take a screen shot of the OSD.|| 390 ||'''Play Movie (URL:''' ||Play a movie from the selected url.|| 391 392 [[br]] 393 ---- 394 '''4.3.3 Movies''' [=#point4.3.3] ([#point4 top of the page]) 395 ---- 396 397 [[br]] 398 399 This will bring up a list of the movie directory on the receiver please see ([#point3.12.5 Web Controls]) for more information 400 401 [[br]] 402 ---- 403 '''4.3.4 Timer''' [=#point4.3.4] ([#point4 top of the page]) 404 ---- 405 406 [[br]] 407 408 ||'''Timer List:''' ||Show a list of the timer Recordings.|| 409 ||'''Timer Archive:''' ||Show a list of all the completed timer recordings.|| 410 ||'''Add Timer:''' ||Add a timer recording.|| 411 412 [[br]] 413 ---- 414 '''4.3.5 System''' [=#point4.3.5] ([#point4 top of the page]) 415 ---- 416 417 [[br]] 418 419 ||'''Extensions:''' ||Show a list of alailable extensions and plugins to install.|| 420 ||'''System update:''' ||Update the system software.|| 421 ||'''System Backup:''' ||backup the system to an image file.|| 422 ||'''Settings Backup/ restore:''' ||Take/ restore a backup of the current settings and config.|| 423 424 [[br]] 425 ---- 426 '''4.3.6 Settings''' [=#point4.3.6] ([#point4 top of the page]) 427 ---- 428 429 [[br]] 430 431 ||'''system settings:''' ||This brings up a list of the items in the adjust menu of the receiver See [wiki:Adjust#point3.6.6 Adjust] for more information on the items in this menu.|| 432 ||'''Oscam web interface:''' ||Shows config http information for the oscam plugin (if installed).|| 433 ||'''Xupnpd:''' ||Shows information on the Xupnpd media streaming plugin.|| 434 435 [[br]] 436 ---- 437 '''4.3.7 Information''' [=#point4.3.7] ([#point4 top of the page]) 438 ---- 439 [[br]] 440 441 This section contains detailed config and system info about your reciever and TitanNit. 442 Please see the below links for more information on the items contained with in this menu. 443 444 * ([wiki:Service#point3.7.1 Service]) 445 * ([wiki:News-letter#point3.7.2 News letter]) 446 * ([wiki:About#point3.7.3 About]) 447 * ([wiki:Streaming#point3.7.4 Streaming]) 448 * ([wiki:Atemio-Hotline#point3.7.5 Atemio (Hotline)]) 449 * ([wiki:Titan-Changelog#point3.7.6 Titan Changelog]) 450 * ([wiki:Git-Changelog#point3.7.7 Git Changelog]) 451 * ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info]) 452 * ([wiki:Log#point3.7.9 Log]) 453 454 [[br]] 455 ---- 456 '''4.3.8 Help''' [=#point4.3.8] ([#point4 top of the page]) 457 ---- 458 459 [[br]] 460 461 ||'''Offline help:''' ||Currently this has no function and is for future use.|| 462 ||'''Online help:''' ||Shows this wiki from the web interface for help and support.|| 463 464 465 [[br]] 466 ---- 467 '''4.3.9 Web Controls''' [=#point4.3.9] ([#point4 top of the page]) 468 ---- 469 470 [[br]] 471 472 '''Filelist Display Web Buttons''' 473 474 This section explains the functions and discriptions of the icons displayed on the web page along side the file list display. 475 476 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Webstream.png)]] ||This button plays the selected program (web Stream) || 477 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Stream.png)]] ||This button plays the selected program (Stream) || 478 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Delete.png)]] ||This button deletes the selected program || 479 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Edit.png)]] ||This button downloads the selected program || 480 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Singleepg.png)]] ||This button displays the (EPG) || 481 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/web_radio.png)]] ||This button shows the selected channel is audio only (radio)|| 482 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/web_tv.png)]] ||This button shows the selected channel is audio and video (TV)|| 483 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Cross.png)]] ||This button shows the selected channel is not available || 484 485 486 '''Other Web Buttons''' 487 488 This section explains the functions and discriptions icons displayed on the web page title area. 489 490 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Rcopen.png)]] ||This button shows or hides the onscreen remote control || 491 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Poweroff.png)]] ||This button turns off the Receiver || 492 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Restart.png)]] ||This button restarts the Receiver || 493 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Guirestart.png)]] ||This button restarts the GUI || 494 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Standby.png)]] ||This button puts the receiver into standby || 495 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Speak_On.png)]] ||This button mute's the sound || 496 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/web_led_on.png)]] ||These buttons select the volume 10 to 100% (left to right) || 497 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Record.png)]] ||This button starts a Recording || 498 ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Signal.png)]] ||This button shows the signal info's || 499 ||EPG Search ||This box enables you to search the EPG type your test into the box and press enter. || 500 501 [[br]] 502 ---- 503 504 To open the web interface, use an Internet browser and enter the ip address of your decoder in the adress bar as follows: you may find your ip adress from the system information/network display. 505 506 http:// IP.of.receiver 507 508 [[br]] 509 510 511 ---- 512 '''4.4 Telnet Control''' [=#point4.4] ([#point4 top of the page]) 513 ---- 514 515 516 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Telnet_Control.jpg)]][[br]] 517 518 The section contains information on the operation of your Receiver over a telnet session. 519 520 '''Telnet Setup''' 521 522 * Eithernet Interface Telnet Setup 523 524 1 A Network connection must be active 525 526 2 Install the client found here: ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]). 527 528 3 Find the IP address from the system info ([wiki:Network#point3.7.8.5 Network]) section 529 530 4 Insert the IP address info into the telnet client 531 532 5 Click connect. 533 534 [[br]] 535 536 * Serial Interface Telnet Setup 537 538 1 Connect a null modem cable between the Receiver and PC 539 540 2 Install the client found here: ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) 541 542 3 Set up the serial port connection parameters 543 544 4 Click connect. 545 546 After the above steps are completed you will now be presented with a console where you can login to your Receiver with a username and password. 547 548 after entering your login information there are a few receiver specific functions that may be handy if you require information on basic telnet commands i suggest you have a look on [http://www.linux.org linux.org] 549 550 '''Remote RC debugging''' 551 {{{ 552 #!python 553 killall -9 evremote2 554 evremote2 555 }}} 556 [[br]] 557 558 '''Start FTDI driver''' 559 {{{ 560 #!python 561 mknod / dev.static/ttyUSB0 c 188 0" 562 }}} 563 [[br]] 564 565 '''Test FTDI driver commands''' 566 {{{ 567 #!python 568 ls-al / dev/ttyUSB0 569 }}} 570 [[br]] 571 572 {{{ 573 #!python 574 cat /proc/bus/usb/devices 575 }}} 576 [[br]] 577 578 {{{ 579 #!python 580 lsmod | grep usbserial 581 }}} 582 [[br]] 583 584 '''Take a screen shot''' 585 {{{ 586 #!python 587 /sbin/grab -j 100 -r 960 /tmp/000.jpg 588 }}} 589 590 ---- 591 '''4.5 Rgui''' [=#point4.5] ([#point4 top of the page]) 592 ---- 593 [[br]] 594 595 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Mainmenu.jpg)]][[br]] 596 597 598 RGui is a TitanNit plugin which allows you to operate your Receiver from a different Receiver. Only the Gui is completely transmitted. 599 600 Thus one can operate the receiver remotely, but not stream the TV signal. 601 602 [[br]] 603 604 605 606 607 608 ---- 609 '''4.6 Bootloader''' [=#point4.6] ([#point4 top of the page]) 610 ---- 611 [[br]] 612 613 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/On_Device_Control.jpg)]][[br]] 614 615 616 == Iboot is a boot loader. == 617 618 "written by Solala based on based on the project uboot by wolfgang denk [http://www.denx.de]" (Iboot is included in versions of TitanNit from 1.32 for the atemio and atevio receivers) [[br]] 619 Please note that there is differences between the Iboot menu structure on the different models of decoders. 620 621 ''' Functions of the boot loader:''' 622 623 * Identification of the Hardware 624 * Starting the Image 625 626 627 ''' Iboot early startup menu ''' 628 629 To enter the Iboot startup menu shutdown the receiver and power up pressing the __"Menu"__ button on the remote control. 630 Iboot will then startup showing __"Flash Menu"__ on the VFDisplay from here you may scroll through the list of available menu items using the D-pad -OK- and -Exit- buttons on the RC Remote. 631 632 633 ---- 634 ''' Expert Mode ''' (not present in av700/7000) 635 ---- 636 637 [[br]] 638 639 Expert mode is a setting allowing you to enable the advanced menu in Iboot that are hidden by default as these extra setting's enable such features as overclocking that could void your warranty. 640 641 To switch Iboot into __"Expert Mode"__ Shutdown the receiver and power up pressing the __"Menu"__ button on the remote control . 642 Iboot will then startup showing __"Flash Menu"__ on the VFDisplay 643 644 now using D-pad left / right select __"SETTINGS"__ and with up / down button select __"set OSD color"__ and click __"OK"__ 645 now using the left and right D-pad buttons left / right to change the colors 646 with up / down set the colors individually to 647 648 for the '''AM 510/AM520 ''' the code is 649 650 * Red = 11 651 652 * Green = 47 653 654 * Blue = 11 655 656 for the '''AM 7500/7600 ''' the code is 657 658 * Red = 7 659 660 * Green = 10 661 662 * Blue = 5 663 664 665 Then press the __"Exit"__ button twice to return to the menu __"Flash"__ the display on the TV screen should now show: 666 667 ''' ! YOU ACTIVATED EXPERT MODE ! ''' - expert mode enabled 668 669 ''' ! NO WARRANTY ----- USE AT YOUR OWN RISK ! ''' No warranty - use at your own risk 670 671 if you dont agree : execute ''' " Clean Environment Sector" ''' in the FLASH MENU 672 673 if you do not want to lose the warranty, you must run ''' " Clean Environment Sector" ''' in the FLASH MENU 674 675 [[br]] 676 677 ---- 678 '''4.6.1 Main categories'''' [=#point4.6.1] [#point4.6 (back)] 679 ---- 680 Please select an item below to see more information. 681 682 [#point4.6.2 (Menu Flash)] 683 684 [#point4.6.3 (Settings)] 685 686 [#point4.6.4 (Menu Misc)] 687 688 [#point4.6.5 (Menu Net)] (not present in av700/7000) 689 690 691 == Subcategories == 692 693 ---- 694 '''4.6.2 Menu Flash ''' [=#point4.6.2] [#point4.6 (back)] 695 696 ||'''USB IRDupdt Image''' ||flash (depending on SETTINGS > Select USB / SATA dev 1-4) via USB stick or USB HDD from sda1 (standard).|| 697 ||'''USBirds list''' ||If several ird Image's are on the USB stick, you can display them, select and then flash the desired one. || 698 ||'''Clean environment Sector''' ||Resets the bootargs and resets Iboot to the default settings this disables __"Expert Mode"__. || 699 ||'''Clean flash ! Include swap''' ||Deletes the entire image, including the swap area, so all settings, plugins, backups, etc.... are removed. || 700 ||'''SATA IRDupdt''' ||look for an ird image on the internal or an external SATA hdd / flash stick (not present in av700/7000). || 701 ||'''list SATAirds''' ||When multiple ird Images are stored on the internal or external SATA hdd / flash stick, you can display them select and then flash the desired one (not present in av700/7000). || 702 ||'''7 . Allow Iboot Update''' ||This is a developer option included in development bootloaders so you just can flash the ird image ignoring the included boot loader if you wish this setting is not present in av700/7000). || 703 704 [[br]] 705 706 ---- 707 '''4.6.3 Menu Settings ''' [=#point4.6.3] [#point4.6 (back)] 708 709 ||'''Turbosw'''||Select overclocking speeds available settings are (0)265, (1)265, (2)297, (3)297, (4)333, (5)333, (6)364, (7)364. || 710 ||'''Timeout'''||Delay befor selecting the default boot option. || 711 ||'''USB Sleep'''||???. || 712 ||'''Scroll Speed'''||How fast the VFDisplay module moves. || 713 714 [[br]] 715 716 ---- 717 '''4.6.4 Menu Misc''' [=#point4.6.4] [#point4.6 (back)] 718 719 ||'''Disclaimer''' ||Shows the info on the bootloader. || 720 ||'''Serial Console''' ||Enables Bootloader serial debugging. || 721 ||'''Reset Board'''||Resets the Receiver and restarts boot process. || 722 723 724 725 726 727 [[br]] 728 729 ---- 730 ''' Menu Net ''' [=#point4.6.5] [#point4.6 (back)] 731 732 Please note menu item has been superceded and now has no function and it can be ignored. [[br]] 733 Due to image updates the network setting does not need to be passed on by the bootloader. 734 735 [[br]] 736 737 738 ---- 739 '''4.7 TitanNit Web-IF (Htmlapi)''' [=#point4.7] ([#point4 top of the page]) 740 ---- 741 742 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Control.jpg)]][[br]] 743 744 The section contains information on the operation and control of your decoder from the Htmlapi. 745 746 [[br]] 747 748 TitanNit provides its own Htmlapi that is freely distributed so that other developers may interface with a receiver running titan. 749 750 751 The Htmlapi is very simple to implement an example message structure is as follows: 752 753 * query?param¶m&... for html output 754 755 * queryraw?param¶m&... for raw-struct output 756 757 758 For example if you would wish to send a RC remote keypress of the "Mute" key the message format would be as follows: 759 760 * __query?sendrc&rcmute__ 761 762 763 if you would like to retrieve a list of all the current satelites the format would be as follows: 764 765 * __queryraw?getsat__ 766 767 768 the output message back from the Receiver would be as follows: 769 770 * __satname#orbitalpos__ 771 and an example raw output would be: 772 773 > {{{Optus_d2#160}}}[[br]] 774 > {{{Optus_d1#166}}}[[br]] 775 > {{{Intelsat_IS19#156}}}[[br]] 776 777 ''more information on the protocol and the query strings can be found here [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/browser/titan/doc/htmlapi.txt htmlapi.txt]'' 778 779 [[br]] 780 781 ---- 782 '''4.8 FTP (File Transfer Protocol)''' [=#point4.8] ([#point4 top of the page]) 783 ---- 784 785 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Filezilla.jpg)]][[br]] 786 787 The section contains information on how to setup a FTP connection to your TitanNit Receiver. 788 789 [[br]] 790 791 Titan Has an inbuilt FTP Server that is able to be used to transfer files to and from your Receiver. 792 793 To connect to your receiver you can connect via your browser in windows or use a dedicated FTP program as with many linux programs the default password and user name is "root" and port 21 is the default FTP interface port. 794 795 You connect to your receiver via internet explorer on your pc to do this you need to find the IP address fo the decoder from the system information menu [wiki:System-info-Network#point3.7.8.4 Network Information] of your receiver and type it into the address bas as follows: 796 797 {{{ftp://Username:Password@Ip_Address:Port_Number}}} 798 799 {{{ftp://root:root@192.168.0.1:21}}} 800 801 if you Wish to use a dedicated FTP program please read the documentation supplied with your program for information on setup of the FTP connection, Below is a screen shot of Filezilla a popular Free FTP client Program with a sample loggin details of my Receiver. 802 803 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/FileZilla-Setup.jpg)]][[br]] 804 805 ---- 806 '''4.9 autostart scripting (usercmd)''' [=#point4.9] ([#point4 top of the page]) 807 ---- 808 809 If you wish to run a script on startup of the Receiver you can install commands in the usercmd.sh to be proformed at the startup of the receiver. 810 811 a sample of the usercmd.sh is below: 812 813 {{{ 814 #!python 815 #! / bin / sh 816 # Start the user commands here 817 echo " [ usercmd.sh ] start" 818 # insert code here 819 exit 820 }}} 821 822 the {{{__"# insert code here"__}}} section must be replaced by your commands. 823 824 If you place the following code in to the usercmd.sh it will delete every time shift file on the internal hdd on startup of the receiver: 825 826 {{{ 827 #!python 828 rm -f /media/hdd/movie/timeshift*.ts 829 }}} 830 831 If you place the following code in to the usergmd.sh it will autostart the FTDI driver. 832 {{{ 833 #!python 834 mknod / dev.static/ttyUSB0 c 188 0" 835 }}} 836 [[br]] 837 838 839 the full path to the file is: 840 __"/mnt/config/usercmd.sh"__ 841 842 843 844 845 846 -
wiki/pages/en/Restore-Default-Settings
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.13 Restore Default Settings''' [=#point3.6.13] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Restore_Default_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >here you can return your device to the default settings. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 ||'''Restore Default Settings:''' ||This will restore the settings to the factory default condition.|| 14 ||'''Format MNT With Backup / Restore:''' ||This will format the Mount partition after preforming a backup thern it will restore the restore the backup retaining your settings.|| 15 ||'''Format MNT (all):''' ||This will format the Mount partition deleting all settings to default condition.|| 16 17 18 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 19 20 [[br]] 21 ---- -
wiki/pages/en/Rotor-Settings
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.1.4 Rotor Settings''' [=#point3.5.1.4] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Rotor-Settings.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can adjust your rotor settings 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 ||'''Move''' || Select move mode.|| 13 ||'''Fine Move:''' || Select fine move.|| 14 ||'''Limit:''' || Select satellite motor limits.|| 15 ||'''Go to start pos:''' || Goto the satellite starting position.|| 16 ||'''storage position:''' || Select storage position.|| 17 18 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 19 20 '''Coloured Button's Functions''' 21 22 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in rotor settings. 23 Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons these functions depend on the selected menu item as follows:. 24 25 '''During Move''' 26 27 ||'''Red Button: (Move West)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 28 ||'''Green Button: (Search west)''' ||Play the selected media file.|| 29 ||'''Yellow button: (search east)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)|| 30 ||'''Blue button: (move east)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 31 32 '''During Fine Move''' 33 34 ||'''Green Button: (Step west)''' ||Play the selected media file.|| 35 ||'''Yellow Button: (Step East)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)|| 36 37 '''During Limit''' 38 39 ||'''Red Button: (limit Off)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 40 ||'''Green Button: (limit West)''' ||Play the selected media file.|| 41 ||'''Yellow button: (limit East)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)|| 42 ||'''Blue button: (limit On)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 43 44 45 '''During goto start position''' 46 47 ||'''Red Button: (Start Position)''' ||go to the selected start position.|| 48 49 50 '''During Storage Position''' 51 52 ||'''Green Button: (Storage Position)''' ||store selected storage position.|| 53 ||'''Yellow Button: (Goto Position)''' ||move dish to the stored position|| -
wiki/pages/en/Sat-Finder
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.1.5 Sat Finder''' [=#point3.5.1.5] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Sat-Finder.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can check your signal info for the current selected channel. 9 10 [[br]] 11 -
wiki/pages/en/Screensaver-Adjust
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.8 Screensaver Adjust''' [=#point3.6.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Screensaver_Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]] 7 > 8 >Here you can setup your screen saver 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 14 ||'''Screensaver''' ||enable or disable the screensaver display|| 15 ||'''Screensaver Delay:''' ||Set the delat time before the screen saver is displayed.|| 16 ||'''Screensaver Interval:''' ||Set the display time of the Screensaver in multi Pic Mode.|| 17 ||'''Screensaver Type:''' ||Select the type of Screensaver to display on the screen.|| 18 ||'''Screensaver Background:''' ||Select the background during display of the Screensaver.|| 19 ||'''Screensaver Pic:''' ||IN Image mode select the picture to Display as the Screensaver.|| 20 21 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 22 23 [[br]] 24 ---- -
wiki/pages/en/Service
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.1 Service''' [=#point3.7.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Service.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 > here you view information on the currently selected service. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 14 15 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 16 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 17 18 ||'''Red Button: (Service)''' ||This will display the current service info on the display.|| 19 ||'''Green Button: (PIDs)''' ||This will display the PID info on the display.|| 20 ||'''Yellow Button: (Tuner)''' ||This will display the current Tuner Configuration info on the display.|| 21 22 23 -
wiki/pages/en/Settings-Backup-Restore
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.9 Settings Backup Restore''' [=#point3.5.9] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/system_Settings_Backup_Restore.jpg)]][[BR]] 7 > 8 > here you can backup and restore your settings. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 To Exit from the menu press __"Exit"__ to cancel backup restore. 13 14 15 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 16 17 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the backup restore menu. [[BR]] 18 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 19 20 ||'''Red Button: (Restore)''' ||Press this button to preform a restore from your previously saved settings.|| 21 ||'''Green Button: (Backup)''' ||Press this button to save your settings.|| 22 ||'''Yellow Button: (Log)''' ||Press this button to see the backup restore log.|| -
wiki/pages/en/Single-EPG
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.1.2 Single EPG''' [=#point3.1.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Single_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]] 6 > 7 Single EPG is a small easy to read vertical epg of a single channel that shows the information of the currently selected program. 8 9 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 14 '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions" 15 16 The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Single EPG menu. 17 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 18 19 ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.|| 20 ||'''0 key (EPG Search):''' ||This will search the EPG for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.|| 21 22 For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([wiki:Records Records]) for more info. 23 24 For information on setting proforming an EPG search using the 0 Key see ([wiki:EPG-Search#point103.10.5 EPG Search]) for more info. -
wiki/pages/en/Skin
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.16 Skin''' [=#point3.6.16] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Skin.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >here you can select your skin 10 11 12 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Skin-Adjust
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.7 Skin Adjust''' [=#point3.6.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Skin_Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >Here you can edit your skin display settings 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 ||'''Font Zize Adjust in Pixel''' ||Adjust the size of the fonts in the GUI.|| 14 ||'''Listbox Select:''' ||Select the display mode of the listbox select bar.|| 15 ||'''OSD Transparancy:''' ||Set the transpancy of the OSD when it is overlaying the TV display.|| 16 ||'''OSD Left Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the left edge of the display.|| 17 ||'''OSD Right Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the right edge of the display.|| 18 ||'''OSD Top Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the top edge of the display.|| 19 ||'''OSD Bottom Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the bottom edge of the display.|| 20 ||'''Show Hdd Freespace:''' ||show the Hdd Free space in the OSD. || 21 ||'''Listbox Select Colour:''' ||Press the red button to bring up a colour selection to display for the listbox select bar. || 22 23 24 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 25 26 [[br]] 27 ---- -
wiki/pages/en/Smart-Card-Reader
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.3 Smart Card Reader''' [=#point3.5.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/system-Smart_Card_Reader.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 here you can setup your smart card. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 ---- 14 15 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 16 17 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 18 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 19 20 ||'''Red Button: (Reset)''' ||This will reset the selected Smart Card.|| -
wiki/pages/en/Streaming
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.4 Streaming''' [=#point3.7.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Streaming.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 > here you can view information on service info being streamed to another device. 10 11 [[br]] 12 -
wiki/pages/en/Supported-Receivers
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 3 ---- 4 '''7 Compatible Receivers''' [=#point7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0.2 Main page]) 5 ---- 6 7 Titan was originally releaced for SH4 based hardware from Atemio and Katherin, since the advent and popularity of TitanNit on the SH4 platform it has been releaced to the Mips platform also for instalation the latest Atemio recievers. 8 9 The Atemio 5200 is the first reciever to include a mips based processor and will be the first officially supported reciever not of the SH4 chipset, and marks a new era for TitanNit. 10 11 The current offerings of sh4 based recievers are a lot less powerfull than some of the mips devices out there, part of the reason why titan was developed for the SH4, with titan running on mips hardware we expect to see a very fast very capable feature packed system that we will all look forward to. 12 13 Titan is also in development for the vu+ recievers and may be releaced in the future. 14 15 TitanNit has also been made available for a variety of non-Atemio recievers manufactured by fortis, Atemio identical SH4 Fortis manufactured Receivers. 16 17 18 === Currently, the following receivers are directly supported: === 19 20 21 '''SH4 Atemio''' ([http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage]) 22 23 * Atemio 510 24 * Atemio 520 25 * Atemio 530 26 * Atevio 700 27 * Atevio 7000 28 * Atemio 7600 29 30 '''SH4 Fortis''' ([http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage]) 31 32 * [#point7.2 Fortis Clones hardware detection] 33 * Fortis FS-9000 34 * Fortis FS-9200 35 * Fortis HS-9510 36 * Fortis HX-8200 37 * Fortis HS-7810 38 39 '''SH4 Homecast''' ([http://www.myhomecast.nl/ Homecast homepage]) 40 41 * Homecast Pro 42 43 '''SH4 IPBox''' ([http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage]) 44 45 * Ipbox91 46 * Ipbox900 47 * Ipbox910 48 * Ipbox9000 49 50 '''SH4 Katherin''' ([http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage]) 51 52 * Kathrein UFS 910 53 * Kathrein UFS 912 (license charges may apply) 54 * Katherin UFS 922 (license charges may apply) 55 * Katherin UFS 960 56 57 '''SH4 Fulan/ Spark''' ([http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage)] 58 59 * [#point7.6 Fulan Clones hardware detection] 60 * Spark7111 61 * Spark7162 62 63 '''Mips Atemio''' ([http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage]) 64 65 * Atemio 5000 (AKA Nemisis) 66 * Atemio 5200 67 * Atemio 6000 68 * Atemio 6100 69 * Atemio 6200 70 71 '''Mips Beyonwiz''' ([Mips Beyonwiz Beyonwiz homepage]) 72 73 * Beyonwiz T4 74 75 '''Mips Dreambox''' ([https://dream-multimedia-tv.de/]) 76 77 * Dreambox 7020 v2 HD 78 * Dreambox 7020 HD 79 80 81 '''Mips Golden Interstar''' ([http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage]) 82 83 * Xpeedlx1 84 * Xpeedlx2 85 * Xpeedlx3 86 87 '''Mips Miraclebox''' ([http://www.miraclebox.se/ Miraclebox homepage]) 88 89 * MBUltra 90 * MBMini 91 92 93 94 '''Mips Sezam'''([http://www.sezam-club.ru/ homepage]) 95 96 * Sezam-Marvel 97 98 99 100 ---- 101 '''SH4 Fortis based clone receiver detection (hardware profile)''' [=#point7.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 102 ---- 103 104 This list will help you select the correct clone hardware model below is a specifications list check the back of your manual included with your receiver and look at the table below to select the correct hardware model. 105 This list has not yet been confirmed and some of these models may be incompatible with TitanNit. 106 107 If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated. 108 109 Please Note: 110 * Due to differences between the VFDisplay programming and the supplied Remote Control units delivered with your Receiver a remapping of the remote control Layout may be necessary. 111 112 * Pre-Release Versions with the loader version 1.19 had problems when installing versions 1.21 and 1.54 and demand a replacement of the VF-Display in order for the Receiver to boot. Fault is an inbedded security feature. Therefor it is unknown if iboot will actually function with the Receivers. If you have one of these Receivers it would be advisable to take caution installing iboot. 113 114 This table shows the last gen SH4 based receivers manufactured by fortis if you look in your manual of your reciever it will display the specifications and you may use the below table find out the base fortis model it is styled on to verify the compatibility with the corect Atemio/Atevio model. 115 116 {{{#!div style="width: 1000px; margin: auto" 117 ||'''Model System'''||'''Tuner'''||'''CPU'''||'''RAM'''||'''ROM (Flash)'''||'''USB'''||'''PVR Funktion'''||'''CardReader'''||'''Common interface'''||'''Width'''||'''Display'''||'''features'''|| 118 ||[#point7.3 Fortis FS-9000 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||Internal 2.5 or 3.5 SATA, external via USB||1 (*2)||2||11-segment||43 cm|| || 119 ||[#point7.3 Fortis FS-9200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||eSATA & USB||1 (*2)||2||11-segment||34 cm|| || 120 ||[#point7.2 Fortis HS-9510]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||1||USB||1 (*2)||2||11- segment||34 cm|| || 121 ||[#point7.4 Fortis HX-8200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2, DVB-T2, DVB-C 1/2||STI_7105 450 Mhz||256MB||64MB||3||Internal 2,5´´SATA-HDD external via eSATA + USB||2||2||11-segment||34 cm||Plug&Play Tuner, Youtube, Browser, FreeTV+|| 122 ||[#point7.5 Fortis HS-7810 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7110 450 Mhz||256MB||32MB||2||USB||1||2||4-segment||26 cm||YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+|| 123 }}} 124 125 126 ---- 127 '''Atevio AV 700 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.2] 128 ---- 129 Single tuner no no built in YouTube, Browser or FreeTV+ 130 131 Fortis base model HS-9510HD PVR and possibly identical boxes: 132 133 * Fortis HS- 9510 HD PVR 20000300 Korea. 134 * Rebox RE- 4000HD PVR 20010300 Netherlands. 135 * Octagon SF- 1008 20020300 Germany. 136 * Octagon SF -1008 SE 20020303 Germany. 137 * HD Box FS- 9100HD 20030300 Czech Republic. 138 * Ultra Plus HD 980 20050300 New Zealand. 139 * Openbox S5 HD PVR 20060302 Ukraine. 140 * Tiviar S1 eco HD PVR 20070300 U.S.A. Switzerland . 141 * Astro ASR 1100 Single HD 20110300 and 20110303 Germany . 142 * Dreamsky DSR- 9600HD PVR 20120302 Belarus. 143 * Skyway Classic 20130302 Russia. 144 * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX 20140300 Syria. 145 * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX II 20140702 Syria. 146 * I.Com HD -9100 DIVX II 20140602 Syria. 147 * XSPEED HD -9500 DIVX II 20140612 Syria. 148 * Optibox Koala HD 20150300 Hungary. 149 * Xcruiser XDSR400HD 20160302 Dubai. 150 * VisionNet FS- 9510 HD PVR 20170302 Israel. 151 * Gold Master HD -1060 HD PVR HD PVR -1070 -1080 PVR 20180302 Turkey 152 * Powersat PO - 1000HD PVR 20190301 153 * Star Track SRT 2010 HD 20210302 Dubai 154 * O2 SRT 2012 HD 20210301 Dubai 155 * Forever HS- 9510HD PVR 20220302 Algeria 156 * Dynavision DV -9500 HDPVR 20230302 Dubai 157 * Dynavision DV -9600 HDPVR 20230301 Dubai 158 * GI S- 8290 HD PVR 20240602 Romania 159 * Miraclebox 8 HD TWIN PVR 20250600 Sweden 160 * Diginor 8800 HD 20260600 Sweden 161 * Media Star ( Powers) HD 1200s 20270600 Australia 162 * MaxFly 9500 HD 20280602 Syria 163 * SuperBox SX 9518 HD 20300302 Moldova 164 * Elcomax Elux I 20310301 Iran 165 166 [#point7 Top of Page] 167 168 ---- 169 '''Atevio AV 7000 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 170 ---- 171 Fortis base model FS-9000 and FS-9200 differ due to option of including an internal harddisk. 172 173 FS- 9000 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes" 174 175 * Fortis FS- 9000HD 20000000 Korea 176 * Rebox RE- 9000HD 20010000 Netherlands 177 * Octagon SF 1018 20020000 Germany 178 * HD Box FS -9300 HD 20030000 Czech Republic 179 * Ultra Plus F- 9000HD 20050000 New Zealand ''' Confirmed by ''' ([http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/member.php?24970-professor_jonny Professor_Jonny]) 180 181 * Openbox S8 HD PVR 20060000 Ukraine 182 * Tiviar F1 HD PVR USA 20070000 Switzerland 183 * Icecrypt S4000 HDPVR 20080000 England 184 * Skyway Diamond 20130000 Russia 185 * Dynavision DV -9000 HDPVR 200230000 Dubai 186 187 FS- 9200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes: 188 189 * Fortis FS- 9200HD PVR 20000100 Korea 190 * Rebox RE- 8000HD 20010100 Netherlands 191 * HD Box FS- 9200HD 20030100 Czech Republic 192 * Arcon Titan 2010HD 20040100 Germany 193 * Openbox S7 HD PVR 20060100 Ukraine 194 * Tiviar T1 HD PVR 20070100 Switzerland 195 * Astro ASR 1200 Twin HD 20110100 Germany 196 * Dreamsky DSR- 9700HD PVR 20120100 Belarus 197 * Skyway Platinum 20130100 Russia 198 * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX 20140100 Syria 199 * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX II 20140101 Syria 200 * Gold Master 1090 HD PVR 20180100 Turkey 201 * Dynavision DV -9200 HDPVR 20230100 Dubai 202 203 [#point7 Top of Page] 204 205 ---- 206 '''Atevio/ Atemio AV 7500 7600 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 207 ---- 208 This model has a removable tuner and has YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+ 209 210 Fortis base model HX -8200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes: 211 212 * Fortis HX -8200 HD PVR 230000X0 Korea 213 * Rebox RE -8500 HD PVR 230100X0 Netherlands 214 * Octagon SF 1028P Noblence 230200X0 Germany 215 * Skyway Droid 230400X0 Russia 216 * Openbox S9 HD PVR 230500X0 Ukraine 217 * Icecrypt STC6000HDPVR 230600X0 UK 218 * Miraclebox 9 HD TWIN PVR 230700X0 Sweden 219 * Xcruiser XDSR600HD 230900X0 Dubai 220 * Ultra Plus X - 9200HD PVR 231200X0 New Zealand 221 * Skys @ t Royal HD PVR 231500X0 Bulgaria 222 * SuperBox PRO HD 9818 231600x0 Moldova 223 * Optibox Raptor HD 231800X0 Hungary 224 * Forever HD PVR 8200 231900X0 Algeria 225 * Media Star ( Powers) HD 8200S 232700X0 Australia 226 227 [#point7 Top of Page] 228 229 ---- 230 '''Atemio AV 500/510 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 231 ---- 232 This model has a removable tuner and has YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+ 233 234 Fortis base model HS -7110 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes: 235 236 * Fortis HS -7110 HD PVR ? korea 237 * Optibox Gekko HD 250102X0 Hungary 238 * Octagon SF 918 SE + 250202X0 Germany 239 * Rebox RE -2200 HD PVR 250302X0 Netherlands 240 * Skyway LIGHT 250502X0 Russia & Belarus 241 * HD Box FS- 7110HD 250602X0 Czech Republic 242 * Openbox S4 HD PVR 250902X0 Ukraine 243 * Icom HD 1070P DIVX 251002X0 Syria 244 * Gold Master HD -1040 HD PVR -1045 PVR 251102X0 Turkey 245 * Dynavision DV -5000 HDPVR 251202X0 Dubai 246 * GI S8580 251302X0 Romania 247 * Xcruiser XDSR 380HD 251802X0 Dubai 248 * Dreamsky HD4 252002X0 Belarus 249 * ? Supermax 7100 252102X0 ? 250 * Skys @ t Mini HD PVR 252202X0 Bulgaria 251 * Icecrypt S3500 HDCCI 252502X0 UK 252 * Miraclebox 6 HD TWIN PVR 252602X0 Sweden 253 * Vegasat X1 252802X0 Morocco 254 * Ultraplus 900 HD PVR ? New Zealand 255 256 [[br]][#point7 Top of Page] 257 258 ---- 259 '''Fulan based clone receiver detection (hardware profile)''' [=#point7.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 260 ---- 261 262 This list will help you select the correct clone hardware model below is a specifications list check the back of your manual included with your receiver and look at the table below to select the correct hardware model. 263 This list has not yet been confirmed and some of these models may be incompatible with TitanNit. 264 265 If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated. 266 267 This table shows the last gen SH4 based receivers manufactured by Fulan if you look in your manual of your reciever it will display the specifications and you may use the below table find out the base Fulan model it is styled on to verify the compatibility with the Fulan model. 268 269 {{{#!div style="width: 1000px; margin: auto" 270 ||'''Model System'''||'''Tuner'''||'''CPU'''||'''RAM'''||'''ROM (Flash)'''||'''USB'''||'''PVR Funktion'''||'''CardReader'''||'''Common interface'''||'''Width'''||'''Display'''||'''features'''|| 271 ||[#point7.7 Fulan 7162]||DVB-S/S2 1,2,3||STI_7162 266 Mhz|| || || || || || || || || || 272 ||[#point7.8 Spark 7111]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7111 266 Mhz|| || || || || || || || || || 273 }}} 274 275 276 277 ---- 278 '''Fulan/Spark 7162 simular hardware:''' [=#point7.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 279 ---- 280 This model has a STI 7162 Processor, tuner varies by reseller either one two or three tuners 281 282 Fulan/Spark 7162 and possibly identical boxes: 283 284 285 * Golden Media Spark Triplex 0C 00 07 00 286 * Golden Media Spark One 0C 00 07 00 287 * SAB Unix Triple HD 0C 00 0E 00 288 * Amiko Alien 2 0C 00 0A 00 289 * Galaxy Innovations Avatar 2 0C 00 0B 00 290 * Galaxy Innovations Avatar 3 0C 00 0B 00 291 * Visionnet Falcon 0C 00 21 00 292 * Icecrypt S3700 CHD 0C 00 2B 00 293 * Truman Top Box 2 Tuners 0C 00 03 00 294 * Samsat Linux 2 0C 00 20 00 295 * Satcom 7162 0C 00 1D 00 296 * Dynavision 7162 0C 00 0D 00 297 * Superbox Z500 0C 00 15 00 298 * Delta 0C 00 04 00 299 * Startrack SRT 2020 HD Plus 0C 00 05 00 300 * Sogno Spark Triple 0C 00 43 00 301 302 ---- 303 '''Fulan/Spark 7111 simular hardware:''' [=#point7.8] 304 ---- 305 This model has a STI 7111 Processor, all models seem to have a single DVB-S2 tuner. 306 307 Fulan/Spark 7111 and possibly identical boxes: 308 309 * Amiko Alien SHD 8900, 09 00 0A 00 310 * Golden Media 990 CR HD PVR Spark LX 09 00 07 00 311 * Golden Media Spark Reloaded 09 00 07 00 312 * Edision Argus Pingulux 09 00 08 00 313 * Edision Argus Pingulux Plus 09 00 08 00 314 * Galaxy Innovations GI S8120 09 00 0B 00 315 * SAB Unix F+ Solo (S902) 09 00 0E 00 316 * Dynavision Spark 09 00 0D 00 317 * Dynavision Spark Plus 09 00 0D 00 318 * Fulan Spark I+ 09 00 1D 00 319 * Truman Premier 1+ 09 00 03 00 320 * Samsat Linux 1 09 00 20 00 321 * Startrack SRT 2020 HD 09 00 21 00 322 * FullHD FH 2020 HD 09 00 ?? 00 323 * Yumatu Spark 09 00 ?? 00 324 * Visionnet Hammer 5400 09 00 21 00 325 * Visionnet Fireball 101 09 00 21 00 326 * Superbox S750 09 00 15 00 327 * Sogno Spark Revolution 09 00 43 00 328 329 -
wiki/pages/en/Swap
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.6.6 Swap''' [=#point3.7.8.6.6] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.70.8.6 System Infos (Back]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Swap.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 Here you can view the detailed info on the swap. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 14 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/System-Info
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8 System Info''' [=#point3.7.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/System_Info_main.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 > here you can view system wide information. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 * ([wiki:System-Status#point3.7.8.1 System Status]) 14 * ([wiki:Free-Space#point3.7.8.2 Free Space]) 15 * ([wiki:Kernel#point3.7.8.3 Kernel]) 16 * ([wiki:Mounts#point3.7.8.4 Mounts]) 17 * ([wiki:System-info-Network#point3.7.8.5 Network]) 18 * ([wiki:Ram#point3.7.8.5 Ram]) 19 * ([wiki:System-Infos#point3.7.8.6 System Infos]) 20 21 [[br]] 22 -
wiki/pages/en/System-Infos
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.6 System Info''' [=#point3.7.8.6] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/System-Info-System-Infos.jpg)]][[BR]] 7 > 8 > here you can view system wide information. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 * ([wiki:CPU#point3.7.8.6.1 Cpu]) 13 * ([wiki:Memory#point3.7.8.6.2 Memory]) 14 * ([wiki:MTD#point3.7.8.6.3 MTD]) 15 * ([wiki:Module#point3.7.8.6.4 Module]) 16 * ([wiki:Devices#point3.7.8.6.5 Devices]) 17 * ([wiki:Swap#point3.7.8.6.6 Swap]) 18 * ([wiki:Top#point3.7.8.6.7 Top]) 19 * ([wiki:prozesslist#point3.7.8.6.8 prozesslist]) 20 * ([wiki:USB#point3.7.8.6.9 USB]) 21 22 [[br]] 23 -
wiki/pages/en/System-Status
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.1 System Status''' [=#point3.7.8.1] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/System-Status.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can view the system status of the receiver. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/System-Update
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.7 System Update''' [=#point3.5.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/system-System_Update.jpg)]][[BR]] 7 > 8 >here you can proform a system update 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 ||'''Flashupdate (Online):''' ||Update flashmemory from online Library.|| 14 ||'''Flashupdate (tmp):''' ||Update Flashmemory from tmp.|| 15 ||'''USBupdate (tmp):''' ||Update USB device from tmp.|| 16 17 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 18 19 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/System-info-Network
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.4 Network''' [=#point3.7.8.4] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back)]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/System-info-Network.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can view info on you network interface. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/TPK-Install
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.4.4 TPK Install (Online)''' [=#point3.4.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/extensions_TPK-Install(Online).jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 >here you can install plugins from from the online repo 9 10 11 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/TPK-Media
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.4.6 TPK Media (Media)''' [=#point3.4.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/extensions_TPK-Install(Media).jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 >Here you can install tpk plugins from a local source 9 10 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/TPK-Remove
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.4.7 TPK Remove''' [=#point3.4.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) 4 > 5 > 6 >Menu Picture place holder: 7 > 8 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/TPK_Remove.jpg)]][[BR]] 9 > 10 >here you can remove your tpk plugins 11 12 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/TPK-Tmp
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.4.5 Installieren (TMP)''' [=#point3.4.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/extensions_TPK-Install(tmp).jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 >here you can install tpk plugins from your tmp directory. 9 -
wiki/pages/en/TPK-Upgrade
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.4.3 TPK Upgrade''' [=#point3.4.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/extensions_TPK-upgrade.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 >here you can automatically upgrade your installed plugins from the online repo 9 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Testpage
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 3 4 Test code: 5 6 7 [[CollapsibleStart]] 8 9 nested text. 10 11 [[CollapsibleEnd]] 12 13 14 15 -
wiki/pages/en/Time-to-sleep
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.5.4 Time to sleep''' [=#point3.5.5.4] ([wiki:Hard-Disk#point3.5.5 Hard Disk (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Time-to-sleep.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can configure your harddisk sleep settings. 9 [[br]] 10 11 12 13 14 [[BR]] -
wiki/pages/en/Timeshift-Settings
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.7 Timeshift Settings''' [=#point3.6.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Timeshift_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 10 Here you can edit your timeshift settings 11 12 [[br]] 13 14 ||'''Timeshift Type''' ||Select the operation mode of the timeshift function.|| 15 ||'''After Timshift:''' ||If timshift is stopped what function that should the reciever do.|| 16 ||'''Ask on channel switch:''' ||Ask what to do with the timeshift file on channel change.|| 17 ||'''Use Numeric Keys:''' ||use the numeric keys to control the timeshift skip and jump functions.|| 18 19 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 20 21 [[br]] 22 ---- -
wiki/pages/en/Timezone
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.3 Timezone''' [=#point3.6.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Timezone.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >here you can change your timezone. 10 11 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Titan-Changelog
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.6 Titan Changelog''' [=#point3.7.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Titan_Changelog.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 > here you can view the git changelog. 10 11 [[br]] 12 -
wiki/pages/en/Top
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.6.7 Top''' [=#point3.7.8.6.7] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back)]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Top.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 Here you can view the detailed Process info. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 14 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Translation
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''16 Translation''' [=#point16] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 7 '''The initial english section and Translation was provided By Professor_jonny''' 8 9 You may contact me on the AAF forum if you have any suggestions or additions to add to the wiki: 10 11 ([http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/member.php?24970-professor_jonny Professor_Jonny]) -
wiki/pages/en/Troubleshooting
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''12 Troubleshooting ''' [=#point12] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 == Troubleshooting Contents == 7 8 This section explains how to formally submit a bug and provide debug logs so that this imformation is provided to the developers to action, it will explain how to use the trac ticket system to check and submit bugs for futher analisis. 9 10 * Only a __registered__ Users__ can create __Tickets__. If you are not yet registered, you can register here __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/register Register]__ 11 * The __User__ must be logged in, You can __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/login Login]__ here 12 * To achieve a faster and easier __trouble shooting__, we now offer the __Ticketsytem__. That way you can directly pinpoint your __error__ to the competent __Developer__. In the next steps we will explain the new __Ticketsystem__.[[Br]] 13 * First, check the existing __ Tickets__ if the error has already been reported. This is done as follows. [[Br]] 14 * Click the button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report View Tickets]__ or go directly to __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__.[[br]] 15 * Click on __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Search]__ and tick the __Tickets__ and begin the search. 16 * Here you can see the current __active Tickets__, if the same error is listed, you can attach your error message to the __Ticket__.[[Br]] 17 18 19 please select an item below for more information. 20 21 * ([#point12.1 12.1 Bug Reporting]) 22 * ([#point12.2 12.2 Bug Update]) 23 * ([#point12.3 12.3 Bug Resolve]) 24 * ([#point12.4 12.4 Debuglevel]) 25 * ([#point12.5 12.5 Debug logging]) 26 [[br]] 27 28 ---- 29 '''12.1 Report a new Error''' [=#point12.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 30 ---- 31 32 * You have discovered a new bug and it has not been reported so you want to create a new ticket[[br]] 33 * Click the button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/newticket New Ticket]__[[br]] 34 * The following fields __need__ to be filled in.[[Br]] 35 * __Summary:__ 36 - This is the __displayed name__ of the reported error[[br]] 37 * __Description:__ 38 - Copy the link from the __[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Board (Community)]__ where the posting was made. 39 - If no posting excists in the __Community__ you can describe the error here.[[br]] 40 * __Component:__ 41 - Set the critaria suiting the error so the appropriate __Developer__ is informed.[[br]] 42 * __Responsible:__ 43 - Here the ticket can explicitly be assigned to a specific __Developer__. 44 * The following fields can be __filled in__. [[Br]] 45 * __Priority:__ 46 - Blocker - __very urgent__ the __ticket__ requires urgent attention. 47 - Critical - __urgent__ other tickets or processes depend upon this error. 48 - Major - __standard__ urgency (__default__). 49 - Minor - __minor__ has a lot of time and __is not so important__. 50 - trivial - __of no importance__ has even more time and __is least__ important. 51 * __Milestone:__ 52 - Default is __standard__ if a more appropriate urgency is required it can be used. 53 * __Tags__ 54 - This information is used by the __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Search]__ - is usually not specified/required. 55 * __Version:__ 56 - Is only applicable from version __2.0__ 57 * __Observer:__ 58 - Only a __Developer__ need to fill in this field if he wants to assign this ticket to a __User__, the user then sees it in __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/7 My Tickets] __ 59 60 * To complete the ticket you click on the field __create Ticket__ 61 [[br]] 62 [#point12 Top of Page] 63 ---- 64 '''12.2 Bug Update''' [=#point12.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 65 ---- 66 67 * You have discovered a bug and it has been reported but you have aditional information that may be helpfull to the developers to repair the problem or have aditional comments on the problem[[br]] 68 * Click the __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report Show Tickets]__ > __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__ or __ [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Search]__ Button and __open__ the existing.[[br]] 69 * The following fields __must__ be filled in.[[Br]] 70 * __Add comment__: 71 - Here you can add more details to the error description.[[br]] 72 * To complete the ticket you click on __Submit changes__ 73 [[br]] 74 [#point12 Top of Page] 75 ---- 76 '''12.3 Bug Resolve (Report error as completed)''' [=#point12.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 77 ---- 78 79 80 * You have discovered a previously reported bug is now fixed and want to close the ticket to inform the dev the bug is now fixed.[[br]] 81 * Click on __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report View Tickets]__ > __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__ and open the respective ticket[[br]] 82 * Scroll down to Action and set the field __resolve as__ to __fixed__ 83 * Click on the field _Submit changes__ 84 [[br]] 85 [#point12 Top of Page] 86 ---- 87 '''12.4 DebugLevel''' [=#point12.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 88 ---- 89 90 91 * In the Configuration file /mnt/config/titan.cfg you can set following debug levels 92 * Minimal: 10 93 * TopfieldVFD: 40 94 * Media Center: 50 95 * MenuList: 60 96 * Network Browser: 70 97 * Hard Disk: 80 98 * Screensaver: 90 99 * Tithek: 99 100 * Global: 100 101 * Ipkg: 130 102 * Imdb/imdbapi/TMDB: 133 103 * Eplayer: 150 104 * Tuning: 200 105 * Stream/Record/Softcam: 250 106 * Radio text: 270 107 * Subtitle: 300 108 * EPG: 400 109 * MediaDB: 777 110 * Mutexes: 900 111 * Function (in/out): 1000 112 113 * The default debug level = 10 114 [[br]] 115 [#point12 Top of Page] 116 ---- 117 '''12.5 Debug Logging''' [=#point12.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 118 ---- 119 120 Logging is a means of getting debug messages from the reciever for development and bug tracking purposes, this can be used to attach to a bug report or track ticked to assist the developer to find where a problem or bug may be traced from. 121 122 123 * You have several options for logging 124 * via Telnet: 125 * A Network connection is assential 126 * Client ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) configure the PC for Telnet session 127 * Open the Telnet session to the receiver 128 * killall -9 rcS titan 129 * Set: ([#point112.4 DebugLevel=]) 130 * titan /mnt/config/titan.cfg > /tmp/titan.error.log 2>&1 131 * To terminate logging press (ctrl+z) 132 * Copy the log file (/tmp/titan.error.log) to your PC via ftp and send it as a ticket to the respective Developer 133 * Via RS232 (serial connection) 134 * A Serial connection must consist 135 * Configure ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) on the PC for Serial 136 * Open serial session to the receiver 137 * Then send it as a ticket to the respective Developer 138 139 * Using debug Images you can also query the kernel messages via a telnet session 140 * Network connection must exist 141 * Configure ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) on the PC for Serial 142 * Open serial session to the receiver 143 * cat/proc/kmsg > /tmp/titan.kernel.log 2>&1 144 * To terminate logging press (ctrl+z) 145 * Copy the log file (/tmp/titan.kernel.log) to your PC via ftp and send it as a ticket to the respective Developer 146 [[br]] 147 [#point12 Top of Page] -
wiki/pages/en/Tuner-Configuration
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.1.1 Tuner Configuration''' [=#point3.5.1.1] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Tuner-Configuration.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can setup your tuner and proform a channel scan. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 work in progress temp data: 13 14 ||'''Tuner 0/0''' ||Select the conection method for tuner 0.|| 15 ||'''Tuner 1/1''' ||Select the conection method for tuner 1.|| 16 17 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 18 19 '''Coloured Button's Functions''' 20 21 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Tuner configuration menu. 22 Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 23 24 ||'''Red Button: (Edit tuner)''' ||Edit the settings for the selected tuner please see ([#point103.50.1.2 advanced tuner settings menu]) for more info.|| 25 ||'''Green Button: (Edit motor)''' ||Edit the motor settings for the selected tuner.|| 26 27 28 >'''Advanced Tuner Settings Menu''' [=#point103.50.1.2] 29 30 31 32 ||'''Satellite type''' ||Select the tuner to lnb connection method (Diseqc, Single or Expert.|| 33 ||'''sat (number)''' ||select the satelite name connected.|| 34 ||'''Diseqc:''' ||Select the port for the selected satellite.|| 35 ||'''Lnb/ Unicable''' ||Bring up a the lnb settings for the selected satellite, select this item and press the red button set and adjust these settings see ([#point103.50.1.3 Advanced LNB settings menu]) for more info.|| 36 37 >'''Advanced LNB Settings Menu''' [=#point103.50.1.3] 38 39 ''This menu contains the advanced lnb settings'' 40 41 ||'''Voltage Mode''' ||Selects the lnb voltage function.|| 42 ||'''Tone Mode''' ||Selects the lnb tone function.|| 43 ||'''LOF/ unicable''' ||select the lnb type and lnb frequency settings for it.|| 44 45 46 '''Red Button: (Unicable manufacturer.''' select the unicable lnb manufacturer 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 -
wiki/pages/en/USB
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.6.9 Usb''' [=#point3.7.8.6.9] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back)]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/USB.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 Here you can view the detailed info on the ubb hosts and devices. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 14 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/USB-Device
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.18.3 USB Device''' [=#point3.5.18.3] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) 4 > 5 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Autostart_Settings-USB_device.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 Here you can check and adjust autostart settings for usb devices. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 ||'''Load Partition:''' ||Auto load partitions from usb devices on startup.|| 14 ||'''NTFS write:''' ||Set the ntfs write option or driver.|| 15 ||'''Swap:''' ||enable swap file on usb device.|| 16 ||'''Swap Size:''' ||set the max size for the swap file on usb devices.|| 17 18 19 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. -
wiki/pages/en/VFDisplay
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.6 VFDisplay''' [=#point3.5.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/system-VFDisplay.jpg)]][[BR]] 7 > 8 >Here you can edit the settings of the VFDisplay 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 ||'''Brightness''' || use the D-pad keys to adjust the brightness of the VFD.|| 14 ||'''Standby Brightness:''' || use the D-pad keys to adjust the brightness of the VFD.|| 15 ||'''Show in VFD:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is running.|| 16 ||'''Show in Standby:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is in standby.|| 17 ||'''Behavior at Recording:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is recording.|| 18 ||'''LED Brightness Running''' || set the brightness of the led when the system is running.|| 19 ||'''LED Brightness Standby''' || set the brightness of the led when the system is in standby.|| 20 21 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 22 23 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/en/Versions
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 3 ---- 4 '''6 Versions''' [=#point6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 5 ---- 6 7 For the latest version of TitanNit please visit the [http://www.aaf-digital.info AAF-Board] 8 9 '''USB Release History''' 10 11 * Atevio7000 tiTan pre Alpha USB 12 13 * ATevio7000 tiTan pre Alpha v1.2a USB 14 15 ''Flash Release History'' 16 17 '''tiTan pre Alpha''' 18 19 '''tiTan pre Alpha v1.2a''' 20 21 Changelog Version 1.2A 22 23 - Protect Channel Free Time function 24 - Switches off after Pineingabe all channels for an adjustable time free 25 - Virtual keyboard as input means for input boxes on help -/Text button 26 - Fixes in Deep Standby / Record / Timeshift 27 - TV / Radio on bluekey can be laid 28 - Aktualisert station list 29 - Minor fixes 30 - Radio station list 31 32 [[br]] 33 34 ---- 35 '''Titan version 1.23''' 36 ---- 37 38 39 Changelog Version 1.23 : 40 41 - Kernel update on stm24 P211 42 - TMDB / imdb / imdbapi fixed 43 - Tithek youtube fix 44 - Add mhw and MHW2 45 - One step OpenTV 46 - One step dvb -t 47 - Shut-off timer in the web 48 - Display setting to in the Infobar of every consignment - 49 - Fix newsletter on and off 50 - Fix blind scan 51 - Fix gmediarender pic view 52 - Fix nas share as record mount 53 - Load save video mode in mc 54 - Fix autostart dlna 55 - Fix eth0 = off 56 - Fix manual imdb scan 57 - Add info button to miniplayer 58 - Add news category to tithek mainmenu 59 - Add temp to sort miniplayer 60 - Fix myvideo 61 - Add short epg / press 0 in channel list 62 - Fix MediaDB 63 - Fix webif cable 64 - Fix -> set cursor to next cammera 65 - Update all skins 66 - Wlan optimize 67 - Fix patches for lcd support 68 - Update Settings and Picons 69 - Fix boot logo 70 - Add start script before tv 71 - Fix driver patch 72 - Change adjust skin 73 - Fix blinking clock 74 - Fix formula auto volume change 75 - Fix rectimer after event 76 - Optimize tithek 77 - Fix mute on channel switch 78 79 [[br]] 80 81 ---- 82 '''Titan Version 1.24''' 83 ---- 84 85 86 - Changelog Version 1.24 87 88 - New Channel List 89 - Library continued to improve 90 - EPG improved 91 - Format ext3 92 - Hard drive detection improved ( File Check ) 93 - Improved search settings - 94 - Added marker for recording - 95 - Add resettv to begin of HbbTV start 96 - Add facebook, gmediarender , call monitor , perl / samsung lcd, zapback picture 97 - Add Atemio preview videos 98 - Fix transponder 99 - Change wlan driver 100 - Add slow motion 101 - Fix picons 102 - Fix AddConfig vol 103 - Fix jfs 104 - Fix weather 105 - Add -D cable swap Picons 106 - Update almost all skins : fix choiceminitv , add usecec & change name ... 107 - Fix play marker 108 - Tithek add cache playback ( 10mb/180s ) 109 - Update picons white70 THX matze70 110 - Update unitymedia cable THX Settings caliban 111 - Add picon sat1 gold transparent 112 - Add picons transparent Syfy HD and 13th HD 113 - Update sat default settings 114 - Tithek add new hoster 115 - Use ext3 as default format hdd 116 - Show different channel name in scan list 117 - Add cec support / titanium not only the driver 118 - Fix timer 119 - Add DVB-T, Support THX gost 120 - Fix blind scan settings 121 - Update channel Ulyanov sat 122 - Update channel sat default 123 - Update matze70 default settings 124 - Update Settings matze70 new design 125 - Fix miniplayer 126 - Update almost all skins : add cross control , emucontrol & MiniTV 127 - Update titan_grey swapskin (old default) 128 - Fix mute atevio7000 129 - Default skin , remove hidden = yes; cross control , emucontrol & MiniTV 130 - Update default skin , just some re - formatting 131 - At7000 little led fix 132 - Update almost all skins , at7000 led brightness 133 - Fix ... stop if not used 134 - At7000 at led brightness final 135 - Update infobar enable vol + / - on rcleft / rcright enable ch + / - on ... 136 - New weather icons 137 - Add timote 138 - Update all 0815 skins 139 - Update tobayer01 skins , small fix in epgsearch , set fontcol2 140 - Write config newsletter direct entry 141 - Add timeout newsletter and save only if no timeout 142 - Update cool & coolMiniTV swapskins 143 - Next fix ac3 increase enlarge 144 - Fix youtube 145 - Fix rectimer after event 146 - Fix for webif atevio700/7000 147 - Update vpn 148 - [ Vpn ] update tun.ko to P211 149 - Update newsletter start / stop 150 - Fix blinking clock 151 152 [[br]] 153 154 ---- 155 '''Titan Version 1.25''' 156 ---- 157 158 159 - Changelog Version 1.25 160 161 - Fixed problems when shooting and switching with multi-tuner 162 - CI module recognition improved, inter alia, Fixed maxcam and Unicam problems 163 - EPG Quick Facts added in the menu. Can also be used by pressing the " 0" are called in the station list. 164 - Automatic backup (user data such as channel lists , network settings , etc. are automatically moved from the v1.25 in a personal folder and the online update again Made . ) 165 - Update the driver for the card reader 166 - Bouquet / Favorites list change in the EPG view the << >> buttons 167 - Automatic subtitle start ( below picture and sound settings adjustable) 168 - Added Permanent Time-Shift function ( beta / trial version) OMay under Main Menu -> Settings -> TimeShift settings are activated. 169 - WLAN optimized settings 170 - Multimedia features further improved 171 - Fixed problems playing and the forward and rewind recordings 172 - Search for repetitions in the EPG view by pressing the "0" key added 173 - Easy Sleep Timer: In addition to entering the numbers can also press the << >> buttons to set the time 174 - Switch off after receiving end -shutdown on possible OIM Sleep Timer menu , press the " GREEN" for turning off " the mission end " 175 - Message added the automatic shutdown (eg after an exposure) , in which one has the opportunity to stop the shutdown. 176 - Direct retrieval of detailed information transmitter by pressing the Info button ( 2x) 177 - Einstellbar under System Settings " Second Infobar " 178 - Buffer size and resolution of Internet streams can be selected when retrieving a stream 179 - Tuner can be disabled via the menu 180 - Added · New menu item " Audio Delay " under picture and sound settings 181 - SATA port for hard drive can now be selected in System Settings (SATA Connector = internal / external) 182 - Programmed series can be stored in a separate folder now 183 - press OIM Recording Timer menu "Create Directory " button "RED" for 184 - Online Gallery / TiThek : adaptation of the menu view ( size of the images ) by pressing the menu button. 185 - [AM 7600 ] New menu item " behavior in the Title" VFDisplay menu added (flashing , fade out / in , show record ... ) . 186 - Update the icons / symbols in the Infobar , channel list and EPG view 187 188 [[br]] 189 190 ---- 191 '''Titan Version 1.30''' 192 ---- 193 194 195 - Changelog Version 1.30 196 197 - Update station list Astra 19.2 and 13.0 Hotbrid 198 - Update library 199 - Update (menu interface) Skins 200 - New bootloader i -boot 201 - Boot times AM 500/510 HD under 16 seconds 202 - Boot times AM 7500/7600 HD PVR less than 20 seconds 203 - Image output on the TV right after the turn of the device. 204 - Various boat setting 205 - Simplify installation of future firmware updates 206 - Dual boot fit ( not yet active) 207 - New: stations can be assigned to individual CI modules now 208 - Main menu à System -> CI modules at Blue button (transmitter) 209 - Support for various CI modules improved. 210 - Improving the Wi-Fi settings 211 - Added display HDD / capacity in timer overview and Media Player 212 - Setting under : Main Menu à Settings à Skin Settings 213 - Fixed menu display problems in 3D mode 214 - EPG display improved (jumps with buttons 7 and 9 possible) 215 - Improved time-shift and permanent time shift function 216 - Sleep timer improves 217 - Improved unicable Settings 218 219 [[br]] 220 221 ---- 222 '''Titan Version v1.32''' 223 ---- 224 225 226 - Changelog Version 1.32 227 228 - Atemio AM 500 HD (incl. new i-boot bootloader) 229 - Atemio AM 510 HD (incl. new i-boot bootloader) 230 - Atemio AM 7500 HD PVR (including new i-boot bootloader) 231 - Atemio AM 7600 HD PVR (including new i-boot bootloader) 232 - Atevio AV 700 HD 233 - Atevio AV 7000 HD PVR 234 - Atevio AV 7500 HD PVR (including new i-boot bootloader) 235 236 - Update Channel List Astra 19.2 and 13.0 Hotbrid 237 - Update station list Unity Media and Kabel BW 238 - Update library 239 - XXX streams / portals can be hidden in the library. (Menu button in the library press) 240 - Problem with sorting in the FileList corrected and improved 241 - Added Smart Card menu item 242 - Improved file manager / file browser 243 - Hard disk indicator improved 244 - Repair function of var improves / mnt 245 - Auto Timer improves 246 - Errors in various TPK packages resolved. 247 - Record timer added in the web interface. 248 249 [[br]] 250 251 ---- 252 '''Titan 1.45iboot''' 253 ---- 254 255 256 - Changelog Version 1.32 257 258 - New iboot bootloader 259 * Memory management improved 260 * Extended Flash memory to 11MB 261 262 - Optimization of the channel search 263 - New plug-in ( TPK package) e2webserv 264 - Problem with subtitles resolved 265 - 2x rcyellow add to player for subtitle 266 - Support of 4TB hard drives 267 - Update Video Player 268 - Problem sorting the provider corrected 269 - EPG search improves 270 - Fixed problem with dlna 271 - Problem with NSFB and Call Monitor resolved 272 - Subtitle and EPG PID is stored in the recording 273 - ARD library added 274 - Update imdbfolder 275 - Update the various menu languages 276 - File Browser improves 277 - Swap mount problem solved 278 - Memory test before plugin installation added 279 - Installation of TPK packages improved. 280 - Installation FLASH (FLASH) : install in flash memory is deleted after a firmware update . 281 - MNT installation ( FLASH) : installation in the flash, still present after firmware update. 282 - SWAP installation (USB or HDD): Installing to USB / HDD , still present after image update . 283 - Titan -plugin- keymaps -neutrino • Fixed problems with plug 284 - Update all Skins 285 - Media Player improves 286 - improved CI module support 287 - Update Web Interface 288 - Added EPG Webtimer 289 - Screenshot Auto Refresh 290 - Fixed problem with recording button 291 - Update the list of channels 292 - unicable function ( single-cable ) improved 293 - Problems with unicable receiving fixed 294 - Permanent Time shift function improved. With the Play button can now be called up again the recording folder . 295 - improved WLAN function 296 - Added function to backup / restore settings 297 - Update the screen saver 298 - Support for ext4 -> storage media can be formatted now available in ext4 . 299 - Plug-in ( TPK packets) 300 - improved auto- timer plugin 301 - channel lists revised 302 - New plug Enigma2 WebIf API ( network) only . 303 * Allows access to TitanNit by an E2 clients (eg dreaMote App on Iphone ) . After installing the program on a Atemio receiver with TitanNit it is possible by means of an E2 - clients to control the receiver to stream channels and recordings , and manage the timer. This works both with a corresponding app on iOS or on a PC (or Raspberry Pi ) with the XBMC software ( VU +). 304 * We tested dreaMote Lite , dreaMote , e2RemoteHD and Dreambox Live on iOS , and with XBMC under Windows7 and Raspberry Pi 305 - Zapback advertising Zapper PlugIn 306 - Fixed problems with TPK packages "open VPN " and " gemediarender " 307 308 [[br]] 309 310 ---- 311 '''Titan 1.47iboot''' 312 ---- 313 314 315 - Changelog Version 1.32 316 317 - In the Media Center was "start at the last position" fixed. 318 - The RC Recall function for the Atemio 520 was installed. 319 - For remote controls, the RC-resolution and the RC mute on the Atevio700/7000 and Atemio 7600 all key bindings now work correctly. 320 - The resolution function has been extended for Scart and YUV. 321 - The recording of the screen shoot for the background image is taken after 10 min of recording, the recording is shorter then the first frame is taken. 322 - The Screenshoot function in Media Center on the Record button fixed. 323 - In the web interface at the Screenshoot now the video display plus the OSD will display. 324 - In the Media Center automatic TMDB / imdb wallpapers search has been fixed. 325 - The manual search in imdb has been fixed. 326 - Satellite channel lists default and adjusted TPK updates. 327 328 [[br]] 329 330 ---- 331 '''Titan 1.49iboot''' 332 ---- 333 334 335 - Changelog Version 1.47 336 337 - Changed hard drives formatting 338 - Revised Mount System 339 - Cutting function of the recordings 340 - Setting Updates 341 - HBBTV removed, thus in the image more Ram 342 - Library revised 343 - Panel Functions in the Image Settings 344 - Shifted Flash labels down 345 - Installed Screenshoot with video - 346 - Mediatheques local search built 347 - Complete base image was updated 348 - Vizcam, mod oscam and oscam away YMOD 349 - Web browser favorites update 350 - Fix mute button 351 - Marker autoseek 352 - Fix gbox config 353 - Fixed TPK updates 354 - Update the channel lists for TPK and default list 355 - Adapted picons for new stations 356 - Skins adapted for new functions in the menus 357 358 [[br]] 359 360 ---- 361 '''Titan 1.50iboot''' 362 ---- 363 The following ticket fixed: 364 365 - Internal Player - rewind does not work 366 - General - When updating the 520 one also sees the 5200 updates 367 - General - Web interface rc rc code image and adaptable boxes mipsel for both missing 368 - Audio - ac3 sound <- in tv mode has no influence lautstärle leveler 369 - LCD - Display AM 5000 370 - Ci - ci modules 371 - Media Center - Desktop Wallpaper Media Center missing 372 - General - plug-ins and settings will be lost after each update 373 - External player - volume leveler no effective 374 - Gui - showiframe still does not work 375 - Tuner - Second Tuner ( plug-in) will not appear in the 5200 / recognized 376 - General - Press CH up / down reversed 377 - component1 - xupnpd as a DLNA server 378 - Skins - ... infobar closed from tobayer 379 - Gui - hdd format it will not be displayed dateisyteme closed 380 - TitanNit - no record in standby 381 - System - NTFSwrite parameter resume in closed settings 382 - General - The wysiwyg display at the wiki editing brings erroneous entries 383 - General - Protection of minors has no effect 384 - General - [ Am520 ] flashing display for remote control operation 385 - General - shift caused by transmitters reboot the box 386 - General - scripts before and after shooting 387 - System - menu item will change color saturation color temperature 388 - General - Recovery time ( recoverrun ) is not saved 389 - TiThek - No thumbnails of each video in the TiThek 390 - General - Review Dutch translation 391 392 [[br]] 393 394 ---- 395 '''Titan 1.53iboot''' 396 ---- 397 The following ticket fixed: 398 399 all 400 - Revised channel lists 401 - Reworked skins 402 - LCD perl fixed 403 - Fix oscam nightly 404 - online Library extended (FilmOn TV) 405 - Improved channel search 406 - Picon adapted and added new channels 407 - deleted the 320x240 Picon Samsung LCD, please the X-Light install transparent. 408 409 mipsel 410 - WLAN Fixed Atemio 5200 411 - Allow for e2 Telnet and FTP Atemio 5200 412 413 ---- 414 '''Titan 1.55iboot''' 415 ---- 416 Changelog: 417 418 - Added language files 419 - Fixed Skins 420 - Fixed Library (eg, rtl, RTL2, Super RTL, rtlnitro, ntv, vox, etc.) and added new hoster and inserted an improved search function 421 - Improved web interface (added online and off line help) 422 - Added IP boxes 423 - Added Ufs913 424 - Extended transponder and Settings 425 - Add PIP and installed Oled Skins for Atemio Nemesis 426 - EMU installation removed in Flash and configs extended -
wiki/pages/en/Video-Player
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.2.2 Video Player''' [=#point3.2.2]([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Video_Player.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >here you can play movies. 10 11 12 13 [[br]] 14 ---- 15 '''Coloured Button's Functions''' 16 17 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 18 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 19 20 ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 21 ||'''Green Button: (Filelist-Mode)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.|| 22 ||'''Yellow Button: (Random)''' ||select random play mode.|| 23 ||'''Blue Button: (Repeat)''' ||Select Repeat play mode.|| 24 ||'''Menu Button: (Menu)''' ||This will show an advanced settings menu for the media player see below for more info on the functions contained with in this menu.|| 25 26 ---- 27 '''Advanced Media Player Menu''' 28 29 [[br]] 30 31 videos: 32 ||'''Sort:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 33 ||'''View:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.|| 34 ||'''MediaDB Autoscan:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.|| 35 ||'''Default Directory:''' ||Set the default directory to display when the media player opens.|| 36 ||'''Use Last Directory:''' ||open the last used directory when the media player opens.|| 37 ||'''Backdrop Interval:''' ||sets the change time of the background picture|| 38 39 '''Coloured Button's Functions''' 40 41 42 ||'''Red Button: (Network)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 43 ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.|| 44 45 ---- 46 -
wiki/pages/en/Video-Settings
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.14 Video Settings''' [=#point3.6.14] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Video_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 10 here you can change your video display settings select a menu item and use the d pad left and right to adjust the setting see a list of a available settigs below. 11 12 [[br]] 13 14 ||'''Brightness:''' ||Here you can edit the brightness of the display.|| 15 ||'''Contrast:''' ||Here you can edit the Contrast of the display.|| 16 ||'''Tint:''' ||Here you can edit the Tint of the display.||.|| 17 18 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Video Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 19 20 [[br]] 21 ---- 22 23 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 24 25 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 26 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 27 28 ||'''Red Button: (Default)''' ||This will reset the Video settings to the default setting.|| -
wiki/pages/en/WLAN-Settings
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.4.2 WLAN Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.2] ([wiki:Network#point3.5.4 network (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/WLAN-Settings.jpg)]]br]] 7 > 8 Here you can check and adjust the settings for your wireless interface. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 ||'''SSID On Boot:''' ||Autostart the wireless interface on startup.|| 14 ||'''SSID:''' || this shows the current SSID press the __"text"__ button to edit.|| 15 ||'''Type:''' ||Set the security method.|| 16 ||'''KEY:''' ||this shows the current security key press the __"text"__ button to edit.|| 17 18 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 19 20 [[br]] 21 ---- 22 23 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 24 25 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 26 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 27 28 ||'''Text Button: (keyboard)''' ||This will show you the past log history for the wireless interface.|| 29 ||'''Red Button: (Search)''' ||This will reset the saved epg removing all program data.|| 30 ||'''Green Button: (Start)''' ||On a customisable item this will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.|| 31 ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop)''' ||Brings up the epg scan list and you may from there add aditional boquets to be scaned during an epg scan.|| 32 ||'''Blue Button: (Log)''' ||This will show you the past log history for the wireless interface.|| 33 ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will show you the information on the currently conected WLAN device.|| 34 -
wiki/pages/en/Weather
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.2.7 Weather''' [=#point3.2.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/weather.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 >Weather is where you can view the weather around the world. 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 [[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/weather_red_TEXT.jpg)]] -
wiki/pages/en/Wiki
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 {{{#!div align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 300%" 3 4 Welcome to the TitanNit Wiki 5 }}} 6 ---- 7 '''Noticeboard''' 8 ---- 9 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_3/_path_/etc/boot/bootlogo.jpg, 240px, align=right,link=http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php)]] 10 {{{#!html 11 <form action="//sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search?q" method="get"> 12 <input type="text" name="q" value="" size="30"/> 13 <input type="submit" value="Search wiki"/> 14 --> 15 </form> 16 }}} 17 18 This is the TitanNit Online Manual. Its existence is based solely on the contributions of the members of the community. 19 20 This manual remains incomplete, although it comes closer on a daily basis, as the TitanNit software is continually being developed and improved this site is repeatedly extended and adapted. 21 22 There may be functionality that does not yet exist in this manual, so please feel free to pitch in and make any changes you see fit, that way as TitanNit evolves this manual will continue to evolve as well. 23 24 If you are unsure if you should put some information in here or not, please feel free to contact us on [wiki:Contact#point15 Skype]. 25 Registered users may edit and create pages, and if you wish to access the wiki svn to upload pictures via TortiseSVN please contact us on [wiki:Contact#point15 Skype]. 26 27 For those of you who help us by contributing to this wiki might want to keep an eye on the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forumdisplay.php?278-TitanNit | TitanNit]] section in the forum, and we may be able to provide you with some developer only beta tools and updates for use to test functions and take forth comming screen shots for the wiki and to test new features. 28 29 Currently translations for other languages would be high on the list if you are able to help with translation's on the wiki go for it if you are able to help with gui translations please see [wiki:External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor#point9.6 TitanNitLanguageEditor] for information on creating and submitting these to the devs. 30 31 This manual was created in order to help the users of TitanNit as a place to consolidate the information accrued over the years on the AAFforum and to tap in the flow of information from the developers. 32 33 Please note that information on Emus, Illegal decryption of channels, card sharing and the like is not allowed, any information placed on this wiki is up for editing and modification by the community so don't get angry if it is removed or edited. 34 35 NO copyrighted content is to be placed on this wiki if you are not the copyright holder of pictures or information placed on here or blatently copy works from other sources you may be banned from the wiki and or forum. 36 37 ---- 38 '''Contents Section''' ([WikiStart#point0 Main page(language select)]) 39 [[br]] 40 ---- 41 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto" 42 {{{#!table style="border: none" 43 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 44 {{{#!div style="float: left" 45 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Quick-Start-Guide.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Quick-Start-Guide#point0 Quick Start Guide])]] 46 }}} 47 '''[wiki:Quick-Start-Guide#point0 Quick Start Guide]'''[[br]] 48 {{{#!div style="float: left 49 This section contains the quick start guide where users can set up titanin a short precise way. 50 }}} 51 }}} 52 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 53 {{{#!div style="float: left" 54 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History.png,align=left,link=[wiki:History#point1 TitanNit Info])]] 55 }}} 56 '''[wiki:History#point1 TitanNit Info]'''[[br]] 57 {{{#!div style="float: left 58 This section contains background information in reguards to TitanNit 59 }}} 60 }}} 61 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 62 {{{#!div style="float: left" 63 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Functions#point2 Interface Elements])]] 64 }}} 65 '''[wiki:Functions#point2 Interface Elements]'''[[br]] 66 {{{#!div style="float: left 67 This setion contains information on the interface of TitanNit 68 }}} 69 }}} 70 |---- 71 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 72 {{{#!div style="float: left" 73 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Interface-Operation.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Interface-Operation#point3 Interface and Operation])]] 74 }}} 75 '''[wiki:Interface-Operation#point3 Interface and Operation]'''[[br]] 76 {{{#!div style="float: left 77 This section shows the interface and menu structure within TitanNit 78 }}} 79 }}} 80 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 81 {{{#!div style="float: left" 82 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point3.9 Remote/ Device Control contents])]] 83 }}} 84 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point3.9 Remote/ Device Control]'''[[br]] 85 {{{#!div style="float: left 86 This section contains information on the control of titan from the various remote interfaces 87 }}} 88 }}} 89 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 90 {{{#!div style="float: left" 91 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Architecture-Programming#point4 Architecture and Programming])]] 92 }}} 93 '''[wiki:Architecture-Programming#point4 Architecture and Programming]'''[[br]] 94 {{{#!div style="float: left 95 This section contains information on the the various architecture and programming information regarding TitanNit 96 }}} 97 }}} 98 |---- 99 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 100 {{{#!div style="float: left" 101 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Versions.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Versions#point6 Versions])]] 102 }}} 103 '''[wiki:Versions#point6 Versions]'''[[br]] 104 {{{#!div style="float: left 105 This section explains the different versions of TitanNit and their differences. 106 }}} 107 }}} 108 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 109 {{{#!div style="float: left" 110 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Supported-Recievers.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers])]] 111 }}} 112 '''[wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers]'''[[br]] 113 {{{#!div style="float: left 114 This section details the supported receiver models in TitanNit. 115 }}} 116 }}} 117 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 118 {{{#!div style="float: left" 119 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Installation-Recovery.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Installation-Recovery#point8 Installation / Recovery])]] 120 }}} 121 '''[wiki:Installation-Recovery#point8 Installation / Recovery]'''[[br]] 122 {{{#!div style="float: left 123 This section contains information on how to install and recover your titan installation. 124 }}} 125 }}} 126 |---- 127 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 128 {{{#!div style="float: left" 129 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software#point9 External Software])]] 130 }}} 131 '''[wiki:External-Software#point9 External Software]'''[[br]] 132 {{{#!div style="float: left 133 This section explains external software for use with TitanNit. 134 }}} 135 }}} 136 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 137 {{{#!div style="float: left" 138 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Contents#point10 Plugins])]] 139 }}} 140 '''[wiki:Plugins-Contents#point10 Plugin]'''[[br]] 141 {{{#!div style="float: left 142 This section will show you the various plugins available for titan and their source codes. 143 }}} 144 }}} 145 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 146 {{{#!div style="float: left" 147 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Development.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Development#point11 Development])]] 148 }}} 149 '''[wiki:Development#point11 Development]'''[[br]] 150 {{{#!div style="float: left 151 This section details information on how to develop plugins for TitanNit. 152 }}} 153 }}} 154 |---- 155 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 156 {{{#!div style="float: left" 157 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Troubleshooting.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Troubleshooting#point12 Troubleshooting])]] 158 }}} 159 '''[wiki:Troubleshooting#point12 Troubleshooting]'''[[br]] 160 {{{#!div style="float: left 161 This section explains using the trac bug system. 162 }}} 163 }}} 164 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 165 {{{#!div style="float: left" 166 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Manufactures.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Manufactures#point13 Manufactures])]] 167 }}} 168 '''[wiki:Manufactures#point13 Manufacturers]'''[[br]] 169 {{{#!div style="float: left 170 This section will show you information about various manufacturers of TitanNit capable hardware. 171 }}} 172 }}} 173 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 174 {{{#!div style="float: left" 175 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Community.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Community#point14 Community])]] 176 }}} 177 '''[wiki:Community#point14 Community]'''[[br]] 178 {{{#!div style="float: left 179 This section details information on how to get support for titan. 180 }}} 181 }}} 182 |---- 183 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 184 {{{#!div style="float: left" 185 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Contact.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Contact#point15 Contact])]] 186 }}} 187 '''[wiki:Contact#point15 Contact]'''[[br]] 188 {{{#!div style="float: left 189 This section has info on how to contact the TitanNit Team. 190 }}} 191 }}} 192 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 193 {{{#!div style="float: left" 194 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Translation.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Translation#point16 Translation])]] 195 }}} 196 '''[wiki:Translation#point16 Translation]'''[[br]] 197 {{{#!div style="float: left 198 This section is for wiki editors to place translation marks there. 199 }}} 200 }}} 201 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 202 {{{#!div style="float: left" 203 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Disclaimer.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Disclaimer#point17 Disclaimer])]] 204 }}} 205 '''[wiki:Disclaimer#point17 Disclaimer]'''[[br]] 206 {{{#!div style="float: left 207 This section contains a legal disclaimer. 208 }}} 209 }}} 210 |---- 211 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 212 {{{#!div style="float: left" 213 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Testpage.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Testpage#point17 Testpage])]] 214 }}} 215 '''[wiki:Testpage#point17 Testpage]'''[[br]] 216 {{{#!div style="float: left 217 This is a test page for testing wiki code 218 }}} 219 }}} 220 221 }}} 222 }}} 223 ---- 224 '''Screenshots of the interface''' 225 ---- 226 {{{#!div align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 300%" 227 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Mainmenu.jpg, 250px)]] 228 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Recordsand_EPG.jpg, 250px)]] 229 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Media_Center.jpg, 250px)]] 230 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Media_player.jpg, 250px)]] 231 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Extentions.jpg, 250px)]] 232 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/System.jpg, 250px)]] 233 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Settings.jpg, 250px)]] 234 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Information.jpg, 250px)]] 235 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Standby_Poweroff.jpg, 250px)]] 236 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Playback-OSD.jpg, 250px)]] 237 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/EPG-OSD.jpg, 250px)]] 238 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Internal-Player-OSD.jpg, 250px)]] 239 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Favourite-OSD.jpg, 250px)]] 240 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Control.jpg, 250px)]] 241 [[br]] 242 }}} -
wiki/pages/en/WikiStart
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 {{{#!div align=center style="border: none; font-size: 300%" 3 Welcome to the TitanNit Project 4 }}} 5 ---- 6 7 {{{#!div align=center style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 8 [=#point0]'''please select your language''' : 9 10 ||= '''[wiki:de/Wiki#point0 Deutsch]''' =||= '''[wiki:en/Wiki#point0 English]''' =||= '''[wiki:fr/Wiki#point0 Français]''' =||= '''[wiki:gr/Wiki#point0 ελληνικός]''' =||= '''[wiki:it/Wiki#point0 Italiano]''' =||= '''[wiki:nl/Wiki#point0 Nederlands]''' =||= '''[wiki:pl/Wiki#point0 Polski]''' =||= '''[wiki:ru/Wiki#point0 Русский]''' =||= '''[wiki:vn/Wiki#point0 Vietnam]''' =|| 11 ||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/de.png,link=wiki:de/Wiki#point0)]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/en.png,link=wiki:en/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/fr.png,link=wiki:fr/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/GR/gr.png,link=wiki:gr/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/it.png,link=wiki:it/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/nl.png,link=wiki:nl/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/PL/pl.png,link=wiki:pl/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/ru.png,link=wiki:ru/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/vn.png,link=wiki:vn/Wiki#point0))]] =|| 12 [[br]] 13 [[br]] 14 }}} 15 16 17 18 ''' [wiki:TitleIndex#point Title Index] '''[[br]] 19 '''[wiki:Wiki-Help-Contents#point0 Wiki Help Contents]''' -
wiki/pages/en/prozesslist
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.6.8 Prozesslist''' [=#point3.7.8.6.8] ([WikiStart#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/prozesslist.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can view the detailed Process info. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/AV-Settings
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.1 AV Settings''' [=#point3.6.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/AV-Settings.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 > here you can setup your audio and visual settings. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 ||'''Resolution (Default)''' ||Set the default resolution of the decoder.|| 14 ||'''Resolution Current:''' ||Shows the current resolution of the decoder.|| 15 ||'''Auto Resolution:''' ||Do you want the EPG file to be deleted after being read.|| 16 ||'''Policy:''' ||If the image does not suit the screen format what method shuld the decoder use to best fill the display.|| 17 ||'''Aspect:''' ||Set the aspect ratio of the display.|| 18 ||'''Colour Format''' ||Set the colour format of the hdmi output.|| 19 ||'''Colour Format Scart/ Composite:''' ||Set the colour format of the composite and scart output.|| 20 ||'''Audio Source:''' ||Select the audio source format.|| 21 ||'''Ac3 Default:''' ||Do you wish for the default audio format to be AC3.|| 22 ||'''Ac3 Mode:''' ||Set the output conversion format of the AC3 stream.|| 23 ||'''Audio Delay:''' ||Set the delay or advance time of the audio signal to sync it with the video signal.|| 24 ||'''Inc AC3 Audio in %:''' ||Increace ac3 audio volume in % of total volume.|| 25 ||'''3D Mode:''' ||Output the tv signal in side by side or vertical 3d format.|| 26 ||'''two step mute:''' ||Set the default function of the mute button lower volume then mute or just mute.|| 27 ||'''automatic restart last subtitle:''' ||load the last used subtitle when playing back a recording or stream.|| 28 ||'''Sound ampflier (tv modus/ internal player)''' ||Increace the volume amplification when watching tv or using the default media player.|| 29 ||'''Sound ampflier (external player)''' ||Increace the volume amplification when using a third party media player.|| 30 31 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 32 33 34 35 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/About
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''About''' [=#point3.70.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point103.70 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/about.jpg)]][[BR]] 7 > 8 > here you fiew information about the installed titan image. 9 10 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/Adaptor-Settings
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 3 >---- 4 >'''3.5.4.1 Adaptor Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.1] ([#point3.5.1 network (Back]) 5 > 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Adaptor-Settings.jpg)]]br]] 8 > 9 Here you can check and adjust the settings for your Eithernet Interface. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 14 15 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the settings menu. 16 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 17 18 ||'''Red Button: (Edit)''' ||This will bring up the edit interface dialogue of the selected Eithernet interface.|| 19 ||'''Green Button: (Hostname)''' ||This will bring up the Hostname dialogue allowing you to edit the host name of the reciever.|| -
wiki/pages/fr/Adjust
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.6 Adjust''' [=#point3.6.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]] 7 > 8 >Here you can adjust various other settings of the decoder. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 ||'''Volume Bar Timeout''' ||How long the Volume Bar should display after chang of the volume.|| 13 ||'''Infobar Sleep:''' ||timeperiod until the Infobar appears|| 14 ||'''Infobar Timeout:''' ||How long the Infobar should display after being displayed.|| 15 ||'''Second Infobar:''' ||what function should happen of a second press of the info key.|| 16 ||'''Virtualzap Timeout:''' ||???|| 17 ||'''Spinnerspeed:''' ||How fast the animated hourglass display should move.|| 18 ||'''SpinnerTime:''' ||??? || 19 ||'''Hangtime:''' ||How long to wait for something to happen before bringing up the crash display.|| 20 || '''Fastzap:''' ||Use fast channel switching.|| 21 ||'''Dont Clear TV on Zap (Only on Fastzap):'''|| keep the picture on the display during channel change but not during fast channel change. || 22 ||'''Faststop:''' ||???. || 23 ||'''Dir Sort:''' ||Select the mode for sorting directorys in file list displays. || 24 ||'''Power Action:''' ||Function to preform on operation of the power button (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By) ETC... || 25 ||'''Fast Text Renderer:''' ||Use the hack Fasttext renderer to increace the speed of text displays. || 26 ||'''Record Split Size:''' ||Set the size of recording files and break apart if the recording excedes the selected size. || 27 ||'''Record Forerun (Min):''' ||Set the amout of time to pre record before the start of a timer recording. || 28 ||'''Record Overrun (Min):''' ||Set the amout of time to record after a timer recording has finished.|| 29 ||'''Set Action After Record:''' ||Set the function to preform after a recording or timer has finished.|| 30 ||'''Skip 1/3:''' ||Set the playback skip time when you press the buttons 1 and 3. || 31 ||'''Skip 4/6:''' ||Set the playback skip time when you press the buttons 4 and 6. || 32 ||'''Skip 7/9:''' ||Set the playback skip time when you press the buttons 7 and 9. || 33 ||'''Change Channelname Auto:''' ||Automatically change the channel name if it changes or new channels replace old ones. || 34 ||'''Show Time Line in Channel list:''' ||Show the time display in the channel list display. || 35 ||'''Animated Screens:''' ||Use anamated displays in the GUI. || 36 ||'''Animated Speed:''' ||Set the speed of the anamated displays in the GUI if anamated displaus is enabled. || 37 ||'''Channel List View:''' ||Should the channel list view be automatically hidden. || 38 ||'''Show Last Position Question:''' ||During the startup of a media file do you wish to be asked where should the play start from. || 39 ||'''Resync Recording Immediatly:''' ||During recording ignore data buffer and sync recording imediatly. || 40 ||'''Recording Name:''' ||Change the default format of the name of the recording. || 41 ||'''Newsletter:''' ||Show the news letter on startup. || 42 ||'''Show Hidden Files:''' ||Show files that are makked as hidden in file list displays. || 43 ||'''Expert Mode:''' ||Set expert mode to enable advanced functions. || 44 ||'''Show Infobar on Program Change:''' ||Show the infobar when the channel is displayed. || 45 ||'''Use Cross Control for Fast Zapping and Volume Control:''' ||Use the d-pad buttons for fastzap and volume control. || 46 ||'''Deactivate Cript Support on Media Playback:''' ||Disable CA and Smartcard decoding when playing back a media file. || 47 ||'''Deactivate Mini TV:''' ||Disable the mini TV picture when GUI elements are being displayed. || 48 ||'''Playback Buffer Size:''' ||set the size of the read ahead buffer during playback of media files for smooth playback. || 49 ||'''Time to Wait After Seek to Fill Buffer:''' ||Pausetime after seek to enable buffer to fill during playback to ensure smooth playback. || 50 ||'''Community User:''' ||Set the default username for username propmts. || 51 ||'''Community Pass:''' ||Set the default Password for password propmts. || 52 53 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 54 55 [[br]] 56 ---- 57 58 -
wiki/pages/fr/Architecture-Programming
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 3 ---- 4 '''5 Architecture - programming contents''' [=#point5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 5 ---- 6 [[br]] 7 8 TitanNit is currently coded by a group of talented developers from the AAF digital Forums and is released for several different Receiver models and brands/reseller models. 9 10 This section explains the architecture and programming information that titannit is engineered on and information of the dev team and its helpers in the present and in the past. 11 12 Please select an item below for more information. 13 14 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto" 15 {{{#!table style="border: none" 16 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 17 {{{#!div style="float: left" 18 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/Architectures.png,align=left,link=[#point5.1])]] 19 }}} 20 '''([#point5.1 Architectures])'''[[br]] 21 {{{#!div style="float: left 22 Information on the various supported archetures supported by TitanNit 23 }}} 24 }}} 25 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 26 {{{#!div style="float: left" 27 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/Programming_Language.png,align=left,link=[#point5.2])]] 28 }}} 29 '''([#point5.2 Programming language])'''[[br]] 30 {{{#!div style="float: left 31 Information on the underlying programming of TitanNit. 32 }}} 33 }}} 34 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 35 {{{#!div style="float: left" 36 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/Source_Control.png,align=left,link=[#point5.3])]] 37 }}} 38 '''([#point5.3 Source control])'''[[br]] 39 {{{#!div style="float: left 40 Information on the source code and policies Of TitanNit. 41 }}} 42 }}} 43 |---- 44 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 45 {{{#!div style="float: left" 46 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/The_Dev_Team.png,align=left,link=[#point5.4])]] 47 }}} 48 '''([#point5.4 The Dev Team])'''[[br]] 49 {{{#!div style="float: left 50 Here you will find the[[BR]] members of the dev team. 51 }}} 52 }}} 53 }}} 54 }}} 55 56 ---- 57 '''5.1 Architecture''' [=#point5.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 58 ---- 59 '''SH4''' 60 61 TitanNit was first established on the SH4 (Super-H) chipset for the atemio and kathrin receivers. 62 63 The Super-H (SH4) chipset is a biendian 32bit RISC Superscaler chipset, this chipset is aimed at increacing throughput by using called instruction-level parallelism within a single core. 64 65 Originally developed for multimedia devices, gaming consoles and set top boxes and was used in the Sega's Dreamcast. 66 it has prooved popular because of its low cost and high proformance, it has found use in many low power embedded devices. 67 68 Titannit SH4 is a linux based and is based on ST micro electronics opensource linux project made for the Super-H chipset called ([http://stlinux.com/ STLinux]). 69 70 The SH4 chipset has been popular with the satellite community because of the quality of the display output due to inclusion of a high class floating point math unit and high speed bus which is the key components used for drawing graphics, the open source nature of the linux system that runs on it, since its introduction it has had many third party firmwares developed for it from different development teams. 71 72 TitanNit is Team AAF's sucessor to the AAF enigma 2 based firmware, aaf enigma is not currently developed and support has ended to futher develop TitanNit we reccomend that if current AAF Enigma users update to TitanNit for future support. 73 74 75 76 '''Mips''' 77 78 After the sucess with TitanNit on the SH4 chipset the developers then started development on the Mips chipset for use with the newly introduced Atemio 5000 series receivers. 79 80 The Mips chipset (Microprocessor without Interlocked Pipeline Stages) is a biendian 32bit RISC chipset, this chipset is aimed at increacing throughput by using deep instruction piplines combined with single cycle instruction processing. 81 82 Originally developed for the embedded market it has found use in consumer products gaming consoles and set top boxes and was used in the Nintendo 64 and three Sony Playstation products. 83 84 The chipset has prooved popular in the STB market because of the inclusion in the Dreambox Recievers that has spawned clone and copy cat receivers, but it has a draw back that it lacks finness in the picture quality department over the SH4 based receivers as explained above, it has the advantage that it has a larger user base and therfore more plugins are available currently than the sh4 chipset based recievers. 85 86 Titannit Mips is a linux based and is based on the open source project [https://github.com/oe-alliance oe-alliance]. 87 88 The Mips chipset has been popular with the satellite community because of open source nature of the dbox based firmwares since its introduction has had many third party firmwares developed for it from different development teams. 89 90 91 92 '''Future Architectures''' 93 94 There is a possibility that development may spread to other Receiver models and other architectures in the future such as the ARM architecture or PPC. 95 Future development to support more Receivers is at the mercy of the developers and also the Hardware manufacturers who support the TitanNit project. 96 97 [[br]] 98 99 ---- 100 '''5.2 Programming Language''' [=#point5.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 101 ---- 102 103 For performance reasons we have opted to use C programming language [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/C_(programming_language) wiki] 104 105 In other DBox derived products such as the dream box and VU+ they have opted for a python layer to operate on top of the operating system. 106 Python is a higher level scripting language used to define and setup elements in the gui and for an intrim language between the OS that is easily programmable. 107 This was done so that users can easily develop and manipulate the system and integrate plugins skins etc... into the system but this has a performance hit on these system and can cause them to become slow and laggy and bloated but has the benifit of being easy for the community to develop for with out knowing much about the underlying system. 108 109 The problem with this system has been that python has become so ingrained into the system and gui and often is now beyond the capibilities for the average user it was intended to used by not to mention it is a semi complicated language to learn to start with. 110 111 TitanNit adresses these key conserns and has developed as much as possible br programming in C to increase the performance of the system but still alowing ease of intergration of plugins and skins using basic scripts. 112 113 [[br]] 114 115 ---- 116 '''5.3 Source Control''' [=#point5.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 117 ---- 118 TitanNit is a semi closed source project and contains open source elements released as required by the licences of those projects. 119 120 * The basic Linux Image used in the SH4 project is the open source Project [https://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project-sh4 open-duckbox-project-sh4] 121 * The basic Linux Image used in the Mips project is the open source Project [https://github.com/oe-alliance oe-alliance] 122 * TitanNit Source is nonpublic and is only partially freed[source:/titan TitanNit Public Source] 123 * The MediaCenter is from [http://ffmpeg.org ffmpeg] and the libeplayer3 is from [https://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project sh4/tdt/source/tdt/cvs/apps/misc/tools/libeplayer3 libeplayer3] 124 * Busybox is a set of unix style tools combined into a single executable [http://www.busybox.net/] 125 126 127 [[br]] 128 129 ---- 130 '''5.4 The Dev team''' [=#point5.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 131 ---- 132 The TitanNit project is proudly produced by the AAF Dev team and other loyal members and helpers. 133 development is important aswell as the work they do to help out with such things as skin's, channel logo's and setups, translations, supplemental programs and tools, and plugins and this is a place for them to be recognized. 134 135 ''Note: currently this section is blank as I will leave it up to the developers and other loyal team members to place their mark'' 136 137 138 '''Founding DEV Team Members''' 139 140 141 '''Dev Team Members''' 142 143 144 '''Loyal Helpers''' 145 146 147 '''Team Thanks''' 148 149 We would like to thank Atemio / Atevio who helped to fund the TitanNit project and has showed interst in this project from its beginnings until now. 150 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/Atemio-Hotline
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.5 Atemio (hotline)''' [=#point3.7.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Atemio_Hotline.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 > here you can view contact info from atemio. 10 11 [[br]] 12 -
wiki/pages/fr/Audio-Player
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.2.1 Audio Player''' [=#point3.2.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Audio_Player.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 > here you can play music. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 ---- 14 '''Coloured Button's Functions''' 15 16 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 17 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 18 19 ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 20 ||'''Green Button: (Filelist-Mode)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.|| 21 ||'''Yellow Button: (Random)''' ||select random play mode.|| 22 ||'''Blue Button: (Repeat)''' ||Select Repeat play mode.|| 23 ||'''Menu Button: (Menu)''' ||This will show an advanced settings menu for the media player see below for more info on the functions contained with in this menu.|| 24 25 ---- 26 '''Advanced Media Player Menu''' 27 28 [[br]] 29 30 Audio: 31 ||'''Sort:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 32 ||'''View:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.|| 33 ||'''MediaDB Autoscan:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.|| 34 ||'''Autostart Playlist:''' ||select the autostart Playlist.|| 35 ||'''Default Directory:''' ||Set the default directory to display when the media player opens.|| 36 ||'''Use Last Directory:''' ||open the last used directory when the media player opens.|| 37 38 39 '''Coloured Button's Functions''' 40 41 42 ||'''Red Button: (Network)''' ||opens the network menu screen|| 43 ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||Edit Mode|| 44 ||'''Yellow Button: (Screensaver)''' ||opens the screensaver menu|| 45 46 ---- 47 -
wiki/pages/fr/Audio-Video-Sat
r40398 r40777 1 >---- 2 >'''3.5.18.2 Audio/ Video/ Sat''' [=#point3.5.18.2] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 3 > 4 >Menu Picture place holder: 5 > 6 > 7 Here you can check snd adjust the video audio and satellite autostart settings. 8 9 [[br]] 10 11 ||'''No Audio Sync:''' ||Don't wait for the audio buffer to fill before starting the audio stream.|| 12 ||'''Boot Resolution:''' ||set the default startup resolution.|| 13 ||'''Bootlogo:''' ||show the boot logo on startup.|| 14 ||'''Poweroff:''' ||???.|| 15 ||'''Scart on Standby:''' ||output TV Signal to scart when in standby.|| 16 ||'''Boot RGB Fix:''' ||apply the startup rgb display output mode.|| 17 ||'''Cam Routing:''' ||???.|| 18 19 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. -
wiki/pages/fr/Auto-Start-Settings
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.18 Autostart Settings''' [=#point3.6.18] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Autostart_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >here you can change the startup settings. 10 please select a menu item for more information 11 [[br]] 12 13 * ([wiki:Default-Autostart#point3.6.18.1 Default Autostart]) 14 * ([wiki:Audio-Video-Sat#point3.6.18.2 Audio/Video/Sat]) 15 * ([wiki:USB-Device#point3.6.18.3 USB Device]) 16 * ([wiki:Autostart-Network#point3.6.18.4 Network]) 17 * ([wiki:Child-Safety#point3.6.18.5 Child Safety]) 18 19 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/Automatic-Search
r40398 r40777 1 >---- 2 >'''3.5.2.1 Automatic Search''' [=#point3.5.2.1] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 3 > 4 >Menu Picture place holder: 5 > 6 > 7 Here you can proform an automatic channel scan. 8 9 [[br]] 10 11 12 13 ||'''Type of Scan''' ||The type of scan in progress (Automatic).|| 14 ||'''Scan:''' ||???.|| 15 ||'''Clear Before Scan:''' ||Select to clear channel data before scan.|| 16 ||'''Only Free to Air Services:''' ||During scan ignore pay tv services.|| 17 ||'''Blindscan:''' ||Scan for unknown satellite transponders.|| 18 ||'''Update channel Name''' ||???.|| 19 ||'''Entrys in Favourites''' ||if scaned channels are found in current favourites list what should be done.|| 20 ||'''Remove Empty Favourites''' ||Remove favourites list if they have no channels in them.|| 21 ||'''Remove Unused Channels From Favourites''' ||Remove channels from favourites that have ceased transmission.|| 22 23 24 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 25 26 '''Coloured Button's Functions''' 27 28 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 29 Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 30 31 ||'''Red Button: (Start scan)''' ||Start channel Scan with the selected settings.|| 32 ---- 33 '''After Scan Menu''' 34 ---- 35 [[br]] 36 37 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options after the scan hac sompleted menu. 38 Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 39 40 ||'''Red Button: (Save)''' ||Select a channel you wish to save and select the green button to save it in to the channel listing.|| 41 ||'''Green Button: (Save All)''' ||Store all channels in the channel listing.|| 42 43 44 45 -
wiki/pages/fr/Autostart-Network
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 === Autostart Settings === 4 '''3.6.18.4 Network''' [=#point3.6.18.4] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.6.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 5 ---- 6 7 8 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Autostart_Settings-network.jpg)]][[br]] 9 10 Here you can check and adjust autostart network settings. 11 12 [[br]] 13 14 ||'''NFS Server:''' ||enable the NFS Server on startup. || 15 ||'''Samba Server:''' ||Enable the Samba server on startup. || 16 ||'''Scan WLAN:''' ||scan for Wireless lan connections on startup. || 17 ||'''ntpdate:''' ||Alow update of the date server . || 18 19 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 20 21 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/Backup
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.8 Backup''' [=#point3.5.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/system_backup.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 Here you can run a manual backup to /tmp or /var/backup if there is insufficent free space you can use a usb device. 10 11 please ensure these folders are installed on the device for the Backup to operate. 12 13 [[br]] 14 15 To Exit from the backup menu press __"Exit"__. 16 17 [[br]] 18 ---- 19 20 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 21 22 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 23 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 24 25 ||'''Red Button: (backup)''' ||This will Start the backup process please follow the onscreen propmps.|| 26 27 [[BR]] -
wiki/pages/fr/Blind-Scan-Settings
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.1.6 Blind Scan Settings''' [=#point3.5.1.6] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Blind-Scan-Settings.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can proform a blind scan. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 ||'''Tuner type''' ||Select the recption tuner type.|| 13 ||'''Minimal Frequency:''' ||Set the mimimum frequency to scan for during blind scan.|| 14 ||'''Maximum Frequency:''' ||Set the maximum frequency to scan for during blind scan.|| 15 ||'''Step Frequency:''' ||Set the step size of the frequency in mhz from the start frequency to scan.|| 16 ||'''Minimal Signalrate:''' ||Set the minimum Signal rate to scan for during blind scan.|| 17 ||'''Maximum Signalrate''' ||Set the Maximum Signal rate to scan for during blind scan.|| 18 ||'''Step Signalrate''' ||Set the brightness of the led when the system is in standby.|| 19 ||'''Use only standard forward error correction (FEC)''' ||???.|| 20 ||'''DVB-S Services Only:''' ||Scan only for SD channels.|| 21 ||'''Only Default FEC:''' ||???.|| 22 23 ''note: not all these options are relavant or shown and it depend's on the selected tuner type'' 24 25 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 26 -
wiki/pages/fr/Blue-Button
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.5 Blue Button''' [=#point3.6.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.60 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Blue_Button.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >here you can configure what happens with the press of the blue button 10 11 12 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/CPU
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.6.1 CPU''' [=#point3.7.8.6.1] ([wiki:System-Infos#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/CPU.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can view the detailed cpu info. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/Change-Feed
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.4.2 Change Feed''' [=#point3.4.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Change_Feed.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >here you can sett up an aditional feed to obtain extra plugins not found in the online library 10 11 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/Channel-Edit
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.15 Channel Edit''' [=#point3.6.15] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Channel_Edit.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >here you can edit your channel data 10 11 12 [[br]] 13 14 ||'''Copy Service:''' ||Enable channel copy mode, this enables the user to copy channels to another boquet.|| 15 ||'''Remove Service:''' ||Enable channel remove mode, this enables the user to remove channels from the currently selected boquet.|| 16 ||'''Move Service:''' ||Enable channel move mode, this enables the user to move channels to another boquet.|| 17 ||'''Protect Service:''' ||Enable channel protect mode, this enables the user to pin protect seletcted channels in the currently selected boquet.|| 18 ||'''Rename Service:''' ||Enable channel rename mode, this enables the user to copy channels to another boquet.|| 19 ||'''Sort Service:''' || selecting this will sort all channels in all boquets by alphebitac order.|| 20 ||'''Set Start Channel:''' ||Here you can set the channel you wish for the receiver to show on startup.|| 21 ||'''Delete Start Channel:''' ||Here you can remove the currently selected startup channel that shows on startup.|| 22 23 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. -
wiki/pages/fr/Channel-Service
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.1 Channel Service''' [=#point3.5.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/system-Channel_Service.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 Here you can setup your tuner and proform a channel scan. 10 please select a menu item for more information 11 [[br]] 12 13 * ([wiki:Tuner-Configuration#point3.5.1.1 Tuner configuration]) 14 * ([wiki:Automatic-Search#point3.5.1.2 Automatic Search]) 15 * ([wiki:Manual-Search#point3.5.1.3 Manual Search]) 16 * ([wiki:Rotor-Settings#point3.5.1.4 Rotor Settings]) 17 * ([wiki:Sat-Finder#point3.5.1.5 Sat Finder]) 18 * ([wiki:Blind-Scan-Settings#point3.5.1.6 Blind Scan Settings]) 19 * ([wiki:Create-Transponder-List#point3.5.1.7 Create Transponder List]) 20 * ([wiki:Create-Default-Favorites#point3.5.1.8 Create Default Favorites]) 21 22 23 [[br]] 24 -
wiki/pages/fr/Child-Protection
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.12 Child Protection''' [=#point3.6.12] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Child_Protection.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 > here you can setup your key lock and child portection settings. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 14 ||'''Pin Code Menu''' ||Select the pin code used in the menu.|| 15 ||'''Pin Code Channel:''' || select the pin code used to lock TV Channels.|| 16 ||'''Protect Channels:''' || Do you wish to enable the locking of protected channels.|| 17 ||'''Age Protect:''' || do you wish to protect channels based on age restrictions.|| 18 ||'''Protect Channel Freetime (min''' || After a specific time do you wish to re-enable the lock on protected channels if it is currently beign displayed.|| 19 ||'''Protect menu:''' || Do you wish to place a lock on the menu of the reciever.|| 20 21 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Child Protection Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 22 23 [[br]] 24 ---- 25 26 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 27 28 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the cchild protection settings menu 29 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 30 31 ||'''Red Button: (Menu Protect)''' ||pressing this button will bring up a list of menu items that a lock may be placed on to limit access to those areas, below is a list of all the menu items displayed in this menu.|| 32 33 * Soft Cam Pannel 34 * Records and EPG 35 * Media Center 36 * Media Player 37 * Extentions 38 * System 39 * Settigs 40 * Information 41 * Standby/ Poweroff 42 * Main Menu 43 * Media Center 44 * GUI Restart 45 * Power Off 46 * Network Restart 47 * A/V Settings 48 * Adjust 49 * Skin 50 * Plugins 51 * Records 52 * EPG Search 53 * Common Interface 54 * Smart Card Reader 55 * Flash Update Online 56 * Child Protection 57 * Service 58 * Sat Finder 59 * Epg Short View 60 * Single Epg 61 * Multi Epg 62 * Graphic Epg 63 * EPG Search 64 * Records 65 * Plugins 66 * Change Feed 67 * TPK Upgrade (Online) 68 * TPK Install (Online) 69 * TPK Tmp (tmp) 70 * TPK Media (media) 71 * TPK (remove 72 * Channel Service... 73 * Common Interface 74 * Smart Card Reader 75 * Network 76 * Harddisk 77 * VFDisplay 78 * Fancontrol 79 * System Update 80 * Backup 81 * Settings Backup Restore 82 * Receiver Unlock 83 * A/V Settings 84 * Language 85 * Timezone 86 * Red Button 87 * Blue Button 88 * Plugin Button 89 * Adjust 90 * Skin Adjust 91 * Screensaver adjust 92 * Timeshift Settings 93 * Record Path 94 * EPG Settings 95 * Child Protection 96 * Restore Default Settings 97 * Video Settings 98 * Channel Edit 99 * MediaDB Settings 100 * Autostart Settings 101 * Overclocking Settings 102 * Save Settings 103 * Service 104 * Newsletter 105 * About 106 * Streaming 107 * Atemio (hotline) 108 * Titan Changelog 109 * GIT Changelog 110 * System Info 111 * Log 112 * System_Status 113 * Free Space 114 * kernel 115 * Mounts 116 * Network 117 * Ram 118 * System Infos 119 * Cpu 120 * Memory 121 * MTD 122 * Module 123 * Devices 124 * Swap 125 * Top 126 * Prozesslist 127 * USB 128 * Flashupdate (online) 129 * Flashupdate (tmp) 130 * USBupdate (online) 131 * USBupdate (tmp) 132 * Power off 133 * Standby 134 * Restart 135 * GUI Restart 136 * Power Off Timer 137 * Tuner Configuration 138 * Automatic Search 139 * Manual Search 140 * Manual Search Cable 141 * Manual Search Terrestrial 142 * Rotor Settings 143 * Sat Config 144 * Sat Finder 145 * Blind scan settings 146 * Formatt HDD 147 * Filesystem Check 148 * Configure 149 * Time to Sleep 150 * Adapter Settings 151 * WLAN Settings -
wiki/pages/fr/Child-Safety
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.18.5 Child Safety''' [=#point3.5.18.5] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Autostart_Settings-child_safety.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 Here you can adjust the lock settings on startup. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 ||'''Parental:''' ||Enable lock on startup.|| 14 ||'''Pin:''' ||Select the pin number for the lock on startup.|| 15 16 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 17 18 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/Common-Interface
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.2 Common Interface''' [=#point3.5.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/system-Common_Interface.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >here you can set up your installed cam devices. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 Picture: 14 ||'''Module Type:''' ||Set the module service type (multiple/ Single Service).|| 15 16 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Common Interface Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 17 18 [[br]] 19 ---- 20 21 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 22 23 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Commom Interface menu. 24 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 25 26 ||'''Red Button: (Reset)''' ||This will reset the selected Common Interface Module.|| 27 ||'''Green Button: (Menu)''' ||This will Bring up the advanced Common Interface menu.|| 28 ||'''Yellow Button: (CAID)''' ||???.|| 29 ||'''Blue Button: (Channel)''' ||Select the channels the selected CA Module will Decode.|| 30 ||'''Menu Button: (Setting)''' ||This will show the settings for the selected CA Module.|| 31 32 -
wiki/pages/fr/Community
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''14 Community''' [=#point14] ([wiki:English-Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 [[br]] 7 8 The TitanNit project is supported 24 hours in the public forum. 9 10 For help and support feel free to join us on our forum 11 12 ||= '''[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum]''' =|| 13 ||= [[Image(http://www.aaf-digital.info/images/logo.jpg,400,link=http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php)]] =|| 14 15 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/Configure
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.5.3 Hard Disk Configure''' [=#point3.5.5.3] ([wiki:Hard-Disk#point3.5.5 hard disk (Back)]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Configure.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can configure your harddisk see below for more information. 9 Note that you must enable ([wiki:Adjust#point3.6.7 Expertmode]) to show all available configure options in this display. 10 [[br]] 11 12 [[br]] 13 14 ||'''Use as recordings-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a recording medium.|| 15 ||'''Remove recordings-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a recording medium.|| 16 ||'''Use as plugins-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a plugins medium.|| 17 ||'''Remove extentions-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a extentions medium.|| 18 ||'''Use as swap-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a swap medium.|| 19 ||'''Remove swap-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a swap medium.|| 20 ||'''Use as backup-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a backup medium.|| 21 ||'''Remove backup-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a backup medium.|| 22 23 24 25 26 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 27 28 29 30 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/Contact
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''15 Contact''' [=#point15] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 Interested External Developers or testers can feel free to chat with us via Skype. 7 • Skype Chat: "TitanNit Dev Chat" 8 • Skype Contact: obiwan1976 9 10 [[br]] 11 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/Create-Default-Favorites
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.1.8 Create Default Favorites[=#point3.5.1.8] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Create-Default-Favorites.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 By selecting this option it will setup the default german favourites lists. 9 10 Please note that selecting this button will remove all the user pre programmed in favourites. 11 12 in future it may be able to set up favourite lists from the satellites/ providers programed into the tuner. 13 14 15 To __"Store"__ the settings by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 16 -
wiki/pages/fr/Create-Transponder-List
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.1.7 Create Transponder List''' [=#point3.5.1.7] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Create-Transponder-List.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can automatically set up transponders for various services from the TitanNit online repo this will save you from having to manually create these lists from your pc or from a satellite xml generator, this will greatly simpifly channel and tuner setup. 9 10 please note that these lists may be out dated and not contain a complete list of transponders for every service. 11 12 [[br]] 13 14 ||'''Create Transponder (Sat) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available satellites services. || 15 ||'''Create Transponder (Cable) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available cable services. || 16 ||'''Create Transponder (Terrestrial) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available Terrestrial services. || 17 ||'''Create Transponder (All) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available services. || 18 19 Please note that selecting one of the above options will remove all the transponders from the current channel data and may remove any custom satellite configs and tuner settings. 20 21 in future it may merge the current programmed in user assigned transponders. 22 23 A rescan will need to be preformed after preforming an option be sure to make a backup before proforming this action to be safe. 24 25 26 To __"Store"__ the settings by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 27 -
wiki/pages/fr/DYNDNS-Settings
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.4.7 DYNDNS Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.7] ([wiki:Network#point3.5.4 network (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/DYNDNS-Settings.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can setup your DYNDNS interface. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 ||'''Start on Boot:''' ||Start the DYNDNS server on startup.|| 13 ||'''User:''' ||setup the username for DYNDNS.|| 14 ||'''Password:''' ||Set the password for DYNDNS.|| 15 ||'''DNS NAME:''' ||set the dns name.|| 16 ||'''DNS Syatem:''' ||???.|| 17 18 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 19 20 [[br]] 21 ---- 22 23 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 24 25 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 26 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 27 28 ||'''Text Button: (Keyboard)''' ||This will will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.|| 29 ||'''Green Button: (Start)''' ||Start the DYNDNS server.|| 30 ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop)''' ||Stop the DYNDNS server.|| || -
wiki/pages/fr/Default-Autostart
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.18.1 Default Autostart''' [=#point3.5.18.1] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Autostart_Settings-default_Autostart.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 Here you can check and adjust the startup settings. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 ||'''Bootstop:''' ||???.|| 14 ||'''Debug:''' ||Here you can set the debug mode and adjust the complexicity of the log output.|| 15 ||'''Show IP:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during EPG scan.|| 16 ||'''Updatelist:''' ||??.|| 17 18 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from this Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 19 -
wiki/pages/fr/Development
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''11 Development''' [=#point11] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 === Plugins Building === 7 8 '''Preparation''' 9 10 In the current tdt git http://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project-sh4 you can now build TitanNit plugins. 11 I have installed 2 plugins that are intended to serve as an example. One can then download and unzip this locally and build your own plugins. 12 13 With a fresh clone of the git 14 15 {{{ 16 make yaud-enigma2-nightly 17 }}} 18 19 after it completes, then 20 21 {{{ 22 make titanium-plugins 23 }}} 24 25 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/Devices
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.6.5 Devices''' [=#point3.7.8.6.5] ([wiki:System-Infos#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Devices.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 Here you can view the detailed loaded devices info. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 14 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/Disclaimer
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''17 Generic Disclaimer''' [=#point17] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 TitanNit is a Semi closed source setop box linux based operating system software. The services provided by AAF Digital including (including developer tools, resources, download areas, files, source code, product information, documentation, communication forums, bug tracker, wiki, internet, streaming, forum etc. all collectively called "services") that the TitanNit Project, its members, and websites provide are for the purpose of providing support to the community and aditional functionality from the original system software provided by the manufactures of the supported hardware. 7 The services provided bt the AAF digital team is provided “as is”, "with all faults", and "as available" basis, without warranty of any kind, either express or implied. Your use of these services is at your own risk. TitanNit disclaims all warranties. 8 9 TitanNit disclaims liability for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, consequential, exemplary, punitive or other damages, or lost profits, that may result directly or indirectly from the use of these services and any material that is downloaded or obtained through the use of these services. 10 11 This includes, without limitation, any damage to computer systems, hardware or software, loss of data, or any other performance failures, any errors, bugs, viruses or other defects that result from, or are associated with the use of these services. 12 13 None of the contributors, sponsors, administrators, or anyone else connected with TitanNit in any way whatsoever can be responsible for the appearance of any inaccurate or libelous information or for your use of the information contained in or linked from these services. 14 15 AAF Digital reserve the right to to remove and add services as they see fit without warning. 16 17 18 19 '''No contract, limited license''' 20 21 22 Please make sure that you understand that these services is being provided freely, and that no kind of agreement or contract is implied between the owners or users of these services, the owners of the servers upon which it is housed, the individual contributors to these services, any project administrators, sysops or anyone else who is in any way connected with the project subject to your claims against them directly. You are being granted a limited license to copy or install anything from this site; it does not create or imply any contractual or extracontractual liability on any of it's agents, members, organizers or other users. Neither is anyone responsible should someone change, edit, modify or remove any information contained with in these services. 23 24 25 26 '''Trademarks''' 27 28 29 Any of the trademarks, service marks, collective marks, design rights or similar rights that are mentioned, used or cited in the services provided for TitanNit are the property of their respective owners. Their use in any "service" does not imply that you may use them for any other purpose other than for the same or a similar use as contemplated by the original authors concent. 30 the AAF Digital team will make due effort to outline the services that are provided by other's and give them credit where aplicable. 31 32 33 '''Information and Content''' 34 35 36 Publication of information found in any of the services provided for TitanNit may be in violation of the laws of the country or jurisdiction from where you are viewing this information. The servers providing these services are located in different locations of the world and is maintained in reference to the protections afforded under local and federal law in respect to their location. Laws in your country or jurisdiction may not protect or allow the same kinds of speech or distribution. the AAF digital team does not encourage the violation of any laws; and cannot be responsible for any violations of such laws, should you link to the domain of the websites of these services or use, reproduce, or republish the information contained therein. 37 38 39 '''Final Remarks''' 40 41 42 Enjoy TitanNit and the other services provided by AAF Digital and thanks for selecting us! 43 -
wiki/pages/fr/EPG-Search
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.1.4 EPG Search''' [=#point3.1.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Epg_Search.jpg)]][[BR]] 7 > 8 EPG Search is where you can search the EPG title, discription genra for specific keywords to search for programs to set up Recordings. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions" 13 14 The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Search EPG menu. 15 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 16 17 ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.|| 18 ||'''Green Button: (Title)''' ||This will search the EPG title string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.|| 19 ||'''Yellow Button: (Discription)''' ||This will search the EPG Discription string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.|| 20 ||'''Blue Button: (All)''' ||This will search all EPG string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.|| 21 ||'''Menu (Genre):''' ||This will search the EPG Genre string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.|| 22 23 For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([WikiStart#point103.10.6 Records]) for more info. -
wiki/pages/fr/EPG-Settings
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.11 EPG Settings''' [=#point3.6.11] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/EPG_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >Here you can change your epg settings. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 14 ||'''EPG Path''' ||Set to any Path you want where the EPG File should be stored (on Receivers with little Memory it is strongly recommended to extend it by using a USB Pen-Drive or Harddisk)|| 15 ||'''How Many Days:''' ||The Number of Days in Advance of the EPG to store (I recommend no higher than 8 Days)|| 16 ||'''Delete EPG after read:''' ||Do you want the EPG file to be deleted after being read.|| 17 ||'''EPG Save Mode:''' ||When should the EPG Data be stored to the storage medium. Caution: Should you not use a Pen Drive or Harddisk for EPG Storage set to Never, as Receivers with little Memory on Board tend to crash due to Insufficient free space.|| 18 ||'''Show EPG Screen (EPG Button):''' ||Which EPG format should be shown on EPG Key-press on the Remote.|| 19 ||'''EPG Free Space (kb):''' ||Total of minimal Free Memory that should be kept on the medium where the epg is stored to aviod free space errors.|| 20 ||'''EPG List Mode:''' ||What Channels should be scanned in the background (Only for twin Receivers) for EPG (scan)(whitelist) (scanlist and whitelist) (deactivate (disable scan)).|| 21 ||'''EPG Scan Time:''' ||Here you can set the time of the automatic EPG scan. The Scan will be performed every Day at that set time. Should the Receiver be in Deep Stand-by it will "wake up" aprox. 5 Minutes before the scan is due to start.|| 22 ||'''EPG Button in EPG:''' ||Behavior of the EPG Button during EPG display.|| 23 ||'''Grafic EPG Zoom:''' ||Sets the zoom level of the EPG to show more or less of a time span of the shown programs.|| 24 ||'''Grafic EPG Picons:''' ||Set to yes to use picons or the alternative Picon sets in the infobar and EPG stored in /var/media/autofs/sda1/swapextensions/usr/local/share/titan/picons/ directory.|| 25 ||'''Delete EPG Before Scan:''' ||Should the EPG be deleted before a the timed scan.|| 26 ||'''After EPG Scan:''' ||Behavior after the EPG scan is completed EPG scan: Nothing (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By).|| 27 ||'''MHW EPG:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway EPG stream during EPG scan.|| 28 ||'''MHW2 EPG:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during EPG scan.|| 29 ||'''OpenTV EPG:''' ||Scan for an OpenTV EPG stream during EPG scan.|| 30 31 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 32 33 [[br]] 34 ---- 35 36 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 37 38 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 39 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 40 41 ||'''Red Button: (EPG Reset)''' ||This will reset the saved epg removing all program data.|| 42 ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||On a customisable item this will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.|| 43 ||'''Yellow Button: (Scanlist)''' ||Brings up the epg scan list and you may from there add aditional boquets to be scaned during an epg scan.|| 44 ||'''Blue Button: (log)''' ||This will show you the past scan log history for the epg.|| 45 -
wiki/pages/fr/EPG-Short-View
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.1.1 EPG Short View''' [=#point3.1.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 5 > 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/EPG_Short_View.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 10 EPG Short View is a small easy to read horozontal epg of the current displayed channel including the infomation on the program you may scroll using the direction arrows to a future time. 11 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/External-Software
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''9 External Software''' [=#point9] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 External Software is a collection of tools to supplement TitanNit. 7 8 This is a list of applications that can be use with or for to manipulate or control your Receiver. 9 [[br]] 10 Below is a list of external applications please select a link below for more information. 11 12 13 14 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto" 15 {{{#!table style="border: none" 16 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 17 {{{#!div style="float: left" 18 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TiMote.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TiMote#point9.1 9.1 TiMote (Android)])]] 19 }}} 20 '''[wiki:External-Software-TiMote#point9.1 9.1 TiMote (Android)]'''[[br]] 21 {{{#!div style="float: left 22 Timote is an andriod application for streaming and control of TitanNit 23 }}} 24 }}} 25 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 26 {{{#!div style="float: left" 27 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TiView.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TiView#point9.2 9.2 TiView (PC)])]] 28 }}} 29 '''[wiki:External-Software-TiView#point9.2 9.2 TiView (PC)]'''[[br]] 30 {{{#!div style="float: left 31 TiView is an PC application for streaming and control of TitanNit 32 }}} 33 }}} 34 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 35 {{{#!div style="float: left" 36 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/SatChannelListEditor.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 9.3 SatChannelListEditor])]] 37 }}} 38 '''[wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 9.3 SatChannelListEditor]'''[[br]] 39 {{{#!div style="float: left 40 SatChannelListEditor is an PC application for manipulation of your TitanNit channel data. 41 }}} 42 }}} 43 |---- 44 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 45 {{{#!div style="float: left" 46 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/E2WebIFAPI.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-E2WebIfAPI#point9.4 9.4 E2WebIfAPI])]] 47 }}} 48 '''[wiki:External-Software-E2WebIfAPI#point9.4 9.4 E2WebIfAPI]'''[[br]] 49 {{{#!div style="float: left 50 E2WebIfAPI is an console application to support the dreambox xml web interface commands. 51 }}} 52 }}} 53 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 54 {{{#!div style="float: left" 55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TitanEditor.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TitanEditor#point9.5 9.5 TitanEditor])]] 56 }}} 57 '''[wiki:External-Software-TitanEditor#point9.5 9.5 TitanEditor]'''[[br]] 58 {{{#!div style="float: left 59 TitanEditor is an PC application for manipulation of dreambox channel data to work on of your TitanNit Receiver. 60 }}} 61 }}} 62 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 63 {{{#!div style="float: left" 64 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TitanNitLanguageEditor.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor#point9.6 9.6 TitanNitLanguageEditor])]] 65 }}} 66 '''[wiki:External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor#point9.6 9.6 TitanNitLanguageEditor]'''[[br]] 67 {{{#!div style="float: left 68 TitanLanguageEditor is an PC application for editing GUI language translations. 69 }}} 70 }}} 71 }}} 72 }}} -
wiki/pages/fr/External-Software-E2WebIfAPI
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 '''9.4 E2WebIfAPI''' [=#point9.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 3 4 5 == Introduction == 6 Enigma2 Web Interface ( WebIf ) API was defined for Dreambox . 7 It is a protocol that allows you to control a Dreambox via HTTP requests. 8 9 Typical control tasks are : 10 11 * Programming (timer) and playing back recordings 12 * Live streaming (TV and radio) 13 * EPG functions (display, search) 14 * Remote control (Remote Control) 15 16 You can find a good overview of the E2WebIFAPI in the [http://dream.reichholf.net/wiki/Enigma2:WebInterface DreamboxWIKI]. 17 18 == Motivation == 19 20 For TitanNit the Android App [wiki:External-Software-TiMote#point109.1 9.1 TiMote] was developed. Anybody with an Android Smart-Phone or Tablet with this software installed can control their receiver or watch TV on the Android device. Isn't that cool? 21 22 But owners of an iOS-device (i-Phone or i-Pad) are unlucky as there is no iOS TitanNit compatable web client such as TiMote. You can control your receiver via http protocol (same as Web Interface) but you wont be able to use all advantages like tiMote on an Android Platform. 23 24 On the other hand iOS and Android Apps already exist for Dreambox receivers. These Apps are based on the Enigma2 protocol. Couldn't one just use that App on iOS instead of developing a new App? 25 26 == The solution == 27 TitanNit has its own protocol but is not compatible to the Enigma2 WebIf. Following a short analysis it was discovered that converting E2 requests to Titan didn't seem so difficult. Therefore, an E2 web server (e2webserv) was developed, which implements the Enigma2 WebIf. This server receives the E2 requests, delegates the calls to TitanNit web server and the responses is converted back into the XML format, which is expected from the E2 client. 28 29 This way the TitanNit receiver is able to correspond to existing E2 - client software. 30 31 32 == Requirements == 33 34 * The Web server must be enabled on the receiver 35 * The E2webserv must be installed on the receiver 36 37 == IOS Apps == 38 39 The following apps are installed on my iPad2: 40 * dreaMote 41 * DreaMote Lite 42 * e2RemoteHD 43 * Dreambox Live 44 45 Should you not want to purchase any apps from the Apps-Store I can recommend dreaMote Lite . 46 47 In addition to the app you need a player. 48 49 I have tried the following players, which work well for me: 50 * Good Player 51 * BUZZ Player 52 * OPlayerHD Lite 53 * VLC Player 54 55 VLC and OPlayerHD Lite are free. 56 57 == XBMC == 58 59 If you are running the Media Center software [http://xbmc.org/ XBMC] or [http://xbmc4xbox.org.uk/ XBMC4XBOX], you can connect your Titan receiver via the Live-TV-Plugin VU+. 60 XBMC runs on Windows PCs aswell as Linux and is also available for Raspberry Pi and the Xbox. 61 62 == VLC == 63 Having installed the e2webserv you can enjoy Live-Streaming on your Windows or Linux PC using [http://www.videolan.org/vlc/ VLC] (no further software needed). 64 65 You do not have to switch channels manually it all happens automatically. In order for this to take place you need an M3U playlist. You can easily generate the playlist by your Favourites and save to your PC. Having done so you only need to open the M3U list in VLC and select the desired channel. 66 67 How do you export a particular favourites list into an M3U file? 68 69 Enter the address in your Web browser. 70 71 Example (favourite is "Polish"): 72 73 [http://192.168.1.1:8080/web/services.m3u?bRef=Polish] 74 75 Enter your receivers IP address and where names of Favourites have spaces within these spaces must be replaced with "%20". 76 77 Example (favourite is "My TV" Receiver - IP: 192.168.0.10): 78 79 [http://192.168.0.10:8080/web/services.m3u?bRef=Mein%20TV] 80 81 Client Configuration == == 82 Please configure the E2-clientas accordingly: 83 * IP address of the receiver 84 * Port: 8080 85 * Streaming Port: 8001 86 87 Please note that SSL is not supported. 88 89 Below you see an example configuration for dreaMote. 90 91 [[Image(DreaMote.png,384px)]] 92 93 == E2webserv.conf == 94 95 You must alter the server configuration manually. Using standard configured TitanNit no alterration on the e2webserv.conf should be neccessary. 96 97 Should you have installed the plugin to Flash the configuration file '''e2webserv.conf''' lies in the directory '''/mnt/swapextensions/etc''' 98 99 Here is the content: 100 {{{ 101 # E2 web port 102 port = 8080 103 # E2 data port 104 data port = 8001 105 # Titan web port 106 titanium- port = 80 107 # Titan data port 108 titan data port = 22222 109 # Titan host (change it if e2webserv is not running locally on the receiver) 110 titan host = 127.0.0.1 111 # Automatic switching of channels 112 # It is useful if you do not want manually switch a channel on receiver with a single tuner. 113 # If it is set to false and you have a single tuner you can stream the only channels located 114 # On the same transponder as the current channel active on the receiver . 115 Autozap = true 116 # Log output file 117 logFile = /tmp/e2webserv.log 118 # Maximum log file size in KB. Set it to 0 (default 10KB) to disable logging (maximum allowed value is 1024). 119 # When the file limit is reached a backup of the current file is created . 120 # It Means maximally 2 x MaxLogSize KB will be used. 121 MaxLogSize = 10 122 # Thread pool size (1 through 8) 123 threadpool = 2 124 # Directory where the transponder and bouquet files are located. 125 # You do not need to Specify it, it will be Automatically Discovered . 126 # But if you you start e2webserv not on the receiver (but eg on your Linux server or Windows computer) then you 127 # Shoulderstand copy the settings (channel, transponder, provider and all bouquets file) and here Specify the location on the local computer . 128 titanDir = /mnt/settings 129 }}} 130 131 == Links == 132 133 * Enigma2 Web API in [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?90948-Enigma2-Web-API-f % FCr - TitanNit AAF Forum] 134 * Sources on [https://github.com/gswiatek/e2api4titan GitHub] 135 [[br]] 136 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/External-Software-SatChannelListEditor
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 '''9.3 SatChannelListEditor''' [=#point9.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 3 4 This manual applies to version 5.4 of SatChannelListEditor (SCLE). In future releases,[[br]] 5 possibly new features will be added, making the screen shots of this program obsolete. 6 7 == Requirements == 8 SCLE has been programmed for the runtime environment " Microsoft. NET Framework ".[[br]] 9 Currently .NET Framework version 2.0 or higher is required. 10 11 ( also take a look at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.NET_Framework Wikipedia article . NET Framework] ) 12 13 == Windows == 14 * In Windows XP .NET Framework version 2.0, 3.0 or 3.5 must be installed.[[br]] 15 (3.0 and 3.5 are extended versions include version 2.0) 16 * For Windows Vista and Windows 7 the .NET Framework librarys are implemented[[br]] 17 in the operating system and do not need to be installed seperately. 18 * In Windows 8 .NET Framework 3.5 must be installed. As Windows 8 by default,[[br]] 19 only includes .NET framework 4.5, which is not compatible with SCLE 20 == Linux == 21 In Linux, the Mono framework is required (see [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mono_(software)Wikipedia article about Mono project]) . 22 [[BR]] You may have to install WinForms libraries manually with "apt -get install libmono- winforms * " 23 [[BR]] You may then run SCLE from the command line with the command "mono SatChannelListEditor.exe ". 24 25 == Mac OS == 26 In Mac OS , just like Linux, the Mono-Framework is required to to run SCLE. 27 28 == The first startup == 29 After the first startup of SCLE the language is set to English and the receiver[[br]] 30 model " UFS -821 " is selected. You now have to set the language and your[[br]] 31 Receiver model to suite your receiver. 32 33 Select the receiver and its System you like to manage. 34 35 == Setting the receiver model and type of operating system == 36 Select the menu under " Options ", select " Settings" : 37 38 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/3.png)]] 39 40 Select Titan in the window that appears as the receiver you wish to connect to: 41 42 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/4.png)]] 43 44 After selecting the reciever type under the option " Titan " set the IP address of your Receiver, before[[br]] 45 you close the window confirm the settings by clicking the OK button.[[br]] 46 The other settings on this page should not be changed. 47 48 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/5.png)]] 49 50 == Download and upload the channel list == 51 52 After the Receiver model and the IP address have been set, you can fetch the channel[[br]] 53 list from your Receiver (Download) and after processing send it back to the Receiver (upload). 54 [[BR]] Use the Buttons in the Menubar of SCLE or in the Drop-down Menu: 55 56 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/6.png)]] 57 58 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/7.png)]] 59 60 When you start an upload or download the program will automatically change to[[br]] 61 the message window where status messages are displayed for file transfer. 62 63 == Edit the channel list == 64 65 == Favourites == 66 67 All TV and Radio channels are displayed in the tab "TV" and "Radio" in the main window[[br]] 68 of SCLE. Normally there are several hundreds or thousands of channels in this list. 69 [[BR]] To simplify navigation on your Receiver you may add the channels to more than one Favourites list.[[br]] 70 The Favourites also determine the channel number for easier and direct access with your remote control. 71 [[BR]] Create new favourites by clicking the right mouse button within the tree of favourites: 72 73 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/8.png)]] 74 75 After creating the new Favourites entry assign the desired Name: 76 77 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/9.png)]] 78 79 You may now add channels to your favourites by drag & drop of the channels[[br]] 80 onto the Favourites entry or by clicking the right mouse button on the desired channel[[br]] 81 and selecting Add to Favourites and selecting the Favourites Entry from the drop-down-menu: 82 83 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/10.png)]] 84 85 Once a channel has been added to the favourites, a channel number is assigned.[[br]] 86 The first channel in the first favourites is channel number 1: 87 88 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/11.png)]] 89 90 When a channel is assigned to more than one favourites list, it additionally[[br]] 91 obtains further channel numbers: 92 93 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/12.png)]] 94 95 === EPG favourite "EPG scan " === 96 97 For TV channels there is a special favourite called "EPG scan".[[br]] 98 Copy all channels you want to be included for the timed EPG scan, all channels in this list[[br]] 99 will have their epg automatically scaned. 100 101 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/13.png)]] 102 103 === Satellite === 104 Creating and Editing Satellite entrys 105 Switch to the "Satellite" tab. After clicking the right mouse button the[[br]] 106 drop-down-menu is displayed, where you can create a new Satellite or edit an existing one.[[br]] 107 Double - clicking on an existing Satellite also opens this for editing. 108 109 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/14.png)]] 110 111 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/15.png)]] 112 113 === Creating and Editing Transponders === 114 115 Switch to the "Transponder" tab. After clicking the right mouse button the drop-down-menu[[br]] 116 is displayed, where you can create a new Transponder or edit an existing one.[[br]] 117 Double - clicking on an existing Transponder also opens this for editing. 118 119 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/16.png)]] 120 121 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/17.png)]] 122 123 === Creating and Editing Channels === 124 Switch to the tab "TV" or "Radio". After clicking the right mouse button the drop-down-menu[[br]] 125 is displayed, where you can create a new channel or edit an existing one.[[br]] 126 Double - clicking on an existing channel also opens this for editing. 127 128 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/18.png)]] 129 130 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/19.png)]] 131 132 === Using receiver profiles === 133 134 If you have more than one Receiver, it is advisable to work with profiles.[[br]] 135 Go to the settings and enable the checkbox "Use Receiver Profiles": 136 137 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/20.png)]] 138 139 Enter a name for the profile, and click the "Save" button.[[br]] 140 The profile will be created with the current settings specified under the "Titan" tab. 141 [[BR]] To create a profile for a second titan receiver, switch to the "Titan" tab,[[br]] 142 enter the IP address of the second receiver, switch back to the "General" tab,[[br]] 143 enter a new profile name and click on "Save" once again. 144 145 When you close the settings window by clicking the -OK-button- You will now[[br]] 146 discover the new selection menu where you may choose your Receiver profile. 147 148 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/SCLE/21.png)]] -
wiki/pages/fr/External-Software-TiMote
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''9.1 TiMote''' [=#point9.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 [[br]] 7 8 Timote is a universal remote control for Linux-based receivers. 9 Currently (Atemio) TitanNit, Enigma2 and Neutrino are supported. 10 please note that screen shots were taken from TiMote version xxx future versions of TiMote could make these screenshots invalid. 11 12 Features: 13 - Bouquets / Favorites 14 - Show EPG 15 - EPG search (*) 16 - Show the current station 17 - View recordings, stream and delete (*) 18 - Create, edit and delete timer 19 - Satfinder (*) 20 - Power Control 21 - Virtual Remote 22 - News 23 (*) Only Titannit/E2 24 25 To stream an appropriate player, for example, MX Player, VPlayer or BSPlayer (lite) need to be installed. 26 If the app crashes, please activate the "send error report automatically" in the Settings. you can 27 thereby help improve the software and make troubleshooting easier crucial to the developer. 28 Comments, questions, suggestions or requests? Write me an email or post a comment on the app homepage! 29 appear 30 31 [[br]] 32 33 [[Image(http://www.android.com/images/brand/get_it_on_play_logo_large.png)]] 34 [[br]] 35 [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=eu.azato.timote PlayStore] 36 37 [[br]] 38 When you open up Timote You are presented with the main interface along the top of the display the radio buttons are used as the menu of Timote [[br]] 39 See below for more information. 40 41 '''Main''' [[br]] 42 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/TiMote/Main.png)]] 43 44 Main contains a list of the main functions of timote: 45 46 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-TV#point0 TV]) ''' ||This will bring up a list of Boquets on the reciever).|| 47 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-On-air#point0 On-air]) ''' ||This will Bring up the information of the TV channel currently displaying on the Reciever|| 48 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Movies#point0 Movies]) ''' ||This will bring up the Movielist's stored on the reciever).|| 49 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Timer#point0 Timer]) ''' ||This will bring up a list of the current timer recordings on the reciever).|| 50 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-EPG-Search#point0 EPG-Search]) ''' ||This will bring up a a search page to search the EPG for a specific keyword).|| 51 52 [[br]] 53 54 '''Misc''' [[br]] 55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/TiMote/Misc.png)]] 56 57 Misc contains a list of other functions of TiMote: 58 59 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Signal-Finder#point0 Signal-Finder]) ''' ||This will bring up the signal info's of the current displayed channel.|| 60 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Screenshot#point9.1.1 Screenshot]) ''' ||This will take a screen shot of the TV Display|| 61 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Remote#point9.1.2 Remote]) ''' ||This will bring up the on screen remote).|| 62 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Message#point9.1.3 Message]) ''' ||This can be used to send messages to the TV display).|| 63 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Power-Menu#point9.1.4 Power Menu]) ''' ||This will bring up the power control menu 64 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-RGui#point9.1.5 RGui]) ''' ||This will start the RGui engine|| 65 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-LCD-Mode#point9.1.6 LCD Mode]) ''' ||???|| 66 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Power-About#point09.1.7 Power About]) ''' ||This will bring up information on the developers of TiMote).|| 67 68 '''Profiles''' [[br]] 69 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/TiMote/Profile.png)]] 70 71 Profiles is a list of receiver profiles with the ability to select and control multiple receivers. 72 you may create a new profile using the add button at the top of the display. 73 74 75 ---- 76 Temp data to move to Individual pages 77 78 79 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/TiMote/Stream.png)]] 80 81 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/TiMote/Boquet.png)]] 82 83 84 -
wiki/pages/fr/External-Software-TiView
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''9.2 TiView''' [=#point9.2] ([wiki:English-Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 TiView is a Windows 32bit application, that will run on a Windows 32/64bit system.[[br]] 6 The Tool uses the HTTP-RAW-Api of TitanNit.[[br]] 7 [[br]] 8 ''Highlights of TiView'' 9 10 - *Output of the TV-Screen on your PC 11 - *Watch recordings on your PC 12 - *PiP function for 2 simultaneous TV-Stream or recording viewing on your PC 13 - *Proxy function for external access from a remote TiView and streaming a recoded stream 14 - Management of timers for recordings 15 - Infobar with progress bar for the actual program 16 - Picon-view in the Infobar(Enabled by adding the picons into the folder /picons in TiView) 17 - Channel EPG 18 - Multi EPG 19 - Grafical Multi EPG 20 - EPG Search 21 - Overview of recordings 22 - Manage profiles should one have more than one Receiver 23 - Signal-Monitor 24 - Send Messages to your Receiver 25 - OSD-Screenshot 26 '''*For Playback on your PC you need a compatable media player the 32bit version 2.x of VLC Player .'''[[br]] 27 (Alternativly you can copy libvlc.dll, libvlccore.dll and the Plugins folder from VLC into the TiView folder) -
wiki/pages/fr/External-Software-TitanEditor
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 '''9.5 TitanEditor''' [=#point19.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 3 4 Titan editor is a simple channel list editor that is able to convert enigma channel data to be able to operate[[br]] 5 on a titan based receiver. It is also able to convert the filename from enigma 2 picons to the titan format. 6 7 This software is still beta status but the basic functions are working, there has been posts noted on the AAF Forum that[[br]] 8 converting picons in some instances comit an unhandled exception error causing the program to exit. 9 10 - convert E2 channel list's incl. bouquets (this will not work 100% for some channels) 11 - edit/delete and add Titan channels 12 - convert E2 picons to Titan picons 13 - manage bouquets 14 15 The current version of TitanEditor is version 0.15 and it may be downloaded from here [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?78014-TitanEditor-V0-15&p=802005&viewfull=1#post802005 titanEditor] 16 17 -
wiki/pages/fr/External-Software-TitanMote
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''9.1 TitanMote''' [=#point9.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 [[br]] 7 8 Titanmote is a universal remote control for Linux-based receivers. 9 Currently there is a little information we can provide reguarding this from the developer jagabongo. 10 11 ''Words from the developer:'' 12 ---- 13 I'm currently working on an iOS app for TitanNit . For this I would need a few beta testers . 14 15 The app will cost money later when development is finished and will be able to be purchased from the store, I will not releace it free because I have specially bought for this purpose a developer account and will take many hours of development, I also do not want the app to feature advertising. 16 17 requirements: 18 - IPhone or iPad with iOS > = 7.0 19 - A bit of technical understanding 20 - Lust for testing 21 22 A few recent screenshots : 23 https://www.dropbox.com/sh/armi0c3q72i350h/vm3szZDzvK 24 25 26 So in Version 1 I should be able to: 27 28 - Browse by bouquets / channel lists + See Epg info and switch Channels. 29 - Add timers on an event with the epg data. 30 - List all timer 31 - Delete Timer 32 - easy remote copy with touch buttons 33 - 2 profiles 34 - Everywhere pull to refresh . 35 - [ EDIT] Forgot , it will be multilingual or , DE, FR, IT and rest English. But languages are all relatively retrofitted without hazzle 36 37 Future features: 38 39 - User: Password WebIf Auth . ( hopefully not often used) 40 41 - Https support. ( Was I already am going to test with self-signed stuff but totally in the pants ... ) 42 43 - The stream to an iOS device is just not as easy as on Android that is why they first moved to the rear. 44 45 46 BETA testing runs like this: 47 48 * 1 You send with your UUID ( google iOS Device UUID to find out ) 49 50 * 2 Your you created an account at https://build.phonegap.com ( Free is sufficient). 51 52 * 3 You share me with your UUID and email phonegap.build accounts. 53 54 When that's done you can you log on your mobile Safari in build.phonegap.com and always install it there through the browser to the latest build. (OTA Installation). 55 56 This is perfectly legal and possible even without jailbreak. 57 58 59 if you are intreseed in becomming a better tester please leave a message in the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?100699-iOS-TitanNit-iOS-App-!-titanMote-!-Tester-gesucht!&p=974748#post974748 | forum]]. -
wiki/pages/fr/External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''9.6 TitanNit Language Editor''' [=#point9.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 The TitanNit Language Editor tool is used to provide translations files for devs to implement translations into the TitanNit gui. 7 8 === Made by Karlo === 9 10 German and English languages have been made and have been merged into svn. 11 To support future languages you can use this program to download the language base files from the svn for conversion it supports UTF-8 so special 12 chracters from various languages can be implemented. 13 14 Please check the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?98565-TitanNitLanguageEditor forum Link | main thread]] for the latest version, or the [#point9.6.7 Changelog]: 15 16 17 18 This program requires microsoft visual basic runtime files to operate. 19 20 Once you have made a Translation you may upload the translation po files to the aaf forum for implementation into TitanNit. 21 22 If you think you can help with a translation please do so at the end of this page there is information on ([#point9.6.5 Submission]). 23 24 25 [[br]] 26 27 ---- 28 '''Features''' ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 29 ---- 30 31 * load po file from svn __"File/ Open Source (svn)"__ 32 * Import po file from svn or local as source __"File/ Import Titan.po"__ 33 * open local file as target__"File/ Open target (local)"__ 34 * save target file __"File/ Save Target"__ 35 * save target file as titan.po __"File/ Save titan.po"__ 36 * export msg string for external use __"File/ Export msgstr as Titan.po"__ 37 * Build reciever translation file __"File/ Build Titan.mo"__ 38 * export sourcefile to target __"Edit/ target.po -> target"__ 39 * view source target differences __"Edit/ diff target - titan.po"__ 40 41 [[br]] 42 43 ---- 44 '''Functions''' ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 45 ---- 46 47 ''Select an item to view more info:'' 48 49 * ([#point9.6.1 Loading a translation from svn]) 50 * ([#point9.6.2 Loading a Translation from a local directory]) 51 * ([#point9.6.3 Import Translation from svn or local (Source/ Target Mode)]) 52 * ([#point9.6.4 Edit Translation]) 53 * ([#point9.6.5 Submission]) 54 * ([#point9.6.6 Local Testing]) 55 56 57 58 ---- 59 '''Loading a translation from svn''' [=#point9.6.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 60 ---- 61 62 To load a translation from the server SVN repo select the translation file from the menu: [[br]] 63 64 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/TLE/open_server.jpg)]] [[br]] 65 66 it will then start downloading from the internet.[[br]] 67 68 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/TLE/loading_server.jpg)]] [[br]] 69 70 [[br]] 71 ([#point9.6 Top of Page]) 72 [[br]] 73 74 ---- 75 '''Loading a Translation from a local directory''' [=#point9.6.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 76 ---- 77 78 To load a translation from the local directory select the translation file from the menu: [[br]] 79 80 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/TLE/open_local.jpg)]] [[br]] 81 82 [[br]] 83 ([#point9.6 Top of Page]) 84 [[br]] 85 86 ---- 87 '''Import Translation from svn or local (Source/ Target Mode)'''[=#point9.6.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 88 ---- 89 90 To import a translation from svn or the local directory select the translation file from the menu: [[br]] 91 Note: for this to work a source file must be loaded first [[br]] 92 93 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/TLE/import_file.jpg)]] [[br]] 94 95 [[br]] 96 97 you will then be dispalyed with this view to view the two po files along side each other: 98 99 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/TLE/import_list_view.jpg)]] [[br]] 100 101 [[br]] 102 103 you can then select __"Edit/ diff target - titan.po"__ to view the source and target differences. 104 105 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/TLE/diff_target.jpg)]] [[br]] 106 107 [[br]] 108 109 you can also automatically merge the source files to the target file by selecting __"Edit/ target.po -> target"__ 110 111 [[br]] 112 ([#point9.6 Top of Page]) 113 [[br]] 114 115 ---- 116 '''Edit Translation''' [=#point9.6.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 117 ---- 118 119 120 Now that it is loaded you may edit the msgid strings to suit your language and upload to the aaf forum. 121 you may use the buttons on the lower taskbar to search for strings you wish to edit.[[br]] 122 123 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/TLE/edit.jpg)]] 124 125 [[br]] 126 ([#point9.6 Top of Page]) 127 [[br]] 128 129 ---- 130 '''Submission'''[=#point9.6.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 131 ---- 132 133 If you could submit your completed translation file into the thread below for comitting by the devs into svn. 134 135 please note that some translations may no be able to be imported into some receivers due to memory constarints. 136 137 [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?98565-TitanNitLanguageEditor forum Link] 138 139 [[br]] 140 ([#point9.6 Top of Page]) 141 [[br]] 142 143 ---- 144 '''Local Testing''' [=#point9.6.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 145 ---- 146 147 If you wish to install your modified language files into your reciever for testing you can so by exporting you file an a titan.mo file you can do this by selecting __"File/ Build Titan.mo"__ for this to work you need to install some aditional components in to the program directory. 148 149 To do this create a folder in the program directory called __"gettext"__ and extract the below files into that directory: 150 151 152 [http://ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/ftp/pub/gnu/gettext/gettext-runtime-0.13.1.bin.woe32.zip gettext-runtime] [[br]] 153 [http://ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/ftp/pub/gnu/libiconv/libiconv-1.9.1.bin.woe32.zip libiconv] [[br]] 154 [http://ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/ftp/pub/gnu/gettext/gettext-tools-0.13.1.bin.woe32.zip gettext-tools] [[br]] 155 156 Once you have exported your titan.mo file you may ftp or manually copy it onto your Receiver to test it. 157 158 The file needs to go into the directory and a reboot neede to be proformed afterwards: '''/var/usr/local/share/titan/po/__??__/LC_MESSAGES/titan.mo)''' where __??__ is the language file you are editing. 159 160 ''Note: if you have trouble exporting the translation to a mo file place the program directory on the root of your harddisk it can some times fail if the program it too deep in the file system'' 161 162 [[br]] 163 ([#point9.6 Top of Page]) 164 [[br]] 165 166 ---- 167 '''Change log''' [=#point9.6.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 168 ---- 169 170 171 172 Version 0.7 : 173 * Loading and saving is now Uniformly in UTF- 8! Now special characters can be used from other languages. 174 175 Version 0.8 : 176 177 * minor changes 178 * 'Build titan.mo ' for more infomation see ([#point9.6.6 Local Testing]) 179 180 Version 0.8.1 : 181 * 1 Column now displays the line number of the msgid 182 * 'Build titan.mo ' - in case of error in a makeMo.cmd Prog -Dir is created at the (click ) is probably better to see what 's going on 183 * 'Edit / show only diff ' - same entries appear at msgid <> titan.po from 184 185 Version 0.8.2 : 186 * Fixed tooltip error 187 188 Version 0.9.0 : 189 * Fixed Error 13 - Thanks to Channel beta-testing 190 * 'Import 2 po file ' to load an alternate po -files 191 * ' titan.po -> Target' copied now empty fields Double entry copied by msgid 192 193 version 0.9.1 : 194 * svn version is displayed and saved as ' .... po.55555.svn ' 195 * thus can also be compared with an old ( stored ) version 196 197 [[br]] 198 ([#point9.6 Top of Page]) 199 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/File-Browser
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.2.5 File Browser''' [=#point3.2.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/file_manager.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 >Here you can browse files from any source available from your decoder (local or network) 10 > you may do such things as copy delete and move. 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/fr/Filesystem-Check
r40398 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.5.1 File system Check''' [=#point3.5.5.1] ([WikiStart#point3.5 System (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/Filesystem-Check.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can format your harddisk select an item and follow the onscreen prompts. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 14 15 [[BR]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Backup
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.8 Backup''' [=#point3.5.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/system_backup.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 Here you can run a manual backup to /tmp or /var/backup if there is insufficent free space you can use a usb device. 10 11 please ensure these folders are installed on the device for the Backup to operate. 12 13 [[br]] 14 15 To Exit from the backup menu press __"Exit"__. 16 17 [[br]] 18 ---- 19 20 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 21 22 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 23 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 24 25 ||'''Red Button: (backup)''' ||This will Start the backup process please follow the onscreen propmps.|| 26 27 [[BR]] -
wiki/pages/ru/External-Software-TiView
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''9.2 TiView''' [=#point9.2] ([wiki:English-Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 TiView is a Windows 32bit application, that will run on a Windows 32/64bit system.[[br]] 6 The Tool uses the HTTP-RAW-Api of TitanNit.[[br]] 7 [[br]] 8 ''Highlights of TiView'' 9 10 - *Output of the TV-Screen on your PC 11 - *Watch recordings on your PC 12 - *PiP function for 2 simultaneous TV-Stream or recording viewing on your PC 13 - *Proxy function for external access from a remote TiView and streaming a recoded stream 14 - Management of timers for recordings 15 - Infobar with progress bar for the actual program 16 - Picon-view in the Infobar(Enabled by adding the picons into the folder /picons in TiView) 17 - Channel EPG 18 - Multi EPG 19 - Grafical Multi EPG 20 - EPG Search 21 - Overview of recordings 22 - Manage profiles should one have more than one Receiver 23 - Signal-Monitor 24 - Send Messages to your Receiver 25 - OSD-Screenshot 26 '''*For Playback on your PC you need a compatable media player the 32bit version 2.x of VLC Player .'''[[br]] 27 (Alternativly you can copy libvlc.dll, libvlccore.dll and the Plugins folder from VLC into the TiView folder) -
wiki/pages/ru/File-Browser
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.2.5 File Browser''' [=#point3.2.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/file_manager.jpg)]][[br]] 8 > 9 >Here you can browse files from any source available from your decoder (local or network) 10 > you may do such things as copy delete and move. 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Filesystem-Check
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.5.1 File system Check''' [=#point3.5.5.1] ([WikiStart#point3.5 System (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Filesystem-Check.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can format your harddisk select an item and follow the onscreen prompts. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 14 15 [[BR]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Format-Hdd
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.5 Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 system (Back)]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Format-Hdd.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can format your harddisk select an item and follow the onscreen prompts. 9 Note that you must enable ([wiki:Adjust#point3.6.7 Expertmode]) to show all available format options in this display. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 14 15 16 [[BR]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Free-Space
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.2 Free Space''' [=#point3.7.8.2] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Free-Space.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can view the free space of all the file systems acessable from the decoder. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Functions
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 3 ---- 4 '''2 Interface Elements''' [=#point2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 5 ---- 6 [[br]] 7 This section will show the functions and controls of the various elements in the gui within TitanNit and discriptions to the various 8 items and their functions aswell as helpfull information and tricks to get the most possible experience with your Receiver. 9 10 Note: pictures in this area only apply to the default skin used in Titan. 11 If you do not see a specific menu item on the display please select the default skin from the menu as follows all the functions displayed below are implemented in all skins but some elements may be omitted from the display in some skins: 12 13 Press the __"Menu"__ button and select __"Settings"__ scroll down to __"Skin"__ and select the __"Default"__ Skin from the menu. 14 The decoder will then reboot with the new selected __Default__ skin. 15 16 ---- 17 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto" 18 {{{#!table style="border: none" 19 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 20 {{{#!div style="float: left" 21 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Infobar.png,align=left,link=[#point2.1])]] 22 }}} 23 '''[#point2.1 infobar]'''[[br]] 24 {{{#!div style="float: left 25 Default display when pressing the __Info__ button while watching TV. 26 }}} 27 }}} 28 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 29 {{{#!div style="float: left" 30 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/playback_infobar.png,align=left,link=[wiki:History#point2.2 TitanNit Info])]] 31 }}} 32 '''[#point2.2 Playback infobar]'''[[br]] 33 {{{#!div style="float: left 34 Default display when pressing the __Info__ button while watching A recording or Media using the default player. 35 }}} 36 }}} 37 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 38 {{{#!div style="float: left" 39 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/AudioTracks_infobar.png,align=left,link=[#point2.3])]] 40 }}} 41 '''[#point2.3 Audiotracks infobar]'''[[br]] 42 {{{#!div style="float: left 43 Default display when pressing the __Audio__ button while watching TV, A recording or Media using the default player. 44 }}} 45 }}} 46 |---- 47 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 48 {{{#!div style="float: left" 49 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Channel History.png,align=left,link=[#point2.4])]] 50 }}} 51 '''[#point2.4 Channel History]'''[[br]] 52 {{{#!div style="float: left 53 Default display when pressing the __Recall__ button while watching A recording or Media using the default player. 54 }}} 55 }}} 56 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 57 {{{#!div style="float: left" 58 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Sleep_Timer.png,align=left,link=[#point2.5])]] 59 }}} 60 '''[#point2.5 Sleep Timer]'''[[br]] 61 {{{#!div style="float: left 62 Default display when pressing the __Sleep_ button while the decoder is in operation. 63 }}} 64 }}} 65 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 66 {{{#!div style="float: left" 67 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Subtitle.png,align=left,link=[#point2.6])]] 68 }}} 69 '''[#point2.6 Subtitle]'''[[br]] 70 {{{#!div style="float: left 71 Default display when pressing the __Subtitle__ button while watching TV, A recording or Media using the default player. 72 }}} 73 }}} 74 |---- 75 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 76 {{{#!div style="float: left" 77 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/EPG.png,align=left,link=[#point2.7])]] 78 }}} 79 '''[#point2.7 EPG]'''[[br]] 80 {{{#!div style="float: left 81 Default display when pressing the __EPG__ button while watching TV. 82 }}} 83 }}} 84 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 85 {{{#!div style="float: left" 86 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/program_info.png,align=left,link=[#point2.8])]] 87 }}} 88 '''[#point2.8 Program Info]'''[[br]] 89 {{{#!div style="float: left 90 Default display when pressing the __Info__ button while viewing the EPG. 91 }}} 92 }}} 93 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 94 {{{#!div style="float: left" 95 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/player.png,align=left,link=[#point2.9])]] 96 }}} 97 '''[#point2.9 Player]'''[[br]] 98 {{{#!div style="float: left 99 Default display when pressing the __Play_ button. 100 }}} 101 }}} 102 |---- 103 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 104 {{{#!div style="float: left" 105 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/favourite.png,align=left,link=[#point2.10])]] 106 }}} 107 '''[#point2.10 Favourite]'''[[br]] 108 {{{#!div style="float: left 109 Default display when pressing the __FAV__ button. 110 }}} 111 }}} 112 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 113 {{{#!div style="float: left" 114 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/record.png,align=left,link=[#point2.11])]] 115 }}} 116 '''[#point2.11 Record]'''[[br]] 117 {{{#!div style="float: left 118 Default display when pressing the __REC__ button while watching TV. 119 }}} 120 }}} 121 122 123 }}} 124 }}} 125 ---- 126 [[BR]] 127 128 129 130 131 132 '''Infobar''' [=#point2.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 133 134 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Info-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 135 This overlay display shows when you press the __"INFO"__ button when viewing a tv channel. [[br]] 136 It shows actual and next program information 137 138 [[br]] 139 '''Playback Infobar''' [=#point2.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 140 141 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Playback-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 142 This overlay shows when you press the __"INFO"__ button when playing back a program or time shift is in operation. [[br]] 143 It shows a list of the available buttons to use when in playbac/timeshift to do various things. 144 145 [[br]] 146 '''Audio Track''' [=#point2.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 147 148 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Audio-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 149 This overlay shows when you press the __"AUDIO""__ button when viewing a tv channel. [[br]] 150 It allows you to adjust the audio track on the current stream if an alternative audio source exists. 151 152 [[br]] 153 '''History''' [=#point2.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 154 155 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/History-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 156 This overlay shows when you press the __"RECALL"__ button when viewing a tv channel. [[br]] 157 It allows you to recall the past viewed channels for fast zapping between them. 158 159 [[br]] 160 '''Sleep Timer''' [=#point2.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 161 162 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Sleep-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 163 This overlay shows when you press the __"SLEEP"__ button. [[br]] 164 It allows you to set the shutdown timer to automatically shutdown the receiver. 165 166 [[br]] 167 '''Subtitle''' [=#point2.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 168 169 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Subtitle-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 170 This overlay shows when you press the __"SUBTITLE"__ button. [[br]] 171 It allows you to select/enable a subtitle during playback. 172 173 [[br]] 174 '''EPG''' [=#point2.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 175 176 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/EPG-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 177 This overlay shows when you press the __"EPG"__ button. [[br]] 178 It shows a list of the program information from here you can setup a timer or search the EPG. 179 180 [[br]] 181 '''Program Info''' [=#point2.8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 182 183 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Program-Info-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 184 This Overlay shows when you press the __"INFO"__ button when in the EPG display. [[br]] 185 This shows the current selected program information. 186 187 [[br]] 188 '''Player''' [=#point2.9] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 189 190 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Internal-Player-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 191 This overlay shows when you press the __"PLAY"__ button. [[br]] 192 It allows you to select a movie or recording to play it also has a basic file manager. 193 194 [[br]] 195 '''Favourite''' [=#point2.10] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 196 197 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Favourite-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 198 This overlay shows when you press the __"FAV"__ button. [[br]] 199 It allows you to brouse through your favourits lists. 200 201 [[br]] 202 '''Record''' [=#point2.11] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 203 204 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Record-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]] 205 This overlay shows when you press the __"RECORD"__ button. [[br]] 206 It allows you to set the record function on the current tv channel. 207 208 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Git-Changelog
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.7 GIT Changelog''' [=#point3.7.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Git_Changelog.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 > here you can git information. 10 11 [[br]] 12 -
wiki/pages/ru/Graphic-EPG
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.1.3 Graphic EPG''' [=#point3.1.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Graphical_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 Graphic EPG is a multi channel graphical EPG. 10 11 12 [[br]] 13 14 '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions" 15 16 The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Single EPG menu. 17 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 18 19 ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.|| 20 ||'''0 key (EPG Search):''' ||This will search the EPG for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.|| 21 ||'''FAV Button: (Favourite)''' ||This will bring up Favourite Boquet menu to select the EPG you would like to display.|| 22 ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will bring up the selected program's EPG info string.|| 23 24 25 26 For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([WikiStart#point103.10.6 Records]) for more info. 27 For information on setting proforming an EPG search using the 0 Key see ([WikiStart#point103.10.5 EPG Search]) for more info. -
wiki/pages/ru/HTTP-Settings
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.4.6 HTTP Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5.1 network (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/HTTP-Settings.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can setup your HTTP interface. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 ||'''Start HTTPD:''' ||Start the webserver.|| 13 ||'''User:''' ||Sets the zoom level of the EPG to show more or less of a time span of the shown programs.|| 14 ||'''Password:''' ||Set to yes to use picons or the alternative Picon sets in the infobar and EPG stored in /var/media/autofs/sda1/swapextensions/usr/local/share/titan/picons/ directory.|| 15 ||'''HTTPD Port:''' ||Should the EPG be deleted before a the timed scan.|| 16 ||'''IP for Stream:''' ||Behavior after the EPG scan is completed EPG scan: Nothing (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By).|| 17 ||'''Stream Port:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway EPG stream during EPG scan.|| 18 ||'''Start RGUID:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during EPG scan.|| 19 ||'''RGUID Port''' ||Scan for an OpenTV EPG stream during EPG scan.|| 20 21 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 22 23 [[br]] 24 ---- 25 26 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 27 28 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 29 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 30 31 ||'''Text Button: (Keyboard)''' ||This will bring up the onscreen keyboard to edit the currently selected test string.|| 32 33 -
wiki/pages/ru/Hard-Disk
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.5 Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/system-Hard_Disk.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 Here you can configure your harddisk.[[BR]] 10 please select a menu item for more information. 11 [[br]] 12 13 * ([wiki:Format-Hdd#point3.5.5.1 Format HDD]) 14 * ([wiki:Filesystem-Check#point3.5.5.2 Filesystem Check]) 15 * ([wiki:Configure#point3.5.5.3 Configure]) 16 * ([wiki:Time-to-sleep#point3.5.5.4 Time to sleep]) 17 18 [[BR]] -
wiki/pages/ru/History
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''1 TitanNit Info Contents ''' [=#point1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 [[br]] 6 This section conatins information on TitanNit and frequently asked questions about it. 7 Please choose an item below to find more information. 8 9 You may select a skip to a specific setup topic or scroll down to read the complete guide. 10 11 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto" 12 {{{#!table style="border: none" 13 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 14 {{{#!div style="float: left" 15 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/About.png,align=left,link=[#point1.1])]] 16 }}} 17 '''([#point1.1 About])'''[[br]] 18 {{{#!div style="float: left 19 click here to find info about TitanNit 20 }}} 21 }}} 22 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 23 {{{#!div style="float: left" 24 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/History.png,align=left,link=[#point1.2])]] 25 }}} 26 '''([#point1.2 History])'''[[br]] 27 {{{#!div style="float: left 28 click here to find info on the beginnings of TitanNit 29 }}} 30 }}} 31 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 32 {{{#!div style="float: left" 33 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/Features.png,align=left,link=[#point1.3])]] 34 }}} 35 '''([#point1.3 Features])'''[[br]] 36 {{{#!div style="float: left 37 click here to find info on the various features of TitanNit 38 }}} 39 }}} 40 }}} 41 }}} 42 43 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto" 44 {{{#!table style="border: none" 45 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 46 {{{#!div style="float: left" 47 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/Frequnetly_Asked_Questions.png,align=left,link=[#point1.4])]] 48 }}} 49 '''([#point1.4 Frequently Asked Questions])'''[[br]] 50 {{{#!div style="float: left 51 Apendixcies/ references [[br]]to other setup related topics. 52 }}} 53 }}} 54 }}} 55 }}} 56 [[br]] 57 [[br]] 58 59 ---- 60 '''1 About''' [=#point1.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 61 ---- 62 [[br]] 63 TitanNit is a semi closed source replacement operating system for kathrein and Atemio/Atevio digital set top receivers. 64 It has come about as the users/devs wanted something better than was currently available. 65 TitanNit is spawned from other projects and is developed by users come devs so it is easy of use but yet still remains powerfull and configurable and feature packed.[[br]] 66 [[br]] 67 [[br]] 68 69 ---- 70 '''1 History''' [=#point1.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 71 ---- 72 [[br]] 73 * Everything started in April 2011. For almost three weeks our Developer Nit secretly worked on the foundation of Titan. After the presentation by Nit Obi and the rest of the team came on board. Everybody was surprised by the rapid development of the Titan Project. 74 * From the beginning the development and source of Titan was nonpublic, as it was not to be foreseen in which direction the development would go. 75 * After a development period of 6 months our hardware manufacturer Atemio declared interest in the project. Looking back at Years of support through Atemio with the Enigma2 Software, Atemio was given main priority for Titan project. 76 * A six-months agreement with Atemio was signed in December 2011. 77 * Due to the good cooperation the agreement was extended and is still in force. 78 * The basic idea for this project originated for various reasons: 79 * due to the missing Python Chip and low CPU speed the sh4 receivers have always had problems with Enigma2. 80 * the constant improvement and expansion of Enigma2 and the TDT Git was comprehensive and time-consuming. 81 * the alternative Neutrino GIT at that time was not layed out to support twin tuner Receivers. 82 * Nit then decided to combine both, the Enigma2 and the Neutrino, to a new Gui which implemented all advantages of both systems. 83 * Neutrinos main advantage has always been its speed 84 * Enigma2s advantage was the ease of integration and expansion with skins and extensions 85 * These two systems combined into one new system was the basic idea of Titan. 86 [[br]] 87 [[br]] 88 89 ---- 90 '''2 Features''' [=#point1.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 91 ---- 92 [[br]] 93 '' Highlights of TitanNit '' 94 95 - Powerful Linux operating system 96 - Fast boot 97 - About 1 second from standby mode 98 - About 25 seconds from the deep standby mode 99 - Fast channel switching times (less than 1 second) 100 - Different menu interfaces (skins) including customization options 101 - Many options to customize the system to your needs 102 - Backup / Restore function 103 - Organized Favourites and Channel listings and the direct list of following Programs. 104 - Multi-Tuner 105 - Plug-in management 106 - Supports many media formats 107 - Wide range of plugins 108 - PC programs to personalize and convert the channel list 109 - Screen saver in radio mode 110 - Remote control buttons freely assignable 111 - Online update of the firmware with the ability to retain settings 112 - Low memory consumption 113 - 24 hour Forum Support 114 - Growing Community 115 - Web Interface 116 - Android app "timote" 117 - Windows App "tiView" 118 - Bouquets Editor "SatchannelListEditor" 119 [[br]] 120 121 122 ---- 123 '''Frequently Asked Questions''' [=#point1.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 124 ---- 125 [[br]] 126 127 '''What is Titan?'''[[br]]TitanNit is a semi closed source replacement operating system for kathrein and Atemio/Atevio digital set top receivers designed to completly replace the factory software. 128 [[br]] 129 130 '''What can Titan do?'''[[br]]Titan was primarally designed to play/view and record live tv services from tresterial, cable and satellite, it can also be used to play/view the most popular video, audio, and picture formats, and many more lesser-known formats, including: 131 Video - DVD-Video, VCD/SVCD, MPEG-1/2/4, DivX, XviD, Matroska 132 Audio - MP3, AAC. 133 Picture - JPG, GIF, PNG. 134 135 136 These can all be played directly from the hard-drive or from a computer over a local network (LAN) internet IPTV services and media streams hosted by the [[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.11 TiThek]] plugin. 137 138 TitanNit can play DVD-Video movies (with and without menus) from ISO/IMG images and even ZIP/RAR-archives with the use of the [[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.11 dvd-player plugin]]. 139 TitanNit has a simple user interface that's pleasant and easy to use. 140 141 All these features enable your device to function as a full multimedia entertainment system for your tv for the whole family to enjoy. 142 [[br]] 143 [[br]] 144 145 '''What features does TitanNit have?'''[[br]]See the complete list of supported features in the [[wiki:Versions#point6 software versions changelog]] for information of the offically supported features. 146 [[br]] 147 [[br]] 148 149 '''Where can I suggest/request a new feature or function to be implemented into TitanNit?'''[[br]]You can log a NEW feature/function request in our tracker. Just make sure that you first remember to search for existing "Feature Requests" before logging a new request/ticket! (see [wiki:Troubleshooting#point12.1 12.1 Bug Reporting] for information on submitting a ticket). 150 151 You may also post a copy of your suggestion in the feature-suggestion section of our [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum] if you want it open for discussion, 152 Please respect that your request only counts as a suggestion, there' s no guarantee that it will implemented soon or ever. 153 154 Almost all users think their own ideas is the most important, and a very common comment is: "if you only add these features then TitanNit will be perfect for me". 155 156 You could try bribing the devs with elaborate gifts :-) flattery will get you every where and agorant requests will most likely get your posts deleted or get you banned from the forum please follow the rules of the forum [http://www.aaf-digital.info/ here]. 157 [[br]] 158 [[br]] 159 160 '''When will this and that feature or function be supported by TitanNit?'''[[br]]TitanNit development is driven by the tasks that are important to the individual developers and to the hardware sponsors Atemio, if you have a funky idea or feature you wish implemented submit a request ticket (see [wiki:Troubleshooting#point12.1 12.1 Bug Reporting], but make an extensive search of the forum and tickets before requesting it as it has probally been sugested before. 161 [[br]] 162 [[br]] 163 164 '''Is TitanNit, or the AAFTeam affiliated with Fortis, katherin or ..... or the hardware manufacturer of my Reciever?'''[[br]]No, TitanNit and its members are not in any way affiliated with the manufactures in any way. TitanNit is a third party operating system designed to replace the manufactures original operating system. 165 [[br]] 166 [[br]] 167 168 '''Will the instalation of Titan Void my Warranty?'''[[br]]Yes probally but this software is tested to ensure it won't dammage your reciever and can be reverted at any time to a factory condition. please see [wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers] for a list of suspected supported receivers, If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated and verified. 169 170 If the factory software was so feature packed and bugless there would be no need for software like TitanNit but sadly this is a world where software is driven by sales and purchases by the big players who request features, but TitanNit is a little different it was started just because the users/ devs wanted something better than what was handed to them by the manufacturer. 171 [[br]] 172 [[br]] 173 174 '''Why is TitanNit Not available for my receiver model XXX?'''[[br]]TitanNit is funded by Atemio who supplys hardware to the devs in return for developing software for use on these devices. 175 In future TitanNit may be available for your receiver as support in increaced, at this time Titan in in development for the Broadcom Mips Archeture for the upcomming release of the Atemio 5200 which will be the first non SH4 based reciever supported by TitanNit. 176 [[br]] 177 [[br]] 178 179 '''How do I ...'''[[br]] I don't know I suggest you read the [wiki:Quick-Start-Guide#point0 Quick Start Guide], manual, check the rest of the wiki or proform a [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/search.php?search_type=1 search] on the forum, as it has most likely been asked before and you will find the answer, as a last resort post a question on the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum]. 180 [[br]] 181 [[br]] 182 183 '''Where should I put videos/music and pictures so that Titan can read it?''' [[br]]Anywhere you like. TitanNit can read off the local harddisk,usb sticks, or from network sources. Simply press "Add a Source" using the network Browser and browse away. 184 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Network-Browser.jpg, 25%)]][[br]] 185 [[br]] 186 [[br]] 187 188 '''What is the default username and password to the built-in FTP server and telnet server?'''Both the default password and the user name is “root” (in lower case) as with many linux instalations. 189 [[br]] 190 [[br]] 191 192 '''Can I watch recordings from my decoder when on holiday?'''[[br]]yes you can you will need to set up either a static ip on your home network or set up a dynadns server, from there you can log onto the web interface and use video lan to watch tv or your recordings. 193 [[br]] 194 [[br]] 195 196 '''Can I thank and or Chat the TitanNit team?''[[br]]Yes sure you can jump on the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/ AAFforum]] and leave a post and or stop by [wiki:Contact#point15 Skype] and request a invite the majority of us speak german, some of us speak english also. 197 198 '''Do you accept donations?'''[[br]] the team is currently fully funded and no donations are nesessary but if you have some device that may be of use with titan feel free to contact us. 199 200 '''How come the Wiki does not show how to operate feature or function.....?'''[[br]]Titan Is in development and is updated almost daily some features plugins or informations have yet to be merged in, this forum is open to editing by the community feel free to log in and add said feature's informatation to the wiki. 201 [[br]] 202 [[br]] 203 204 ([#point1 Top of Page]) 205 206 207 208 -
wiki/pages/ru/Installation-Recovery
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8 Installation and Recovery Contents''' [=#point8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 This section contains information on installation and removal of TitanNit from your receiver 6 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto" 7 {{{#!table style="border: none" 8 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 9 {{{#!div style="float: left" 10 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Atemio.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage)]] 11 }}} 12 '''SH4 Atemio'''[[br]] 13 {{{#!div style="float: left 14 [http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage] 15 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.000 Contents] 16 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.001 Atemio510] 17 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.002 Atemio520] 18 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.003 Atemio530] 19 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.004 Atemio7600] 20 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.005 Atemio700] 21 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.006 Atemio7000] 22 }}} 23 }}} 24 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 25 {{{#!div style="float: left" 26 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Fortis.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage)]] 27 }}} 28 '''SH4 Fortis'''[[br]] 29 {{{#!div style="float: left 30 [http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage] 31 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.010 Contents] 32 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.011 Fortis Clone] 33 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.012 Bootloader Installation] 34 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.013 Fortis FS-9000] 35 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.014 Fortis FS-9200] 36 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.015 Fortis HS-9510] 37 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.016 Fortis HX-8200] 38 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.017 Fortis HS-7810] 39 }}} 40 }}} 41 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 42 {{{#!div style="float: left" 43 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/homecast.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.myhomecast.nl Homecast homepage)]] 44 }}} 45 '''SH4 Homecast'''[[br]] 46 {{{#!div style="float: left 47 [http://www.myhomecast.nl Homecast homepage] 48 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Homecast#point8.020 Contents] 49 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Homecast#point8.021 Homecast Pro] 50 }}} 51 }}} 52 |---- 53 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 54 {{{#!div style="float: left" 55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/IPBox.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage)]] 56 }}} 57 '''SH4 IPBox'''[[br]] 58 {{{#!div style="float: left 59 [http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage] 60 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.030 Contents] 61 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.031 Ipbox91] 62 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.032 Ipbox900] 63 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.033 Ipbox910] 64 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.034 Ipbox9000] 65 }}} 66 }}} 67 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 68 {{{#!div style="float: left" 69 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/kathrein.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage)]] 70 }}} 71 '''SH4 Katherin'''[[br]] 72 {{{#!div style="float: left 73 [http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage] 74 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.040 Contents] 75 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.041 Ufs910] 76 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.042 Ufs912] 77 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.043 Ufs913] 78 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.044 Ufs922] 79 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.045 Ufc960] 80 }}} 81 }}} 82 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 83 {{{#!div style="float: left" 84 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Spark.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage)]] 85 }}} 86 '''SH4 Spark'''[[br]] 87 {{{#!div style="float: left 88 [http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage] 89 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark#point8.050 Contents] 90 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark#point8.051 Spark7111] 91 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark#point8.052 Spark7162] 92 }}} 93 }}} 94 |---- 95 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 96 {{{#!div style="float: left" 97 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Atemio.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage)]] 98 }}} 99 '''Mips Atemio'''[[br]] 100 {{{#!div style="float: left 101 [http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage] 102 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.060 Contents] 103 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.061 Atemio5000 AKA Nemesis] 104 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.062 Atemio5200] 105 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.063 Atemio6000] 106 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.064 Atemio6100] 107 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.065 Atemio6200] 108 }}} 109 }}} 110 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 111 {{{#!div style="float: left" 112 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/beyonwiz.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.beyonwiz.com.au Beyonwiz homepage)]] 113 }}} 114 '''Mips Beyonwiz'''[[br]] 115 {{{#!div style="float: left 116 [http://www.beyonwiz.com.au Beyonwiz homepage] 117 118 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Beyonwiz#point8.070 Contents] 119 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Beyonwiz#point8.071 BeyonwizT4] 120 }}} 121 }}} 122 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 123 {{{#!div style="float: left" 124 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Goldern_Interstar.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage)]] 125 }}} 126 '''Mips Golden Interstar'''[[br]] 127 {{{#!div style="float: left 128 [http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage] 129 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar#point8.080 Contents] 130 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar#point8.081 Xpeedlx1/2] 131 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar#point8.082 Xpeedlx3] 132 }}} 133 }}} 134 |---- 135 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 136 {{{#!div style="float: left" 137 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Miraclebox.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.miraclebox.se miraclebox homepage)]] 138 }}} 139 '''Mips Miraclebox[[br]] 140 {{{#!div style="float: left 141 [http://www.miraclebox.se Miraclebox homepage] 142 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox#point8.090 Contents] 143 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox#point8.091 MBUltra] 144 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox#point8.092 MBMini] 145 }}} 146 }}} 147 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%" 148 {{{#!div style="float: left" 149 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Sezam.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.sezam-club.ru/ homepage)]] 150 }}} 151 '''Mips Sezam'''[[br]] 152 {{{#!div style="float: left 153 [http://www.sezam-club.ru/ Mips Sezam homepage] 154 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam#point8.100 Contents] 155 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam#point8.101 Sezam-Marvel] 156 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam#point8.102 Sezam-1000HD] 157 }}} 158 }}} 159 }}} 160 }}} 161 162 163 ---- 164 '''8.113 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.113] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 165 ---- 166 * [wiki:Manufactures#point13 13 Manufactures] - [http://atemio.de/index.php/software-updates Stable Images][[br]] 167 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 168 169 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]] 170 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 171 172 [[br]] 173 [#point8 Top of Page] 174 [[br]] 175 176 177 178 179 -
wiki/pages/ru/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.061 Mips Atemio''' [=#point8.061] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 manufacturer blurb..... 7 8 9 10 11 12 ---- 13 '''8.061 Atemio-Nemesis''' [=#point8.061] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 14 ---- 15 '' How do I install an Atemio 5000 Update UBI image? '' 16 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 17 * Extract the zip file 18 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 19 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 20 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 21 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 22 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 23 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 24 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 25 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 26 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 27 [[br]] 28 [#point8 Top of Page] 29 [[br]] 30 ---- 31 '''8.062 Atemio5200''' [=#point8.062] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 32 ---- 33 '' How do I install an Atemio 5200 Update UBI image? '' 34 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 35 * Extract the zip file 36 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 37 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 38 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 39 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 40 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 41 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 42 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 43 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 44 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 45 [[br]] 46 [#point8 Top of Page] 47 [[br]] 48 ---- 49 '''8.063 Atemio6000''' [=#point8.063] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 50 ---- 51 '' How do I install an Atemio 6000 Update UBI image? '' 52 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 53 * Extract the zip file 54 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 55 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 56 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 57 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 58 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 59 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 60 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 61 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 62 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 63 [[br]] 64 [#point8 Top of Page] 65 [[br]] 66 ---- 67 '''8.064 Atemio6100''' [=#point8.064] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 68 ---- 69 '' How do I install an Atemio 6100 Update UBI image? '' 70 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 71 * Extract the zip file 72 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 73 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 74 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 75 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 76 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 77 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 78 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 79 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 80 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 81 [[br]] 82 [#point8 Top of Page] 83 [[br]] 84 ---- 85 '''8.065 Atemio6200''' [=#point8.065] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 86 ---- 87 '' How do I install an Atemio 6200 Update UBI image? '' 88 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 89 * Extract the zip file 90 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 91 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 92 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 93 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 94 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 95 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 96 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 97 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 98 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 99 [[br]] 100 [#point8 Top of Page] 101 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Beyonwiz
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.071 Beyonwiz''' [=#point8.070] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 7 manufacturer blurb..... 8 9 10 ---- 11 '''8.071 Beyonwiz T4''' [=#point8.071] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 12 ---- 13 '' How do I install an Beyonwiz T4 Update UBI image? '' 14 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 15 * Extract the zip file 16 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 17 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 18 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 19 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 20 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 21 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 22 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 23 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 24 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 25 [[br]] 26 [#point8 Top of Page] 27 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.080 Goldern interstar Xpeedlx1/2''' [=#point8.080] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl]) 4 ---- 5 6 manufacturer blurb 7 8 9 10 ---- 11 '''8.081 Goldern interstar Xpeedlx1/2''' [=#point8.081] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl]) 12 ---- 13 ''How do I install a Xpeedlx1/2 update image? '' 14 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations]) 15 * Extract the zip file 16 * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "xpeedlx3" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 17 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 18 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 19 * Connect the USB stick with the update image file 20 * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button. 21 22 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 23 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 24 [[br]] 25 [#point8 Top of Page] 26 [[br]] 27 ---- 28 '''8.082 goldern interstar Xpeedlx3''' [=#point8.082] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl]) 29 ---- 30 ''How do I install a Xpeedlx3 update image? '' 31 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations]) 32 * Extract the zip file 33 * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "xpeedlx3" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 34 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 35 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 36 * Connect the USB stick with the update image file 37 * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button. 38 39 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 40 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 41 [[br]] 42 [#point8 Top of Page] 43 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.090 Miraclebox''' [=#point8.090] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 manufacturer blurb...... 7 8 9 10 11 12 ---- 13 '''8.091 Miraclebox Ultra''' [=#point8.091] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 14 ---- 15 '' How do I install an Miraclebox Ultra Update UBI image? '' 16 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 17 * Extract the zip file 18 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 19 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 20 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 21 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 22 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 23 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 24 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 25 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 26 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 27 [[br]] 28 [#point8 Top of Page] 29 [[br]] 30 ---- 31 '''8.092 Miraclebox Mini''' [=#point8.092] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 32 ---- 33 '' How do I install an Miraclebox Mini Update UBI image? '' 34 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 35 * Extract the zip file 36 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 37 Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 38 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 39 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 40 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 41 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...". 42 then the installation begins, Only then release the button. 43 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 44 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 45 [[br]] 46 [#point8 Top of Page] 47 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.100 Sezam-Marvel''' [=#point8.100] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl]) 4 ---- 5 6 manufacturer blurb.... 7 8 9 10 11 12 ---- 13 '''8.101 Sezam-Marvel''' [=#point8.101] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl]) 14 ---- 15 ''How do I install a Sezam-Marvel update image? '' 16 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations]) 17 * Extract the zip file 18 * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "enigma2" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 19 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 20 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 21 * Connect the USB stick with the update image file 22 * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button. 23 24 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 25 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 26 [[br]] 27 [#point8 Top of Page] 28 [[br]] 29 ---- 30 '''8.102 Sezam-1000HD''' [=#point8.102] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl]) 31 ---- 32 ''How do I install a Sezam-1000HD update image? '' 33 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations]) 34 * Extract the zip file 35 * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "enigma2" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 36 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 37 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 38 * Connect the USB stick with the update image file 39 * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button. 40 41 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 42 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 43 [[br]] 44 [#point8 Top of Page] 45 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''SH4 Atemio (Atevio)'''[=#point8.00] 4 ---- 5 6 The SH4 Atemio recievers are manufactured by Fortis who are a Korean manufacturer of satellite receivers all atemio (atevio) models are compatible with TitanNit. 7 as TitanNit was developed for these recievers no bootloader software ID changes are required to install TitanNit, some of these models cam factory supplied with TitanNit such as the atemio 530. 8 9 '''SH4 Atemio Contents''' 10 11 * [#point8.001 8.001 Atemio510] 12 * [#point8.002 8.002 Atemio520] 13 * [#point8.003 8.003 Atemio530] 14 * [#point8.004 8.004 Atemio7600] 15 * [#point8.005 8.005 Atevio700] 16 * [#point8.006 8.006 Atevio7000] 17 18 '''Additional Info''' 19 20 * [#point8.007 8.007 Uninstallation] 21 * [#point8.008 8.008 Update TitanNit] 22 * [#point8.009 8.009 IRD Download Location] 23 24 25 26 ---- 27 '''8.1 Atemio510 and Fortis HS-7810''' [=#point8.001] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 28 ---- 29 '' How do I install an Atemio 510 IRD image? '' 30 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 31 * Extract the zip file 32 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 33 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 34 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 35 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 36 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 37 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 38 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 39 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 40 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 41 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 42 [[br]] 43 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]] 44 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 45 [#point8 Top of Page] 46 [[br]] 47 ---- 48 '''8.2 Atemio520''' [=#point8.002] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 49 ---- 50 '' How do I install an Atemio 520 IRD image? '' 51 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 52 * Extract the zip file 53 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 54 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 55 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 56 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 57 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 58 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 59 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 60 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 61 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 62 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 63 [[br]] 64 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]] 65 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 66 [#point8 Top of Page] 67 [[br]] 68 ---- 69 '''8.3 Atemio530''' [=#point8.003] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 70 ---- 71 '' How do I install an Atemio 530 IRD image? '' 72 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 73 * Extract the zip file 74 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 75 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 76 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 77 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 78 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 79 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 80 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 81 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 82 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 83 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 84 [[br]] 85 [#point8 Top of Page] 86 [[br]] 87 ---- 88 '''8.4 Atemio7600 and Fortis HX-8200''' [=#point8.004] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 89 ---- 90 '' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? '' 91 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 92 * Extract the zip file 93 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 94 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 95 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 96 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 97 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 98 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 99 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 100 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 101 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 102 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 103 [[br]] 104 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]] 105 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 106 [#point8 Top of Page] 107 [[br]] 108 ---- 109 '''8.5 Atevio700''' [=#point8.005] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 110 ---- 111 '' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? '' 112 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 113 * Extract the zip file 114 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 115 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 116 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 117 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 118 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 119 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 120 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 121 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 122 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 123 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 124 [[br]] 125 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]] 126 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 127 [#point8 Top of Page] 128 [[br]] 129 ---- 130 '''8.6 Atevio7000 and Fortis FS-9000/9200''' [=#point8.006] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 131 ---- 132 '' How do I install an Atemio 7000 IRD image? '' 133 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 134 * Extract the zip file 135 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 136 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 137 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 138 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 139 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 140 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 141 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 142 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 143 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 144 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 145 [[br]] 146 '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]] 147 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 148 [#point8 Top of Page] 149 [[br]] 150 151 ---- 152 '''8.007 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.007] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 153 ---- 154 If you have an Atemio (Atevio) receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary. 155 156 157 [[br]] 158 [#point8 Top of Page] 159 [[br]] 160 161 ---- 162 '''8.008 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.008] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 163 ---- 164 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods : 165 166 IRD offline method see above [#point8.00 SH4 Atemio contents] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image. 167 [[br]] 168 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed. 169 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .'' 170 171 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update. 172 [[br]] 173 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.'' 174 [[br]] 175 [#point8 Top of Page] 176 [[br]] 177 178 ---- 179 '''8.009 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.009] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 180 ---- 181 * [wiki:Manufactures#point13 13 Manufactures] - [http://atemio.de/index.php/software-updates Stable Images][[br]] 182 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 183 184 [[br]] 185 [#point8 Top of Page] 186 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''SH4 Fortis (hardware profile)'''[=#point8.010] 4 ---- 5 6 Fortis is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region, TitanNit installation is possible after the installation of a Atevio compatible bootloader. 7 8 '''SH4 Fortis Contents''' 9 10 * [#point8.011 8.011 SH4 Fortis based clone receiver detection based on hardware profile] 11 * [#point8.012 8.012 Fortis HS-7810 (Atemio510)] 12 * [#point8.013 8.013 Fortis HX-8200 (Atemio7600)] 13 * [#point8.014 8.014 Fortis HS-9510 (Atevio700)] 14 * [#point8.015 8.015 Fortis FS-9000/9200 (Atevio7000)] 15 16 '''Additional Info''' 17 18 * [#point8.012 8.016 Bootloader Installation] (required for a fortis/clone reciever to accept atemio software) 19 * [#point8.111 8.017 Uninstallation On other Fortis Receivers] 20 * [#point8.112 8.018 Update TitanNit] 21 * [#point8.113 8.019 IRD Download Location] 22 23 24 25 ---- 26 '''SH4 Fortis based clone receiver detection based on hardware profile''' [=#point8.011] 27 ---- 28 29 As it is virtually impossible to list every fortis clone box on this wiki and data would be repeated over and over again it is broken up into harware revisions to compair that to the atevio model of that box. 30 This list will help you select the correct image and bootloader for your clone reciever below is a specifications list check the back of your manual included with your receiver and look at the table below to select the correct hardware model. 31 See here for a full list of known Fortis ([wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers]) 32 33 {{{#!div style="width: 1000px; margin: auto" 34 ||'''Model System'''||'''Tuner'''||'''CPU'''||'''RAM'''||'''ROM (Flash)'''||'''USB'''||'''PVR Funktion'''||'''CardReader'''||'''Common interface'''||'''Display'''||'''Width'''||'''features'''|| 35 ||[#point8.015 Fortis FS-9000 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||Internal 2.5 or 3.5 SATA, external via USB||1 (*2)||2||12-digit 5x7matrix||43 cm|| || 36 ||[#point8.015 Fortis FS-9200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||eSATA & USB||1 (*2)||2||12-digit 5x7matrix||34 cm|| || 37 ||[#point8.014 Fortis HS-9510]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||1||USB||1 (*2)||2||8-digit 14segment||34 cm|| || 38 ||[#point8.013 Fortis HX-8200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2, DVB-T2, DVB-C 1/2||STI_7105 450 Mhz||256MB||64MB||3||Internal 2,5´´SATA-HDD external via eSATA + USB||2||2||12-digit 5x7matrix||34 cm||Plug&Play Tuner, Youtube, Browser, FreeTV+|| 39 ||[#point8.012 Fortis HS-7810 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7110 450 Mhz||256MB||32MB||2||USB||1||2||4-digit 7segment||26 cm||YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+|| 40 }}} 41 '''NOTE:'''[[BR]] 42 * The Fortis HS-7810 is a clone of the Atemio510/520 Models[[BR]] 43 * The Fortis HX-8200 is a clone of the Atemio7600 Model[[BR]] 44 * The Fortis HS-9510 is a clone of the Atemio700 clone Model[[BR]] 45 * The Fortis FS-9000/Fortis FS-9200 is a clone of the Atemio7000 Models 46 47 [[br]] 48 [#point8 Top of Page] 49 [[br]] 50 51 ---- 52 '''8.1 Fortis HS-7810 (Atemio510)''' [=#point8.012] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 53 ---- 54 '' How do I install an Atemio 510 IRD image? '' 55 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 56 * Extract the zip file 57 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 58 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 59 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 60 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 61 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 62 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 63 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 64 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 65 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 66 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 67 [[br]] 68 [#point8 Top of Page] 69 [[br]] 70 ---- 71 '''8.4 Fortis HX-8200 (Atemio7600)''' [=#point8.013] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 72 ---- 73 '' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? '' 74 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 75 * Extract the zip file 76 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 77 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 78 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 79 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 80 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 81 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 82 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 83 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 84 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 85 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 86 [[br]] 87 [#point8 Top of Page] 88 [[br]] 89 ---- 90 '''8.5 Fortis HS-9510 (Atevio700)''' [=#point8.014] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 91 ---- 92 '' How do I install an Fortis HS-9510 IRD image? '' 93 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 94 * Extract the zip file 95 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 96 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 97 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 98 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 99 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 100 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 101 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 102 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 103 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 104 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 105 [[br]] 106 [#point8 Top of Page] 107 [[br]] 108 ---- 109 '''8.6 Fortis FS-9000/9200 (Atevio7000)''' [=#point8.015] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 110 ---- 111 '' How do I install an Fortis FS-9000/9200 IRD image? '' 112 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 113 * Extract the zip file 114 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 115 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 116 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 117 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 118 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 119 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver 120 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 121 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 122 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 123 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 124 [[br]] 125 [#point8 Top of Page] 126 [[br]] 127 128 '''Aditional Info''' 129 ---- 130 '''8.012 installation on other Fortis Receivers''' [=#point8.016] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 131 ---- 132 '''Installation Notes:''' 133 134 ''If you wish to try or install titan you need to install an Atemio/Atevio factory loader. The original Atemio Bootloader has a security code within so an installation of Titan is not possible with any other fortis loader'' 135 136 ''If you wish to install Titan the loader version must be 1.54 or above. Titan versions above 1.32 require the new Iboot loader which needs to be installed first if not present.'' 137 138 ''There are various ways that are explained below:'' 139 140 [[br]] 141 142 '''AAF Recovery Tool (ART) method''' 143 144 * Install the AAF Recovery Tool (ART) and set up a connection to your receiver 145 * Set the IP address and subnet mask of your uboot environment. 146 * Reboot the receiver and reconnect to change the settings. 147 * Install the factory loader and reboot. 148 * The factory loader you installed is version 1.21 that you have to update to 1.54 to be compatible with Titan 149 * Visit the [http:((www-atemio.de Atemio] homepage or the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF digital forum] and download the latest Atevio/Atemio loaader (1.54). 150 * Extract the zip file 151 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 152 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 153 "HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 154 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 155 * Turn off the receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 156 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your receiver 157 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 158 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 159 Note: Should the installation not start, try a different USB stick. 160 * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up. 161 162 ''You may now install Titan'' 163 [[br]] 164 [#point8 Top of Page] 165 [[br]] 166 167 '''Cross Flash Method''' 168 169 ''This method explains how to install the HDF bootloader flash plugin to your fortis receiver and flash an Atemio/Atevio compatible bootloader from the plugin menu.'' 170 171 * Download the HDF Bootloader flash plugin from the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF Digital forum]. 172 * Extract the zip file 173 * Now copy the unzipped Plugin folder to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 174 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 175 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 176 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 177 * go to the plugins section in your receiver and install the plugin and then start it. 178 * type in the password contained in the zip file and follow the onscreen prompts. 179 * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up. 180 181 ''You may now install TitanNit'' 182 [[br]] 183 [#point8 Top of Page] 184 [[br]] 185 186 '''Reseller Changer Tool Method''' 187 188 ''This method explains how to change the Reseler ID of an Atemio/Atevio compatible bootloader and flash it to any compatible Fortis receiver from the plugin menu.'' 189 190 191 * Visit the [http://www.atemio.de Atemio] homepage or the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF digital forum] and download the latest Atevio/Atemio loader. 192 * Extract the zip file 193 * use the reseller ID changer tool and change the IRD to that of your reseller ID. 194 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 195 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 196 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 197 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 198 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 199 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver. 200 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears, 201 and the installation begins. Only then release the button 202 Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick. 203 * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up. 204 205 206 This method requires you to also change the reseller ID to be able to install TitanNit. 207 208 209 '''Be aware should it the installation fail or a loss of Power occur during the flashing process you could brick your receiver as there is no recovery method. Compatibility with other receivers is not guaranteed but you may find a list of compatible receivers in the [wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers] section.''' 210 [[br]] 211 [#point8 Top of Page] 212 [[br]] 213 ---- 214 '''8.111 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.017] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 215 ---- 216 If you have an Atemio/Atevio or UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary. 217 218 Uninstalling titan and switching back to the original reseller loader can't be done (easily) for other fortis receivers but there is one simple alternative method outlined below. 219 220 221 '''Uninstalling Titan on non Atemio/Atevio receiver and restore Reseller ID with Maxi-uboot''' 222 223 If you have iboot installed then you must install a version of TitanNit older than 1.32 before using this method. 224 225 This will install the factory Atemio loader that is compatible with the AAF Recovery Tool (ART) to be able to install the Maxiuboot Loader. 226 227 In order for this method to work make sure the setting Allow __"Iboot Update"__ is enabled in [wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 Iboot]. 228 229 When successfully achieved you may start up ART from your PC and install Maxiuboot. 230 231 [[br]] 232 233 Once installed you may set up your bootargs and change your Reseller ID back to its factory settings. For flashin original Firmware or other Software please refere to your receivers' manual or instructions. 234 [[br]] 235 [#point8 Top of Page] 236 [[br]] 237 238 ---- 239 '''8.112 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.018] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 240 ---- 241 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods : 242 243 IRD offline method see [#point8 Installation / Recovery] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image. 244 [[br]] 245 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed. 246 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .'' 247 248 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update. 249 [[br]] 250 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.'' 251 [[br]] 252 [#point8 Top of Page] 253 [[br]] 254 255 ---- 256 '''8.113 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.019] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 257 ---- 258 * [wiki:Manufactures#point13 13 Manufactures] - [http://atemio.de/index.php/software-updates Stable Images][[br]] 259 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 260 261 [[br]] 262 [#point8 Top of Page] 263 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Homecast
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.020 Homecast''' [=#point8.020] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 Fortis is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region, TitanNit installation is possible after the installation of a Atevio compatible bootloader. 7 8 '''SH4 Homecast Contents''' 9 10 * [#point8.021 8.021 Homecast pro] 11 12 13 '''Additional Info''' 14 15 * [#point8.022 8.022 Uninstallation] 16 * [#point8.023 8.025 Update TitanNit] 17 * [#point8.024 8.024 IRD Download Location] 18 19 ---- 20 '''8.021 Homecast Pro''' [=#point8.021] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 21 ---- 22 '' How do I install an Homecast UPDATEUSB Image? '' 23 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.2 IRD Download Locations]) 24 * Extract the zip file 25 * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 26 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 27 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 28 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 29 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 30 * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver 31 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears, 32 then the installation starts. Only then release the button 33 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 34 * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver. 35 * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to . 36 [[br]] 37 [#point8 Top of Page] 38 [[br]] 39 40 ---- 41 '''8.022 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.022] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 42 ---- 43 If you have an Homecast receiver all you have to do is install your original IMG file as explained above and no bootloader changes are necessary. 44 45 [[br]] 46 [#point8 Top of Page] 47 [[br]] 48 49 ---- 50 '''8.023 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.023] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 51 ---- 52 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods : 53 54 IRD offline method see [#point8.020 Homecast Contents] and select your Receiver model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD TitanNit image. 55 [[br]] 56 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is preformed. 57 Plugins and files installed to MNT or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .'' 58 59 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update. 60 [[br]] 61 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.'' 62 [[br]] 63 [#point8 Top of Page] 64 [[br]] 65 66 ---- 67 '''8.024 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.024] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 68 ---- 69 70 * [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 71 72 [[br]] 73 [#point8 Top of Page] 74 [[br]] 75 -
wiki/pages/ru/Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.031 Ipbox''' [=#point8.030] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 Ipbox is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region. 7 8 '''SH4 Ipbox Contents''' 9 10 * [#point8.031 8.031 Ipbox91] 11 * [#point8.032 8.032 Ipbox900] 12 * [#point8.033 8.033 Ipbox910] 13 * [#point8.034 8.034 Ipbox9000] 14 15 '''Additional Info''' 16 17 * [#point8.035 8.035 Uninstallation] 18 * [#point8.036 8.036 Update TitanNit] 19 * [#point8.037 8.037 IRD Download Location] 20 21 ---- 22 '''8.031 Ipbox91''' [=#point8.031] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 23 ---- 24 '' How do I install an Ipbox 91 UPDATEUSB Image? '' 25 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 26 * Extract the zip file 27 * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 28 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 29 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 30 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 31 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 32 * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver 33 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears, 34 then the installation starts. Only then release the button 35 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 36 * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver. 37 * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to . 38 [[br]] 39 [#point8 Top of Page] 40 [[br]] 41 ---- 42 '''8.032 Ipbox900''' [=#point8.032] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 43 ---- 44 '' How do I install an Ipbox 900 UPDATEUSB Image? '' 45 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 46 * Extract the zip file 47 * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 48 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 49 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 50 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 51 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 52 * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver 53 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears, 54 then the installation starts. Only then release the button 55 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 56 * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver. 57 * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to . 58 [[br]] 59 [#point8 Top of Page] 60 [[br]] 61 ---- 62 '''8.033 Ipbox910''' [=#point8.033] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 63 ---- 64 '' How do I install an Ipbox 910 UPDATEUSB Image? '' 65 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 66 * Extract the zip file 67 * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 68 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 69 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 70 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 71 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 72 * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver 73 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears, 74 then the installation starts. Only then release the button 75 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 76 * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver. 77 * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to . 78 [[br]] 79 [#point8 Top of Page] 80 [[br]] 81 ---- 82 '''8.034 Ipbox9000''' [=#point8.034] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 83 ---- 84 '' How do I install an Ipbox 9000 UPDATEUSB Image? '' 85 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 86 * Extract the zip file 87 * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 88 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 89 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 90 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 91 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 92 * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver 93 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears, 94 then the installation starts. Only then release the button 95 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 96 * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver. 97 * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to . 98 [[br]] 99 [#point8 Top of Page] 100 [[br]] 101 102 ---- 103 '''8.035 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.035] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 104 ---- 105 If you have an Ipbox receiver all you have to do is install your original IMG file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary. 106 107 [[br]] 108 [#point8 Top of Page] 109 [[br]] 110 111 ---- 112 '''8.036 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.036] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 113 ---- 114 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods : 115 116 IRD offline method see [#point8 Installation / Recovery] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image. 117 [[br]] 118 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed. 119 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .'' 120 121 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update. 122 [[br]] 123 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.'' 124 [[br]] 125 [#point8 Top of Page] 126 [[br]] 127 128 ---- 129 '''8.037 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.037] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 130 ---- 131 132 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 133 134 [[br]] 135 [#point8 Top of Page] 136 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.040 Kathrein''' [=#point8.040] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 Fortis is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region, TitanNit installation is possible after the installation of a Atevio compatible bootloader. 7 8 '''SH4 Fortis Contents''' 9 10 * [#point8.041 8.041 Kathrein Ufs910] 11 * [#point8.042 8.042 Kathrein Ufs912] 12 * [#point8.043 8.043 Kathrein Ufs913] 13 * [#point8.044 8.044 Kathrein Ufs922] 14 * [#point8.045 8.045 Kathrein Ufs960] 15 16 '''Additional Info''' 17 18 * [#point8.046 8.06 Uninstallation] 19 * [#point8.047 8.07 Update TitanNit] 20 * [#point8.048 8.08 IRD Download Location] 21 22 ---- 23 '''8.041 Kathrein Ufs910''' [=#point8.041] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 24 ---- 25 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS910 update image? '' 26 * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched. 27 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 28 * Extract the zip file 29 * Now copy the unzipped img firmware file - must be renamed to miniFLASH.img - to a formatted FAT32 USB stick. 30 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 31 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 32 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 33 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 34 * Connect the USB stick with the img file to the front USB Port 35 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the -Record button- on the Remote Control pressed (about 5 seconds) 36 until "miniFLASH search..." appears, then the installation begins. Only then release the -Record button- 37 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 38 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 39 [[br]] 40 [#point8 Top of Page] 41 [[br]] 42 ---- 43 '''8.042 Kathrein UFS912''' [=#point8.042] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 44 ---- 45 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS912 update image? '' 46 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 47 * Extract the zip file 48 * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs912/ . 49 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 50 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 51 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 52 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 53 * Connect the USB stick with the img file 54 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears, 55 then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button- 56 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 57 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 58 [[br]] 59 [#point8.1 Top of Page] 60 [[br]] 61 ---- 62 '''8.043 Kathrein UFS913''' [=#point8.043] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 63 ---- 64 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS913 update image? '' 65 * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched. 66 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 67 * Extract the zip file 68 * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs922/ . 69 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 70 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 71 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 72 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 73 * Connect the USB stick with the img file 74 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears, 75 then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button- 76 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 77 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 78 [[br]] 79 [#point8.1 Top of Page] 80 [[br]] 81 ---- 82 '''8.044 Kathrein UFS922''' [=#point8.044] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 83 ---- 84 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS922 update image? '' 85 * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched. 86 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 87 * Extract the zip file 88 * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs922/ . 89 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 90 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 91 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 92 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 93 * Connect the USB stick with the img file 94 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears, 95 then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button- 96 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 97 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 98 [[br]] 99 [#point8 Top of Page] 100 [[br]] 101 ---- 102 '''8.045 Kathrein UFC960''' [=#point8.045] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 103 ---- 104 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS960 update image? '' 105 * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched. 106 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 107 * Extract the zip file 108 * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs960/ . 109 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 110 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 111 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 112 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices. 113 * Connect the USB stick with the img file 114 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears, 115 then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button- 116 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 117 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up 118 [[br]] 119 [#point8 Top of Page] 120 [[br]] 121 122 ---- 123 '''8.046 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.046] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 124 ---- 125 If you have an Katherin UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original IMG file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary. 126 127 [[br]] 128 [#point8 Top of Page] 129 [[br]] 130 131 ---- 132 '''8.047 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.047] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 133 ---- 134 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods : 135 136 IRD offline method see [#point8 Ipbox contents] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image. 137 [[br]] 138 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed. 139 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .'' 140 141 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update. 142 [[br]] 143 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.'' 144 [[br]] 145 [#point8 Top of Page] 146 [[br]] 147 148 ---- 149 '''8.048 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.048] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 150 ---- 151 [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 152 153 [[br]] 154 [#point8 Top of Page] 155 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''8.051 SPARK''' [=#point8.050] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 6 Spark is a reseller of the Fulan Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized hardware. 7 8 '''SH4 Spark Contents''' 9 10 * [#point8.051 8.051 SPARK (7111)] 11 * [#point8.052 8.052 SPARK (7162)] 12 13 '''Additional Info''' 14 15 16 * [#point8.053 8.053 Uninstallation] 17 * [#point8.054 8.054 Update TitanNit] 18 * [#point8.055 8.055 IRD Download Location] 19 20 21 22 ---- 23 '''8.051 SPARK (7111)''' [=#point8.051] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 24 ---- 25 '' How do I install a Spark (7111) Update Image? '' 26 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 27 * Extract the zip file 28 * Copy the unzipped firmware update file to a formatted to FAT32 USB stick and copy the file e2jffs2.img and uImage into a folder called "enigma2" 29 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 30 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 31 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 32 * Turn off the device. 33 * Connect the USB stick with the update file 34 * hold the "OK" button and switch on the(mains plug) and hold it down (about 5 seconds) until "Forc" appears, 35 then the installation will begin, when you see "U LD" in the display release the "OK" button. 36 Note: If the installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 37 * After installation "SUCC" appears in the display boot the receiver and the new image should appear. 38 [[br]] 39 [#point8.050 Top of Page] 40 [[br]] 41 ---- 42 '''8.052 SPARK7162''' [=#point8.052] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 43 ---- 44 '' How do I install a Spark (7162) Update Image? '' 45 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations]) 46 * Extract the zip file 47 * Copy the unzipped firmware update file to a formatted to FAT32 USB stick and copy the file e2jffs2.img and uImage into a folder called "enigma2" 48 Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 49 " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). 50 Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed. 51 * Turn off the device. 52 * Connect the USB stick with the update file 53 * hold the "OK" button and switch on the(mains plug) and hold it down (about 5 seconds) until "Forc" appears, 54 then the installation will begin, when you see "U LD" in the display release the "OK" button. 55 Note: If the installation does not start, use a different USB stick. 56 * After installation "SUCC" appears in the display boot the receiver and the new image should appear. 57 [[br]] 58 [#point8.050 Top of Page] 59 [[br]] 60 61 ---- 62 '''8.053 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.053] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 63 ---- 64 If you have an Atemio/Atevio or UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary. 65 66 [[br]] 67 [#point8.050 Top of Page] 68 [[br]] 69 70 ---- 71 '''8.054 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.054] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 72 ---- 73 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods : 74 75 IRD offline method see [#point8 Installation / Recovery] and select your Receiver model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD TitanNit image. 76 [[br]] 77 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is preformed. 78 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .'' 79 80 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update. 81 [[br]] 82 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.'' 83 [[br]] 84 [#point8.050 Top of Page] 85 [[br]] 86 87 ---- 88 '''8.055 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.055] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 89 ---- 90 [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 91 92 [[br]] 93 [#point8.050 Top of Page] 94 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Interface-Operation
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''3 Interface and Operation Contents''' [=#point3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 New Gui section work in progress expect dead links or missing data. 5 ---- 6 == Interface and Operation == 7 8 This section contains information about the on screen menus within TitanNit and discriptions to the various 9 items and their functions aswell as helpfull information and tricks to get the most possible experience with your Receiver. 10 11 Note: pictures in this area only apply to the default skin used in Titan. 12 If you do not see a specific menu item on the display please select the default skin from the menu as follows: 13 14 Press the __"Menu"__ button and select __"Settings"__ scroll down to __"Skin"__ and select the __"Default"__ Skin from the menu. 15 The decoder will then reboot with the new selected __Default__ skin. 16 17 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Mainmenu.jpg)]][[br]] 18 19 TitanNit is an easy to use GUI for Linux receivers. Using the default skin (Factory setting) all options, settings and help texts are displayed, so you have an overview of all functions and possible settings for customization. 20 21 The newer Receiver types like Atemio520 have a help button on the remote where detailed help can be displayed on screen. Thus you do not need to refer to the manual for help. This help display will be optimized / enhanced in the future. 22 23 Interface and operation contents 24 please select a menu item from the GUI for more information 25 26 * ([#point3.1 Records and epg]) 27 * ([#point3.2 Media center]) 28 * ([#point3.3 Media player]) 29 * ([#point3.4 Extentions]) 30 * ([#point3.5 System]) 31 * ([#point3.6 Settings]) 32 * ([#point3.7 Information]) 33 * ([#point3.8 Standby-Power Off]) 34 35 [[br]] 36 [[br]] 37 ---- 38 '''Records and EPG''' [=#point3.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 39 ---- 40 41 42 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Recordsand_EPG.jpg)]][[br]] 43 44 Records and Epg menu contains all the different views and search settings for the epg, 45 it also allows setup and personalization of timer recordings 46 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item. 47 * ([wiki:EPG-Short-View#point3.1.1 EPG Short View]) 48 * ([wiki:Single-EPG#point3.1.2 Single EPG]) 49 * ([wiki:Multi-EPG#point3.1.3 Multi EPG]) 50 * ([wiki:Graphic-EPG#point3.1.4 Graphic EPG]) 51 * ([wiki:EPG-Search#point3.1.5 EPG Search]) 52 * ([wiki:Records#point3.1.6 Records]) 53 54 [[br]] 55 56 ---- 57 '''3.2 Media Center''' [=#point3.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 58 ---- 59 [[br]] 60 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Media_Center.jpg)]][[br]] 61 62 Media center contains all the different media players to play streams from local and online sources, 63 it also contains a file browser and internet browser for setting up pay streams and login details for online media. 64 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item. 65 66 * ([wiki:Audio-Player#point3.2.1 Audio Player]) 67 * ([wiki:Video-Player#point3.2.2 Video Player]) 68 * ([wiki:Picture-Player#point3.2.3 Picture Player]) 69 * ([wiki:Mediathek#point3.2.4 Mediathek (Online library)]) 70 * ([wiki:File-Browser#point3.2.5 File Browser]) 71 * ([wiki:Internet-Browser#point3.2.6 Internet Browser]) 72 * ([wiki:Weather#point3.2.7 Weather]) 73 74 75 [[br]] 76 77 ''' information''' 78 79 80 Media Center It is a collection of media players intergrated in one place (able to stream local or the Internet based streams) 81 82 ''' Audio player ''' 83 * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover, full cover) 84 * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists) 85 * Automatic integration of MediaDB with covers and ID3 tag info extracted from the mp3 file 86 * Random mode (random) 87 * Repeat mode (repeat) 88 * Screen Saver (title text, scrolling images, jumping pictures, wallpapers) 89 * Radio mode (m3u files can be played back over the Internet in all popular protocols rtmp, rtmpe, rts, rtp, mms, http) 90 * All key formats supported via the installation of additional codec packs. 91 * Auto play the next file 92 * seek function (seek 1-3 10s 30s from 0.4 to 6 0.7 to 9 60s) 93 * skip << >> 94 * Mount image mode (iso, img, rar) 95 * Various settings in the Settings Screen 96 * Various sort options 97 98 ''' Video Player ''' 99 * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover, full cover) 100 * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists) 101 * Automatic Intergration of MediaDB with cover, the background images and IMDB info downloaded from the Internet 102 * Random mode (random) 103 * Repeat mode (repeat) 104 * Streaming mode (m3u files can be played back over the Internet in all popular protocols rtmp, rtmpe, rts, rtp, mms, http) 105 * All key formats supported via the installation of additional codec packs. 106 * Automatic Resume from the last position, or playback from the beginning. 107 * Auto play the next file 108 * Mount image mode (iso, img, rar) 109 * DVD material (VIDEO_TS, usb, dvd drive ) but only if the corresponding Plugin is installed (DVDPlayer) 110 * Various settings in the Settings Screen 111 * Various sort options 112 * seek function (seek 1-3 ,4-6 ,7-9 with the values from the titan settings) 113 *(seek on -pad up / down 10min left / right 1min) 114 * In the file list (delete file additional menu, Imdb, ...) mode info button 115 * In play mode - Red button - (additional menu Imdb, ...) 116 * In Play Mode - Green button - (image ratio adjustable) 117 * In Play Mode - Yellow button - (audio track selection) 118 * In Play Mode - Blue button - (Screensaver adjustable) 119 * In play mode - button text - (subtitles adjustable) 120 * External Subtitle support (srt / sub files must have the same name as the video file) 121 * Internal Subtitle Support (dvd / mkv files with integrated subtitles) 122 * Manual IMDB lookup for [http://www.imdb.com/ Imdb / Cover] 123 * Wallpapers adjustable (only in Full Cover interval / number) 124 125 ''' PicturePlayer ''' 126 * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover) (cover in that case means preview) 127 * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists pls) 128 * Complete slide show with no waiting periods except the first file 129 * Random mode (random) 130 * Repeat mode (repeat) 131 * Supported formats png / jpg 132 * Mount image mode (iso, img, rar) 133 * Various settings in the Settings Screen 134 * Various sort options 135 * Background radio selection 136 137 ''' MediaThek /online library ''' 138 * View images in groups of 2/6/12/24/30 139 * [http://www.youtube.com/ Youtube] / [http://www.myvideo.de/ Myvideo] / [http://www.zdf.de/ZDFmediathek Zdf] / [http://www.ardmediathek.de/ Ard] 140 * [http://rtl-now.rtl.de/ Rtl] / [http://www.rtl2.de/video/ Rtl2Now] / [http://www.superrtlnow.de/ SuperRtl] / [http://www.voxnow.de/ VoxNow] (with Pay-streams are hidden by default this can also be made visible) 141 * [http://www.netzkino.de Netzkino] / [http://www.tectime.tv/ DrDish] / [http://www.giga.de Giga] 142 * [http://www.beeg.com Beeg] / [http://www.xvideos.com Xvideos] (xxx ) (blocked by child protection pin) 143 * [https://gitorious.org/neutrino-mp/max10s-neutrino-mp/raw/e4fefb51121d7886b81227eb1215da049e1a729a:data/webtv/webtv.xml InternetTv] (Live Streams) 144 * [http://dir.xiph.org/yp.xml InternetRadio] (Live Streams) 145 * Support favourites 146 * More providers are supported with the extension codec pack 147 * Some Sites allow lokal strorage of their online streams 148 * Memory Buffer adjustable for smooth, streaming 149 150 '''File Browser ''' 151 * Copy data 152 * Move data 153 * Delete data 154 * Rename data 155 * Create folders 156 157 ''' Internet browser ''' (if installed) 158 * From remote control unit 159 * Support favourites 160 161 '''Weather plugin ''' 162 * Select location 163 164 ---- 165 '''3.3 Media player''' [=#point3.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 166 167 ---- 168 169 170 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Media_player.jpg)]][[br]] 171 172 Media player is a short file system browser for viewing local media files, 173 174 175 '''Coloured Button's Functions''' 176 177 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 178 Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 179 180 ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 181 ||'''Green Button: (Select)''' ||Play the selected media file.|| 182 ||'''Yellow Button: (EPG)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)|| 183 ||'''Blue Button: (Sort)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 184 ||'''Info Button: (info)''' ||This will allow you to view online IMDB/TMDB information on the current selected media file.|| 185 186 [[br]] 187 188 ---- 189 '''3.4 Extentions''' [=#point3.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 190 ---- 191 192 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Extentions.jpg)]][[br]] 193 194 Extentions menu section contains all the available tools to personalize plugins 195 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item. 196 197 * ([wiki:Plugins#point3.4.1 Plugins]) 198 * ([wiki:Change-Feed#point3.4.2 Change Feed]) 199 * ([wiki:TPK-Upgrade#point3.4.3 TPK Upgrade]) 200 * ([wiki:TPK-Install#point3.4.4 TPK Install (Online)]) 201 * ([wiki:TPK-Tmp#point3.4.5 TPK Tmp (TMP)]) 202 * ([wiki:TPK-Media#point3.4.6 TPK Media (Media)]) 203 * ([wiki:TPK-Remove#point3.4.7 TPK Remove]) 204 205 [[br]] 206 207 ---- 208 '''3.5 System''' [=#point3.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 209 210 ---- 211 212 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/System.jpg)]][[br]] 213 214 The System menu section contains all the important settings to set up the Receiver Hardware and Software 215 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item. 216 217 * ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel Service]) 218 * ([wiki:Common-Interface#point3.5.2 Common Interface]) 219 * ([wiki:Smart-Card-Reader#point3.5.3 Smart Card Reader]) 220 * ([wiki:Network#point3.5.4 Network]) 221 * ([wiki:Hard-Disk#point3.5.5 Hard Disk]) 222 * ([wiki:VFDisplay#point3.5.6 VFDisplay]) 223 * ([wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System Update]) 224 * ([wiki:Backup#point3.5.8 Backup]) 225 * ([wiki:Settings-Backup-Restore#point3.5.9 Settings Backup Restore]) 226 * ([wiki:Receiver-Unlock#point3.5.10 Receiver Unlock]) 227 228 [[br]] 229 ---- 230 '''3.6 Settings''' [=#point3.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 231 232 ---- 233 234 235 236 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Settings.jpg)]][[br]] 237 238 The Settings menu section contains all the Software settings of the Receiver, 239 within the menu you can personalize the appearance and various settings of the Interface 240 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item. 241 242 * ([wiki:AV-Settings#point3.6.1 AV Settings]) 243 * ([wiki:Language#point3.6.2 Language]) 244 * ([wiki:Timezone#point3.6.3 Timezone]) 245 * ([wiki:Red-Button#point3.6.4 Red Button]) 246 * ([wiki:Blue-Button#point3.6.5 Blue Button]) 247 * ([wiki:Media-Button#point3.6.6 Media Button]) 248 * ([wiki:Adjust#point3.6.7 System Settings]) 249 * ([wiki:Skin#point3.6.8 Skin]) 250 * ([wiki:Skin-Adjust#point3.6.9 Skin Settings]) 251 * ([wiki:Screensaver-Adjust#point3.6.10 Screensaver]) 252 * ([wiki:Timeshift-Settings#point3.6.11 Timeshift]) 253 * ([wiki:Record-Path#point3.6.12 Path for Recordings]) 254 * ([wiki:EPG-Settings#point3.6.13 EPG]) 255 * ([wiki:Child-Protection#point3.6.14 Parental Control]) 256 * ([wiki:Restore-Default-Settings#point3.6.15 Restore Factory Settings]) 257 * ([wiki:Video-Settings#point3.6.16 Video Settings]) 258 * ([wiki:Channel-Edit#point3.6.17 Channel Edit]) 259 * ([wiki:MediaDB-Settings#point3.6.18 MediaDB Settings]) 260 * ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.6.19 Auto Start]) 261 262 [[br]] 263 264 ---- 265 '''3.7 Information''' [=#point3.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 266 267 ---- 268 269 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Information.jpg)]][[br]] 270 271 The Information menu section can list all the information of the Hardware, Software and stream info, 272 it also contains help and contact information. 273 Within the menu you can personalize the appearance and various settings of the Interface 274 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item. 275 276 * ([wiki:Service#point3.7.1 Service]) 277 * ([wiki:News-letter#point3.7.2 News letter]) 278 * ([wiki:About#point3.7.3 About]) 279 * ([wiki:Streaming#point3.7.4 Streaming]) 280 * ([wiki:Atemio-Hotline#point3.7.5 Atemio (Hotline)]) 281 * ([wiki:Titan-Changelog#point3.7.6 Titan Changelog]) 282 * ([wiki:Git-Changelog#point3.7.7 Git Changelog]) 283 * ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info]) 284 * ([wiki:Log#point3.7.9 Log]) 285 286 [[br]] 287 288 ---- 289 '''3.8 Standby-Power Off''' [=#point3.8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 290 291 ---- 292 293 294 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Standby_Poweroff.jpg)]][[br]] 295 296 The Standby/ Power Off contains settings related to power settings, 297 within the menu you can decide how and when the Receiver shuts down 298 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item. 299 300 ||'''Power-Off:''' ||The receiver shuts down completely (Deep Standby).|| 301 ||'''Standby:''' ||The receiver only shuts down the picture and volume. (Higher energy consumtion than in Deep Standby there for much faster booting time ~1Sek.). All functions of the WEB IF stay active.|| 302 ||'''Reboot:''' ||The receiver shuts down completely and reboots. (important for saving changes to the settings)|| 303 ||'''GUI-Restart:''' ||Only a reboot of the Titan software (faster) (changes to settings since last reboot/Power-Off are lost!).|| 304 ||'''([wiki:Power-Off-Timer Power Off Timer])''' ||Opens the Power Off timer menu to automatically switch the receiver to Power-Off or Standby at a specific time.|| 305 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Internet-Browser
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.2.6 Internet Browser''' [=#point3.2.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Media_Center-internet_browser.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >internet browser is a netsurf based plugin to surf the net. 10 11 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Kernel
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.7.8.3 Kernel''' [=#point3.7.8.3] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Kernel.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can view the kernel build info. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 13 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Language
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.2 Language''' [=#point3.6.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Language.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 here you can change your language.below is a current list of available languages. 10 if you change the language the decoder will automatically restart to apply the selected language settings. 11 12 * German 13 * English 14 * French 15 * Greek 16 * Italian 17 * Polish 18 * Russian 19 * Dutch 20 * Vietnamese 21 22 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Log
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''Log''' [=#point3.7.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Information-log.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 > here you can view your error log. 10 11 [[br]] 12 13 14 To Exit from Menu press the __"Exit"__ button. 15 16 [[br]] 17 ---- 18 19 '''Coloured Button's Functions" 20 21 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 22 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 23 24 ||'''Red Button: (Send)''' ||This will send the error log file to the titan development team.|| 25 ||'''Green Button: (DEL)''' ||this will delete the error log file.|| -
wiki/pages/ru/Manual-Search
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.5.1.3 Manual Search''' [=#point3.5.1.3] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 > 6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Manual-Search.jpg)]][[br]] 7 > 8 Here you can proform a manual channel scan. 9 10 [[br]] 11 12 ||'''Type of Scan''' ||The type of scan to proform.|| 13 ||'''Tuner''' ||Select the tunsr to scan with.|| 14 ||'''Satellite''' ||Select the satellite to scan.|| 15 ||'''ID''' ||??? .|| 16 ||'''System''' ||scan for hd or sd streams.|| 17 ||'''Frequency:''' ||select the frequency to scan.|| 18 ||'''Inversion:''' ||??? .|| 19 ||'''Symbolrate:''' ||select the signal rat to scan.|| 20 ||'''Polirisation''' ||scan for horozontal or vertical transponders.. || 21 ||'''FEC''' ||sel ect the forward error correction.|| 22 ||'''Scan:''' ||???.|| 23 ||'''Clear Before Scan:''' ||Select to clear channel data before scan.|| 24 ||'''Only Free to Air Services:''' ||During scan ignore pay tv services.|| 25 ||'''Blindscan:''' ||Scan for unknown satellite transponders.|| 26 ||'''Update channel Name''' ||???.|| 27 ||'''Entrys in Favourites''' ||if scaned channels are found in current favourites list what should be done.|| 28 ||'''Remove Empty Favourites''' ||Remove favourites list if they have no channels in them.|| 29 ||'''Remove Unused Channels From Favourites''' ||Remove channels from favourites that have ceased transmission.|| 30 31 ''Note some of the above settings only show and are relavant in a specific __"Type of Scan"__'' 32 33 34 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes. 35 36 '''Coloured Button's Functions''' 37 38 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu. 39 Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 40 41 ||'''Red Button: (Start scan)''' ||Start channel Scan with the selected settings.|| 42 ---- 43 '''After Scan Menu''' 44 ---- 45 [[br]] 46 47 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options after the scan hac sompleted menu. 48 Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:. 49 50 ||'''Red Button: (Save)''' ||Select a channel you wish to save and select the green button to save it in to the channel listing.|| 51 ||'''Green Button: (Save All)''' ||Store all channels in the channel listing.|| 52 53 54 -
wiki/pages/ru/Manufactures
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 ---- 3 '''13 Manufactures''' [=#point13] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 ---- 5 ||= '''[http://www.atemio.de Atemio]''' =|| 6 ||= [[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg,400,link=http://www.atemio.de)]] =|| 7 8 New Zealand reseller for fortis clone ultraplus decoders [http://www.ultrapower.co.nz Ultrapower] 9 10 '''SH4 Katherin''' ([http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage]) 11 12 '''SH4 Spark''' ([http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage)] 13 14 '''SH4 AB IPBox''' ([http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage]) 15 16 '''Mips Golden Interstar''' ([http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage]) 17 18 '''SH4 Fortis''' ([http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage]) 19 * New Zealand reseller for fortis clone ultraplus decoders [http://www.ultrapower.co.nz Ultrapower] 20 21 [[br]] 22 [[br]] -
wiki/pages/ru/Media-Button
r40355 r40777 1 [[TranslatedPages]] 2 >---- 3 >'''3.6.6 Media Button''' [=#point3.6.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page]) 4 > 5 >Menu Picture place holder: 6 > 7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/Media_Button.jpg)]][[BR]] 8 > 9 >here you can configure what happens with the press of the Media button 10 11 12 [[br]]
Note: See TracChangeset
for help on using the changeset viewer.